Daria Fan Fics

Part A

Power and Greed and Other Things

Rating: R for adult themes and other things.

Written: DarkDaria

Summary: Power and Greed in the corporate Wrestling World.

Notes: WWE does Dallas. Instead of an oil corporation it’s a wrestling corporation run by Vince and Linda McMahon, Undertaker and Kane. Shane is now the black sheep son of the family. Stephanie isn’t in this story. This isn’t an anti Sara story but it’s to showcase her tough style and also to excel Undertaker’s asshole attitude in the JR Ewing Character role. Undertaker is biker Undertaker cause there is no way in hell I can do a soap/wrestling story as him as the dark dude from hell. Using Christian’s real life last name.

Dedication to the Dallas clan, The WWE clan, ShyAnn, Scorpina, Sunny, Olivia, Shelly, Cindy, Amber, Katrina, Teresa, Lovie, Hells Princess, Robyn, Bonnie, Mandy, Margie, Carrie, Eva, Delanie, Lisa, Ana, Sharon, Joanne, Pilar.

Characters

Undertaker-Wrestling Magnent
Linda McMahon-Wrestling Tycoon’s wife
Steve Austin- Undertaker’s and Vince’s enemy
Kane-Undertaker’s brother
Sara-Undertaker’s wife
Christian-Ranch foreman
Ric Flair-Vince’s competition in love and business
Cheryl-Shane’s daughter
Shannon Austin-Kane’s wife, Steve Austin’s sister
Jessica Jericho Reso- Christian’s girlfriend then wife
Shelly Wade- Kane’s ex girl
Vince McMahon-Wrestling tycoon
Eugene-a very rich special needs wrestling magnent nicknamed Mr Eugene
Paul Heyman-Makes deals with the Undertaker
Chris Masters-Sara’s fling after Undertaker treats her bad
Cindy Wald-Undertaker’s high priced call girl.
Amber Wentworth- Shannon’s half sister
Tazz-Crooked cop on Undertaker’s pay roll
Sable-married to Mr Eugene
Dr. Shawn Michaels-Sara’s psychiatrist
Sheriff Helmsley- good guy
Katrina-Sara’s sister
Teresa Regal-Wrestling Magnent wife
Lovie Hardy-Matt Hardy’s and Angel Hardy’s mother
Chris Jericho-Jessica’s step son and senator
Dawn Marie-Undertaker’s third secretary
JBL-Wrestling magnent god
Gangrel-Blackmails Undertaker and Kane with Katrina’s baby
Angel Hardy-Matt’s sister
Gene Snitsky-Fling of Sara’s
Dave Batista-Fling of Sara’s, Ric Flair’s son, uses a different last name
Matt Hardy- Cheryl’s wife and Angel’s brother.
Lillian Garcia-Kane’s secretary
Edge-Cheryl’s love interest after Matt leaves her.
Eric Bischoff-evil wrestling magnent likes to do deals with Undertaker
Rob Conway-family lawyer
Eddie Guerreo-turned into an alcoholic after Undertaker tries to frame him.
Moolah Austin Wentworth-Shannon’s real mom
Kurt Angle-crooked asshole that with Undertaker tries to break Austin, later on he and Katrina plan Undertaker’s end.
Torrie Wilson-Undertaker’s last and evil secretary
Robyn Dugan-Shannon’s assistant
Shane McMahon-Father to Cheryl, Son to Vince and Linda
Mick Foley-ex friend to Undertaker
Olivia- Shane’s wife, Cheryl’s mother
Brock Lesnar-he and Heyman try to frame the Undertaker for murder
JR- Steve and Shannon’s father, ex friend to Vince
Mae Young-Jock’s first wife.
Hulk Hogan-Friends to Vince and Undertaker
Dr. Paul Bearer-family doctor
Lita-Undertaker’s and Vince’s first secretary
Senator Jonathon Coachman- Senator
Mercury- guy that wants revenge on Undertaker and Christian.
Bonnie-Johnny’s wife
Johnny Nitro- Friend with Mercury brother to Bonnie.
Mandy-Johnny’s sister
Aunt Margie-Steve and Shannon’s aunt
Kerwin White-ex lover of Shelly Wade
Trish Stratus-Shannon’s boss
Carrie Briggs-pregnant teen going to sell her baby to Sara.
John Cena-kidnaps Cheryl after he finds out she’s rich.
William Regal-commits suicide after Undertaker screws him around.
Victoria-ex girlfriend to Christian, lover to Undertaker
RVD-friend to Kane that uses him, Undertaker and Shannon plan to end the friendship.
Eva-Katrina’s and Shannon’s mother
Randy Orton-Cheryl’s gay fiancé
Cowboy Bob Orton-makes deal with Undertaker for Randy and Cheryl to marry.
Delanie Smith-Drug addict, friend to Cheryl.
Lisa Kereluk-Sara’s doctor
Ana Miller-Cheryl’s best friend
Sharon Kendall-kidnaps Undertaker’s and Sara’s son
Joanne Forrester-baby’s nurse
Pilar-Kurt Angle’s girlfriend
Stevie Richards-Katrina’s ex boyfriend
Alexis Laree-Gene Snitsky’s soon to be ex wife.
Stacy Keibler-Undertaker’s PR.
Terri-Kane’s secretary

Chapter 1
Sleeping with the enemy?

A red convertible driving along a highway in Texas. It was Kane’s new wife and family enemy Shannon Austin. They fell for eachother and got married in Las Vegas.

Undertaker in his downtown office was watching Steve Austin at the governmental hearings in Houston. His secretary Lita comes in and brings him coffee. She puts it down on the table.
“Any talk about wrestling?” Asks Lita.
“No. He’s just foaming at the mouth.” Said Undertaker.
“You want me to open the drapes?” Asked Lita.
“Yeah might take the glare off that jackass.” Said Undertaker. Lita opens the drapes. After she does that the phone rings and she answers it.
“McMahon Wrestling? Yes Mr McMahon deadman’s right here.” Said Lita. Undertaker takes his hand off Lita’s knee and takes the phone.
“Yo?” Asked Undertaker.
“Where is Kane?” Asked Vince from his ranch.
“I don’t know.”
“What do you mean you don’t know?”
“I mean I don’t know.”
“When he gets in send him here. I’ll be in town right away.”
“Ok.” Undertaker hung up.
“Vince mad?” Asked Lita.
“Yeah.” Undertaker sipped his coffee as he watched Lita’s butt depart the room.

Kane and Shannon stopped at a gas station.
“The McMahon’s and your brother are going to throw me off that ranch.” Said Shannon.
“No they’ll love you.” Said Kane kissing his new wife. They got filled up.

Vince pulls up to the stable.
“Christian?”
“Yeah?”
“You here?”
“Yeah.” Christian comes down from the loft.
“You and Shannon off or on these days?”
“Mainly off.”
“Oh.”
“Why?”
“I don’t know.”
“Ok if you see Cheryl tell her Linda’s looking for her.”
“Ok.” Vince drove off. Christian went up to the loft and to Vince and Linda’s granddaughter Cheryl.
“That was close.” Said Christian.
“It wasn’t close at all he would never come up here.” Said Cheryl.
“We can’t keep doing this.” Said Christian.
“Doing what?” Asked Cheryl.
“You know.”
“Say her name.” Said Cheryl.
“Shannon.”
“Again.”
“Shannon.” Cheryl kisses Christian passionately.

While Kane went to pay the gas bill Shannon was looking at his books. He came along and playfully slapped her on the ass.
“You spying?”
“Thought you were done playing Wrestling adonis?”
“I am thanks to you.”
“I think you can help your brother with the company.” Said Shannon.
“I know.” Said Kane. They drove on.

After Christian and Cheryl made love again. Christian put on his boots and Cheryl spied outside the loft with binoculars. She saw Kane and Shannon pull up.
“Kane’s got a girl.”
“Another one?” Asked Christian.
“I see a ring I think they’re married.” Said Cheryl.
“Yeah right.” Said Christian.
“You know this one.” Said Cheryl.
“Let me see.” Said Christian looking through the binoculars. Sure enough Shannon.

Linda McMahon opens the door.
“I’m married.” Said Kane.
“I see that.”
“Miss Linda may I use the bathroom?” Asked Shannon.
“Yeah, I really don’t know what to say.” Said Linda.
“Good luck?” Suggested Kane. Shannon went inside.
“You better come inside.” Said Linda.
“I got the bags.” Said Kane.
“It will keep.” Said Linda ushering Kane inside.

Vince and Undertaker was still watching Steve Austin desiccate them on tv. The phone rang and Vince picked it up.
“Ya?”
“Vince you better get home.”
“What is it Miss Linda?”
“Kane’s back and he brought a wife.”
“Kane brought a wife.” Said Vince to Undertaker.
“Anyone?” Asked Undertaker.
“Anyone important?” Asked Vince.
“Steve Austin’s sister.” Said Linda. Vince looked at Undertaker.
“Oh no.” Said Vince. Undertaker looked back puzzled.

“Next thing we knew we stood in front of the preacher saying I do, I do.” Said Kane. Christian came in.
“Christian aren’t you going to say hey to Shannon?” Asked Cheryl.
“Sure hello.”
“Hello Christian.” Said Shannon.
“Well there is light left I like to show Shannon outside.” Said Undertaker.

Undertaker took Shannon outside.
“That house there is mine and Sara’s.”
“What about that house?”
“Vince and Linda’s son that doesn’t live here Shane. He and the wife used to live here.”
“What happened?”
“How much money to you want to get out of this marriage?” Asked Undertaker.
“What?” Asked Shannon.
“Well?” Asked Undertaker.
“I’m married to your brother and I’m going to stay married.” Kane came out.
“What’s going on?”
“Just showing your wife around.” Said Undertaker.
“I’m ready to go inside now.” Said Shannon. She followed Kane inside.

That night Vince was having a smoke outside.
“Thought you weren’t supposed to smoke those things?” Asked Undertaker.
“Smoke what things?” Asked Vince.
“I asked her what she would take.”
“You did what?”
“I don’t’ want my brother married to a tramp.” Said Undertaker.
“You boys are like family to me, I don’t’ like it either.”
“Well?”
“Don’t do it again.” Vince went inside and Christian came along.
“You sent for me?” Asked Christian.
“What happened?” Asked Undertaker.
“I brought her to a couple of barbecue’s here I didn’t know they got along that well.” Said Christian.
“You and me gotta split it up.” Said Undertaker. They laughed evilly.

How would Undertaker and Christian try to split up the marriage?

Chapter 2
Always Brothers

The next day Shannon went to her apartment and found her brother Steve Austin waiting for her outside.
“I can’t believe it.”
“Believe what?”
“Marry a brother of destruction.”
“Steve that’s your nickname to them.”
“It is?”
“Yeah.”
“So it is with good reason.” She went inside and he followed. She went to the bedroom to start packing up her stuff.
“What do you want brother?”
“Shannon I want you to get a divorce.”
“I can’t do that?”
“Why?”
“I’m in love with Kane.” Austin followed his sister outside and she locked the door. They walked over to Kane’s car.
“I don’t believe this?”
“What?”
“A brother of destruction car?”
“You going with me to tell daddy?”
“I’m not getting in that car.”
“Suit yourself.” She got in and started to pull away. He flagged her down, she stopped the car and stone cold Steve Austin got into the passenger seat.

Meanwhile downtown at the offices.
“Lita I want the combination to the safe.” Said Kane.
“Your brother changes it all the time I’ll have to ask him.” Kane looked by his own doorway. “Your new secretary Lillian Garcia you wanna meet her?”
“Not right now.”
“I’ll go tell your brother.” Said Lita. She went into Undertaker’s office. Lita went to Lillian and put his hand on her shoulder.
“I’ll be with you in a bit.”
“Ok.” Said Lillian.

“How little brother doing?” Asked Undertaker.
“He wants the combination to the safe.” Said Lita.
“Well then.” Said Undertaker. Lita followed him into the main part of the offices. Kane came out.
“I want the combination to the safe.”
“You’re not ready for it.”
“I know Vince gave you it and the red files. I know it’s important now give me it.” Said Kane. Undertaker went to open it and kept the red files to himself.
“You’re not ready for this you can see everything else.”
“Fine.” Said Kane taking the file and going into his office.
“Kane would eat you alive if he knew what was in those files.”
“That’s why we’re not going to tell him.”
“You’re won’t get anything from me.” Said Lita smiling at the Undertaker.

Steve and Shannon found their father JR in a bar getting drunk. Something he did regular since his wife died.
“Daddy can I talk to you?” Asked Shannon. JR led his kids to a booth. Them sitting across from him.
“What?” Asked JR.
“Daddy I’m married.” Said Shannon.
“You’re married congratulations.” Said JR. He took a sip of whiskey.
“Not the half of it JR.” Said Austin.
“I’m daddy to you.” Said JR.
“She married a brother of destruction.” JR almost spit out his drink.
“Which one?”
“Kane.”
“I won’t have it.”
“She married a good one.”
“I won’t have it, get out.” Shannon and Stone Cold left the building.
“I thought he would be happy and we can end this feud.” Said Shannon.
“JR never happy.” Said Stone Cold. Shannon drove Austin back home.

Shannon got home and Saw Sara and Miss Linda getting the table ready for supper.
“Can I help?” Asked Shannon.
“No thanks we got a routine.” Said Sara snidely. Shannon was about to go upstairs but she saw Cheryl coming down the stairs.
“You don’t have a chance lady.” Said Cheryl.
“What?” Asked Shannon.
“If they don’t want you here, you don’t have a chance.” Said Cheryl.
“Oh.”
“Did you ever hear the story of how I came to be here?”
“Wish I did.”
“Well my daddy is the black sheep of the family, Shane, grandma and graddaddy’s son, a drunk like your daddy.”
“Get on with it.”
“Well Shane my daddy got this 15 year old girl pregnant when he was 15, Olivia my mommy.”
“And?”
“Undertaker said she was poor white trash.”
“And?”
“After my daddy left she left with me. Undertaker called some boys to pick me up and bring me back, making sure she knew to leave me alone.”
“You’re not related to the Undertaker.” Said Shannon.
“No but he do anything for grandma and granddaddy.” Said Cheryl.
“So what’s the point?” Asked Shannon.
“Lady you don’t stand a chance.” Cheryl went downstairs and Shannon looked after her, nearly in tears.

That night Shannon and Kane were in their bedroom.
“Anything wrong?” Asked Kane.
“They didn’t even said 10 words to me at dinner.” Said Shannon.
“I think I was being too optimistic.” Said Kane.
“I think this is a bad idea.”
“Give it time.” They kissed and Undertaker knocked on the door.
“Ah Kane I need you to go to Houston tomorrow and wrap things up with Austin’s men.” Said Undertaker.
“I told you I’m not doing that anymore.” Said Kane.
“I said yes and I mean it.” Said Undertaker slamming the door.
“Kane.” Said Shannon.
“This is the last time.” Said Kane to Shannon.

The next morning it was a cold morning. Undertaker was talking to Christian. Shannon came out.
“Kane coming out?”
“In a minute.” Said Shannon.
“Well I didn’t mean to act that way.”
“Ok.” Said Shannon to deadman.
“You want to go up in the copter with Christian?” Asked Undertaker. Shannon looked at her ex boyfriend in the truck.
“Shannon.” Said Christian.
“I don’t think so.” Said Shannon.
“Come on you should see this place right. You scared of heights?”
“I’m not scared of heights Undertaker.”
“Well then?”
“Ok.” Shannon got in the truck with Christian.
“Christian show Shannon around.” Said Undertaker.
“Will do.” He and Shannon drove off. Kane came out.
“Where is Shannon?”
“Don’t know.”
“Ok let’s go.” Said Kane. They got into the car to drive off.

Christian and Shannon got out of the helicopter and found the lake nearby.
“What happened to us?” Asked Christian.
“You stopped calling.” Said Shannon.
“I did didn’t I?” Asked Christian.
“Yeah.” Christian threw Shannon in the lake. “Christian!”
“Need help out?”
“Yes, it’s cold!” Christian helped Shannon out and brought her to his bungalow.

“Damn I forgot papers.” Said Undertaker.
“I have to get to Houston remember.” Said Kane.
“It can wait, these are important.” Said Undertaker.
“Ok.” Said Kane. Undertaker turned the car around.

Shannon was sitting in nothing but a blanket. Christian changed into some jeans.
“I put your clothes in the dryer.”
“Ok.” She looked out the window and saw Undertaker’s car pull up.
“What are Taker and Kane doing here?” Asked Shannon.
“I don’t know.” Said Christian.
“It was a set up wasn’t it?” Asked Shannon.
“Well.” Christian didn’t want to admit.
“You better tell Kane the truth.” Undertaker and Kane came in.
“Wonder what’s going on here?” Asked Undertaker.
“Christian?” Asked Kane.
“Christian got me wet but Undertaker set it up.” Said Shannon.
“That true?” Asked Kane to Christian.
“You’re married to a tramp.” Said Undertaker.
“We were just playing around.” Said Christian. Kane went to Undertaker. He tried to hit him but Shannon stopped him.
“He’s your brother.” She said worried.
“We’ll always be brothers Undertaker but if you ever make me try to choose between my family and my wife you’ll lose.” Said Kane.
“I was only protecting you brother.” Said Undertaker.
“I don’t’ need your protection brother.” Said Kane. He took Shannon out of there and they left in the car.
“We lost?” Asked Christian. Undertaker went to the doorway.
“I’m only beginning with that slut.” Said Undertaker smiling evilly.

What kinds of things did Undertaker had planned for Shannon?

TBC....

Chapter 3
Crafty Cheryl

Cheryl was in her last year of highschool but she didn’t care about it. Her family let her do whatever she wanted. Her grades were good but she never attended. All she wanted to do was party, have sex with Christian and party some more. In Texas on a rare winter day, it actually had some snow. Cheryl drove out on her horse to the front gate and got the mail until she found the letter from the school. She took out a lighter and burned the letter so nobody else could read it.

Meanwhile Kane and Shannon were in the stables.
“Ok up.” Said Kane lifting Shannon onto a horse. Then he lifted her down. “And back down.” He said.
“Hey Kane I want to learn how to ride.”
“I gotta better idea, lets go back to the house and make babies.”
“Kane I’m serious.”
“Ok, ok.” Kane looked and saw Christian drive up. He went over to Christian as Christian got out of his truck.
“Kane got a favour to ask you.”
“Shoot.” Said Kane.
“Can you take Cheryl to school?”
“You know what Vince said he wanted you to do it.”
“But I can’t.”
“Don’t piss off Vince.”
“Ok.” Christian got back into the truck and drove off. Kane went over to Shannon.
“Are you fighting with Christian?”
“He doesn’t want to take Cheryl to school after Vince told him to.”
“But you don’t hate him do you?”
“No why?”
“Ok just asking.” Said Shannon.

In the house it was breakfast time. Vince, Linda, Undertaker and Sara were sitting at the table. Shannon and Kane finally decided to come in and eat to. They sat on the opposite side of the table as Undertaker and Sara.
“Is Christian coming in to get Cheryl?” Asked Linda.
“Should be soon.” Said Vince.
“Is she failing school?” Asked Shannon.
“No she never attends, her marks are good, but she needs to attend to graduate.” Said Linda. Cheryl came in from outside and started to butter a biscuit.
“Good morning everybody.” Said Cheryl.
“You want some breakfast?” Asked Linda.
“Oh no thank you grandma Christian’s coming to take me to school in a minute.” Said Cheryl.
“You’re going to change your clothes aren’t you?” Asked Sara.
“What do you mean Sara?” Asked Cheryl.
“She means don’t wear tight clothes.” Said Undertaker.
“Oh right I can’t go disgracing you all can I?” Asked Cheryl going upstairs to change.
“I gotta get to work.” Said Kane standing up to go and get his briefcase.
“Well my brother became an office hound.” Said Undertaker.
“That’s right he has.” Said Shannon.

Outside Shannon went up to Sara.
“Sara just wanted to know.”
“I’m busy.” Said Sara. Sara walked away. Christian pulled up.
“Shannon.” Shannon went to his truck.
“Mornin’ Christian.”
“Is Kane going to fire me?”
“Why would he?”
“Cause I didn’t want to take Cheryl to school.’
“No.”
“Can you make sure?”
“I’ll talk to him but I already know he isn’t going to fire you.” Shannon and Sara went over to Undertaker’s car. Kane was inside in the passenger seat. Shannon and Kane kissed.
“The whole world loves lovers.” Said Undertaker. He pecked Sara on the cheek.
“I love you Take.” She said to her husband.
“Yeah.” Said Undertaker.
“I love you Kane.”
“I love you Shannon. The men drove off.
“Sara?” Asked Shannon. Sara snubbed her off again and went inside. Cheryl came out.
“Goodbye Aunty.” Cheryl got into Christian’s truck and they drove off.

Sara went upstairs and Miss Linda looked at Shannon.
“Shannon do you want some coffee?”
“I thought you never ask.” Said Shannon. They sat down to have coffee.
“You know half the time she pretends to take her books to school and she expects me not to notice.” Said Miss Linda.
“Cheryl?”
“Yeah. The men treat her like she’s fragile but she’s far from it.”
“Why?”
“We felt guilty after Shane and Olivia took off so we let her do what she wants. Big mistake.” Shannon nodded thoughtfully.

“Christian I’m not going to school.”
“Yeah you are.”
“No I’m not.” Cheryl tried to kiss Christian.
“Let me drive.” He had to stop the truck before they got into an accident.
“Come on Christian.” Cheryl tried to kiss Christian and grope his dick. He responded back, he knew she won. They drove back to the stables.

Miss Linda and Sara left for town and Shannon stayed home. The phone rang and she answered it.
“Hello? Who did you want to talk to? I’m Cheryl’s aunt by marriage. Your guess is as good as mine Mr Cole and I’m afraid both of us might be right. Yes I’ll get her there today if I can find her. Bye.” Shannon was talking to the school counsellor about Cheryl, Michael Cole.

Shannon goes down to the stables.
“Christian?” Christian comes down.
“Yeah.”
“I want to talk to Cheryl.”
“She’s not here.”
“You want me to tell Vince?”
“Cheryl.” Said Christian. Cheryl sat on top of the hay loft.
“What?”
“Come down here else I’ll tell Vince what you’ve been doing.”
“You think he’s going to believe you?” Asked Cheryl.
“After I get the letters from the school.” Said Shannon.
“I’ll tell him you made it up.”
“You think he’ll believe you?”
“If that’s what I tell him.”
“Ok I’ll go and tell him about you and Christian.”
“Now wait a minute.” Said Christian.
“Go.” Said Shannon. Christian left.
“What do you want me to do?” Asked Cheryl.
“Go to school.”
“No.”
“I’m on my way to tell Vince.” Shannon started to walk.
“Damn.” Cheryl jumped down and went with Shannon.

At the office Kane was talking to Lita.
“What about this acquisition with Lone Star Wrestling company?” Asked Kane.
“What about it?” Asked Lita.
“I heard that Eric Bischoff was a hard nut to get.”
“Undertaker could be very persuasive.” Lita went into Undertaker’s office.

“Now what?” Asked Undertaker kissing Lita.
“Kane’s asking questions.”
“Guess I have to keep little brother busy.” Said Undertaker playfully touching Lita.

Shannon and Cheryl got to school.
“Hello Cheryl.” Said Cole.
“Hi.” Said Cheryl.
“I’m Cheryl’s aunt Shannon.” Said Shannon.
“Hi. Cheryl you should be on your way to what History next?” Asked Cole.
“You should know better then I would.” Said Cheryl.
“Do you need help finding it?” Asked Cole.
“No I’ll find it.” Said Cheryl walking.
“See you after class.” Said Cole. Cheryl ignored him.
“Cheryl.” Said Shannon.
“Yeah.” Said Cheryl going into class.
“How is she in class?” Asked Shannon.
“See for yourself.” Said Cole. They went to the doorway and saw all the guys crowd around the beautiful Cheryl. The girls stayed away they didn’t like Cheryl that much.

Cheryl got out of school finally and Shelton Benjamin came up to her.
“I’m president of the math club.”
“Happy for you.” Said a bored Cheryl.
“Heard the jam you were in. The math club office is next to Cole’s.” Shannon pulled up.
“Well I gotta go there is my aunt, bye.” Cheryl got into Shannon’s car.

On the drive back Shannon said:
“I bought you a present from the store I’m working in.” Said Shannon.
“Where?” Asked Cheryl.
“In the back.” Said Shannon. Cheryl took the box and threw the box and the outfit out the window. Shannon stopped the car.
“Go get it.” Cheryl got out and got the outfit and got back into the car. Shannon drove off again.

They got to the house and Shannon saw Christian.
“Leave Cheryl alone.”
“You playing nanny?” Asked Christian.
“If you don’t I’ll tell Vince.”
“Ok.” Said Christian.

Cheryl meanwhile took some scissors and started to cut up Shannon’s present to her.

“You did good on this test.” Said Michael Cole.
“Thanks.” Said Cheryl.
“Shannon picking you up today?”
“Yeah.”
“You can wait here if you want.”
“Ok if we don’t have to talk.”
“Ok.” Cole looked at some papers and Cheryl got up and walked around Cole’s office. Looking at things. Shelton Benjamin was spying from the Math club room. What he saw, he saw his opportunity. Cheryl began to rip her own clothes, the same outfit Shannon bought only Cheryl decided to make it easy for the rips.
“Ahhhhhhhhhhh!” She ran out of the room and Cole followed her. “Michael Cole raped me!” She yelled and then ran away. Shelton saw his chance to get with Cheryl and Cole saw that his career could be over.

Would Cheryl get away with it?

TBC.....

Chapter 4
Repercussions

Shannon was waiting for Cheryl outside the school when Shelton Benjamin showed up.
“Aren’t you Cheryl’s aunt?”
“Yes.”
“It’s a shame about Cheryl.”
“What do you mean?”
“I mean Michael Cole tried to rape her.”
“What?”
“She got away though.”
“Ok thanks.” Shelton Benjamin went on and Shannon went inside.

She went to talk to Michael Cole.
“What happened?”
“You must know your niece she’ll do anything to avoid school.”
“Yes.”
“She ripped her clothes and screamed rape.”
“I’ll have her here first thing Monday morning.” Said Shannon not believing that Michael Cole did what Shelton and Cheryl said.

Kane was talking to Lita.
“How does my brother persuade people to do things?”
“He can be very convincing.”
“How convincing?”
“Wouldn’t you like to know?” Lita went into Undertaker’s office.

Shannon found Cheryl walking along side the snowy road. She pulled along side her, drove slow as Cheryl walked slow.
“You really pulled this one off perfectly.” Said Shannon.
“Thank you aunty.” Said Cheryl.
“Monday you are going to let them know the truth.” Said Shannon.
“I don’t’ know what you mean aunty.”
“You know what I mean. Why did you do it?”
“I think the better question is Cheryl what do you want?”
“Cheryl what do you want?”
“You make sure that the letters stop coming to the house and let me skip anytime I want to.”
“Ya you did pull it off beautifully. Why would you ruin an innocent man?”
“Have to do what I have to do.”
“How do I get you to change?”
“You don’t. But if you do as I say I’ll go in Monday and say it was all a little misunderstanding.”
“You would wouldn’t you?”
“Aunty you give a little you get a little.” Shannon drove on, disgusted with Cheryl.

“Glad to see your improving Cheryl.” Said Linda.
“I think aunty Shannon is to.” The phone rang and a servant told Cheryl it was for her. She went to the hall to take it.
“Let’s have coffee in the living room.” Suggested Linda. The family went to the livingroom. Shannon and Kane started off there but Shannon decided to go upstairs as she passed she saw Cheryl talking on the phone, Kane followed Shannon upstairs.
“8 o clock, 9 o clock what’s the difference?” Asked Cheryl.

Cheryl went into the livingroom to Vince.
“Can I go to a party tonight granddaddy?”
“Whose?”
“Shelton Benjamin’s.”
“Doc Benjamin’s boy?”
“I do n’t know.”
“I think his grandson.” Said Linda.
“Whatever happened to the guy asking a gal out proper?” Asked Vince.
“Please.”
“Alright.” Said Vince.

“I feel like I failed.” Said Shannon.
“What do you mean?” Asked Kane.
“With Cheryl, I let her walk all over me.”
“Cheryl is always that way.”
“I thought I was getting through to her, I thought she actually liked me.”
“She does but she has a funny way of showing it.”
“Yeah funny.”
“Let’s go dancing honey.” Said Kane.
“Ok.” So they decided to go out.

Cheryl and Shelton were in his car. He tried to kiss her.
“I’m not in the mood.”
“That’s why I’m here for.”
“Let’s go dancing.”
“Dancing?”
“Yeah it gets me in the mood.”
“Hey whatever works.” They ended up going to the same club as Kane and Shannon.

Shannon saw Cheryl and Shelton together and her mind started thinking.
“Come on I want to go somewhere so I can have some.” Said Shelton.
“No.” Said Cheryl.. She walked away from him while he got drinks and she found Christian and his date.
“Christian help me.”
“Who you here with?”
“Some guy who doesn’t take no for an answer.”
“I can’t I’m busy with my girl.” Said Christian. The girl walked away. Cheryl kissed Christian and Christian responded.

“Look.” Said Shannon. Kane looked at Cheryl and Christian kissing. He went over to the them and punched Christian.
“Wait Kane she was kissing me.”
“Yeah I was kissing him.” Said Cheryl.
“You stay away from her.” Said Kane.
“I tried.” Said Christian.
“Try harder.” Said Kane. Kane left it at that. Cheryl walked away and Shannon followed her.

“That’s the guy that told me about you and Cole.”
“You’re smart.”
“He’s blackmailing you right?” Shelton came up to them and gave Cheryl a drink.
“Right.”
“Right what?”
“Monday you are going to tell Cole you are blackmailing Vince’s niece.”
“Why would I do that?” Asked Shelton.
“Cause I said so.”
“Cheryl?”
“Go on get out of here I’ll go with her.” Said Cheryl. Shelton left.
“Thank you.” Said Shannon.
“You’re like Sara already.”
“What?”
“She’s a simp but she doesn’t show it like you.” Shannon was hurt by Cheryl’s words. Cheryl walked away. Kane who saw what happened followed Cheryl. He grabbed her and turned her around to face him.
“Why are you mean to Shannon?”
“I hate her.”
“She likes you.”
“Don’t even tell me how alike we are.”
“You are, and she understands you better then the rest of us.”
“Really?”
“Yes really now come on and apologize to her.” They walked over to Shannon.
“Shannon I’m sorry.” Said Cheryl.
“That’s ok baby.”
“I got the two prettiest girls tonight I want to dance till dawn.” Said Kane. They had fun the rest of the night.

Chapter 5
That damn file

“You really want to pay off my house while I run for Senator?” Asked Coachman.
“Just consider it a political advance.” Said Undertaker.

They were renovating Kane’s office and he had to leave.
“How do you think?” Asked Lillian.
“I don’t. I’m going to work from home.”
“Ok see you tomorrow.”
“See you Lillian.”
“I’ll go down with you Kane.” Said Lita.
“Alright.”

“How is the wife doing?” Asked Lita from outside.
“You know it would have been easier on Shannon if you married my brother instead of Sara.”
“I tried he wasn’t interested.” Said Lita.
“I know.”
“Well too bad you’re taken.” Said Lita.
“Yeah.” Kane went to his car. Austin crossed the street to Lita.
“Hey Lita girl.”
“Hi Austin how are you?”
“I’m fine.”
“So you want to know Undertaker’s secrets to?”
“How bout if we have coffee sometime?”
“I’ll have to think about that.” Austin wrote down his number.
“Here’s my number phone me if you want to talk sometime.” Said Austin.
“Ok.” Said Lita taking the number.

“I want to thank you Vince.” Said Coachman.
“No problem like Undertaker says consider it a political advancement.” Said Vince.
“Just remember to do what we want.” Said Undertaker.
“Oh I will.” Said Coach leaving.

Kane was in the study in the main house. Shannon came in.
“Renovations to the little house are almost done.” Said Shannon.
“Here at the office I can’t win.” Said Kane.
“You wanna see the little house?”
“Sure.” Kane put the Coachman file on the back of the couch but as he and Shannon left the file fell behind.

Cheryl, Linda and Sara saw Shannon and Kane outside.
“I’m taking Kane to the little house.” Said Shannon.
“Now how can he get work done that way?” Asked Cheryl.
“We’re just taking a break shortcake.” Said Kane. They walked on.
“Miss Linda you have one of my bags.” Said Sara.
“Which one.” Sara looked and took one from Linda.
“This one.” Cheryl went up to Sara as Linda went inside.
“How come Undertaker doesn’t come home for lunch like Kane does?”
“Taker’s work is more demanding.” Said Sara.
“Ok then.” Cheryl didn’t believe that. She went inside the big house and Sara went into the little house.

Sara got inside and puts on her silky new black neglige. Soon after Undertaker came back to his little house. He hung up his long black coat.
“What did you do buy out the store?”
“I want to show you something.” Said Sara coming into the main room in her black neglige.
“I hope you’re going to take that back.”
“No why.”
“It doesn’t suit you.”
“Yeah you’re right I’m going to take it back.” Sara tried to kiss Undertaker.
“What’s gotten into you? You’re not acting like a lady.’ He left and she was sad.

Undertaker went to Lita’s apartment.
“Talking to me makes you feel better?” Undertaker sat on the couch beside Lita.
“You’re the only one I want.”
“Why don’t you go home to Sara?”
“She doesn’t excite me you give me what I want.”
“You taught me, teach her.”
“No I want you.” He tried to kiss her.
“Taker it’s not good like this please.” He kissed Lita hard on the lips. She pulled away.
“I want you.” Said Undertaker.
“I always wake up alone.” Said Lita. She finally gave into his advances.

After sex Lita said:
“Please stay tonight.”
“I can’t.” He gave her a 500 dollar bill.
“I wanted to cook you breakfast.”
“Another time.” He kissed her and walked out. Lita phoned someone.
“Hello?”
“Austin how bout supper tomorrow night? I’m buying.”
“Ok see you then.”
“Your apartment.” Said Lita.
“My apartment.” Agreed Austin.

The next day Lita brought Undertaker, Kane and Vince coffee as they watched Coachman getting sworn in.
“We did it.” Said Vince.
“Told ya.” Said Undertaker winking at Lita.
“At what cost?” Asked Kane.
“No cost.” Said Undertaker. Lita left.
“Where is that file?” Asked Vince.
“Oh I was looking it over last night.” Said Kane.
“Where is it?” Asked Undertaker.
“Damn I must have left it at home I’ll phone Shannon and ask her to bring it.” Said Kane. He got on the phone.

“Hello?” Asked Shannon in the study of the big house.
“Hey baby can you bring me that file that I was looking at? It is a brown file folder with a sticker on it.” Said Kane.
“Sure baby.”
“I love you.”
“I love you to.” Shannon hung up. She looked by the couch and saw nothing, she looked behind it and saw the file. She got it to take it to Kane.

Shannon got to the office.
“Hi Shannon they went out for lunch is that the file?” Asked Lita.
“Yeah.”
“I’ll give it to them.” Said Lita.
“Ok.” Shannon gave it to Lita then she left. Lita looked at the file and put it in her desk. She knew what it was and she was tired of Undertaker using her.

What was Lita going to do with that file?

TBC......


Chapter 6
What Lita does

That night Austin and Lita sat in his dingy apartment eating Chinese food.
“So why did you come?” He asked.
“I don’t know.”
“You must have a reason girl.”
“Guess I’m sick of Undertaker screwing me around.”
“Got news for you Undertaker screws everyone around.”
“Well I had enough.” Austin kissed Lita and she responded back. This time she knew where it was going to go and with no strings attached.

The next morning taking a cue from Undertaker Lita left in the middle of the night. When Austin woke up he saw the Coachman file and all of Undertaker’s and Vince’s political advances to Coachman so he could be the senator. This made Austin happy.

That same day Austin was being interviewed on tv and the three men were watching in Undertaker’s office.
“I have proof, in this file right here Undertaker and Vince has been paying Coachman off and I’m pretty sure they’ll continue to do so.” Said Austin. Vince turned off the tv.
“Is that true?” Asked Kane.
“You going to believe him?” Asked Vince.
“He’s married to Austin’s sister what do you think?” Asked Undertaker. Kane left, not sure it was the right thing at that point to deal with the Undertaker.

That night at supper Undertaker walked around the diningroom.
“The file got into Austin’s hands and his sister gave it to him.” Said Undertaker. Shannon took one look at Undertaker and walked outside.
“Isn’t anyone going to stick up for my wife?” Asked Kane. Nobody answered they all believed that Shannon was guilty. Kane went outside to talk to Shannon.

“Kane I didn’t do it.” Said Shannon.
“I know.”
“I’m sorry.”
“We’re moving to a hotel until this gets worked out.”
“What if it doesn’t?”
“I don’t know.” So Kane and Shannon moved into a ritzy hotel in the city.

The next day Shannon went to see Austin at his apartment.
“They blamed me for giving you that file.” Said Shannon.
“So get a divorce.” Said Austin.
“You would like that wouldn’t you?” She asked.
“You want me to pretend I’m happy that you are married to Kane?”
“Kane is not his brother.”
“Kane, Undertaker doesn’t matter they are still the brothers of destruction.” Austin’s phone rang and he picked it up.
“Steve?” Asked Lita.
“Hi.” Said Austin.
“I want to see you.”
“Can’t right now.”
“You have someone there?”
“That wouldn’t make a difference.” He hung up. Lita cried she knew she was used by Austin to get that file.

Part B

The three men were in Undertaker’s office talking.
“So what are we going to do?” Asked Vince.
“Ask Kane it’s his wife.” Said Undertaker. Kane grabbed his brother by the throat.
“I’ll tombstone you brother if you accuse Shannon again. If you are doing something wrong maybe you should be exposed.” Kane left.

Kane and Coachman were talking in the park.
“Did my brother and Vince give you money and get you into office.”
‘Truth?”
“Yes.”
“Yes but I didn’t have any.”
“I want you to come forward.”
“No.”
“Then I want you to resign.”
“Ok. And then I’m leaving.” Said Coachman.

That night in the hotel Kane and Shannon were talking.
“It was my brother and Vince.”
“Then we can go home.” Said Shannon.
“Not until they apologize.” Shannon rested her knee in Kane’s lap.

Lita wasn’t going to take what Austin did lying down. She went to see him at his apartment.
“Why did you use me?”
“I don’t know what you mean?”
“I thought we had something.”
“Come off it you think Undertaker would let you?” On the radio the announcement came over that Coachman resigned and left Texas. Now Austin had nothing to go on.
“Please talk to me.”
“I’m listening.” Said Austin grabbing a drink.

Kane and Shannon were at the office.
“I gave the file to Lita she said she would give it to you guys.”
“I know she and Austin have been talking.” Said Kane.
“Hold on.” Said Shannon looking up Lita’s rolodex. “It’s Steve’s new number, not listed.”
“Well?” Shannon picked up the phone.

Austin and Lita just finished making love and the phone rang.
“I want to see you.” Said Shannon.
“Not right now.”
“Yes now are you at home?”
“You called me here.”
“I’ll be over in an hour.”
“Ok.” He hung up.
“I won’t be.” Said Lita starting to get dressed.
“We got time.” Said Austin.
“No we don’t.”

“It doesn’t take an hour.”
“I know I wanted him to think it did, that I was calling from the ranch.” Said Shannon.

Lita leaves and ten minutes later Shannon caught her outside.
“I want to talk to you.”
“I’m busy.”
“Yeah busy getting me in trouble.”
“I don’t know what you’re talking about Shannon.”
“You tell Undertaker you gave my brother that file.”
“Why would I do that?”
“So he’ll stop pointing the finger at me.” Lita walked on.

Kane walked into Undertaker’s office.
“Your wife gone to give more of my files away?”
“It was Lita.”
“Liar.” Lita walked in with Shannon right behind. Lita started to pack up her desk. “What are you doing?” Asked Undertaker.
“I gave Austin that file.”
“Why?”
“Cause you hurt me.” Lita left with her stuff. Shannon just stared at Undertaker. Undertaker looked at Shannon apologetically.

That night in the livingroom before dinner Kane was bitching everyone out.
“Not one of you believed that Shannon was innocent.” Said Kane.
“We’re sorry Shannon.” Said Miss Linda.
“That’s ok I probably would have done the same thing.” Said Shannon.
“I don’t think it’s fair you pinned it on Shannon.” Said Kane.
“Undertaker was hardest on her.” Said Cheryl.
“I know I was and I feel bad.” Said Undertaker.
“It’s ok.” Said Shannon. Cheryl grabbed Undertaker’s hand and started to walk him over to Shannon.
“Now Undertaker give Shannon a kiss.” Undertaker looked at Kane and Kane nodded. Undertaker bent to Shannon’s small frame.
“Shannon.” Shannon looked up at Undertaker and offered him her cheek. He kissed it and they looked at eachother. Both coming through a breakthrough in their relationship.

Oh look no cliffhangers this time. Will be the next chapter though. Won’t be writing till Sunday probably after work tonight I’m going to visit a little girl with Cerebral Palsy in the rich end of town here. Anywho until next time people read on.

TBC....

Chapter 7
Nothing but a good time

Undertaker and Christian were in a hotel in Houston. Two separate rooms with women they picked up at a bar. In the morning with the women still asleep Christian picked up the deadman in his hotel room.
“Bye Bonnie Honey.” Said Undertaker.
“Ya bye.” Said Bonnie half sleepy.
“I left Mandy sleeping to guess they drank too much last night.” Said Christian.
“Yeah guess so.” Said Undertaker leaving Bonnie some money. Undertaker and Christian left to go back to the ranch.

While Undertaker and Christian drive back Mercury picked up Mandy in one hotel room and brought her to Bonnie’s hotel room.
“You get anything out of her?” Asked Nitro.
“No you get anything out of Bonnie?” Asked Mercury.
“No.”
“What do you want from us?” Asked Mandy.
“Who were you with?” Asked Nitro.
“Undertaker, Undertaker and Christian.” Said Bonnie.
“Address?” Asked Mercury.
“They live at the McMahon ranch.” Said Mandy.
“Please don’t hurt us.”
“Get dressed and get back home.” Said Nitro. Nitro and Mercury went to look for the Undertaker and Christian.

“I brought you some soup Miss Linda.” Said Sara.
“Thank you Sara can you put it on my dresser? I’m not hungry right now.” Said Linda.
“You need to eat something.” Said Sara.
“I will, I hate having a migrane.” Said Linda.
“Don’t worry I’m taking care of things.” Said Sara.
“The wind is howling.” Said Linda.
“I think a storm is on the way.” Said Sara.

Shannon was on the phone downstairs to her husband.
“Are you ok?” Asked Kane.
“Yeah I’m ok.”
“Don’t go out I heard it’s going to storm.”
“It’s ok I’m safe.” Said Shannon.
“You’re a city girl you don’t know how to survive if it’s a tornado.”
“I’ll be careful Kane.” Said Shannon. They hung up.

Sara came in.
“The radio said it might turn into a hurricane.” Said Sara.
“I know.”
“I’ll see what else I can find out.” Said Sara.
“Ok.” Said Shannon watching Sara go into the livingroom. Cheryl came in through the front door. “What are you doing home?” Asked Shannon.
“School let us out early cause of the storm.” Said Cheryl. Cheryl and Shannon went into the livingroom.
“Well radio says that the tornado is on the way. Cheryl you know where the oil lamps are?” Asked Sara.
“Yeah.”
“Ok go and get them. Shannon lock down all the windows downstairs, I’ll do the upstairs.” Said Sara leaving the room.
“Who died and made her boss?” Asked Cheryl.
“She knows what she’s talking about, which makes her smarter then me and you.” Said Shannon playfully slapping her niece on the butt.

“We’re staying in town.” Said Vince.
“I know just worried about Shannon.” Said Kane.
“We can’t leave with a storm on the way.”
“I know.”
“Is your brother back?” Asked Vince.
“I don’t think he’s back yet else Shannon would have said.”
“Ok I’ll call Hogan and some of the others and we can have supper at the club.” Said Vince.
“Ok.” Said Kane reluctantly.

“I’m going to kill the Undertaker.” Said Nitro.
“Ya me to and the other one.” Said Mercury. They drove faster.

“Taker and Christian back.” Said Cheryl.
“Where is Sara?” Asked Shannon.
“Getting grandma some lunch in the kitchen.” Said Cheryl.

Undertaker walked in the backdoor and gave Sara a peck in the kitchen.
“Miss Linda is sick.” Said Sara.
“I’ll go check up on her.” Said Undertaker.
“Why didn’t you call me?”
“I told you Christian and I were talking to those promoters.” Said Undertaker.
“All night.”
“Yes I don’t have time right now Sara to talk to you I’ll check on Miss Linda then I got work to do.” Said Undertaker.

Mercury and Nitro finally showed up and they rang the bell.
“Excuse me ma’am.” Said Nitro.
“Yes?” Asked Sara.
“Our truck broke down not that far away from here.” Said Mercury.
“And?” Asked Sara.
“Can we use your phone?” Asked Nitro.
“I suppose.” Said Sara. She let them in.
“Sara who is that?” Asked Shannon.
“Ah...” Said Sara.
“I’m Nitro and this is Mercury our truck broke down.”
“Yeah they’re going to use the phone.” Said Sara.
“They’re cute.” Said Cheryl.

Cheryl and Mercury were making a fire in the fireplace.
“Where the men folk?” Asked Mercury.
“Well Kane’s working in town with my granddaddy and Undertaker and Christian just got home.” Said Cheryl.
“Oh.” Nitro came in.
“We’re going to help since we’re stranded for the meantime.” Said Nitro as they waited for Sara to come in and give instructions. Shannon came in.
“Cheryl did Kane call?”
“Not that I know of.” Said Cheryl.
“Husband?” Asked Nitro.
“Yes.” Said Shannon.
“Look at these beautiful rich women.” Said Mercury.
“Excuse my friend he has no manners.” Said Nitro.
“That’s ok Shannon ain’t rich she got rich when she married Kane.” Said Cheryl.
“Cheryl.”
“So you’re one of us then.” Noted Mercury. Shannon didn’t know how to answer that.

“Hello?” Asked Undertaker on the hall phone.
“Taker is everything alright?” Asked Kane.
“Yeah two guys truck broke down their misfortune is our luck I guess.” Said Taker.
“Shannon ok?”
“Yeah your wife is ok I gotta go we gotta do some work bye.” Said Undertaker.

Christian, Undertaker, Mercury and Nitro got the animals to safety then Christian got hurt. They brought him back. Cheryl picked up the phone to call the doctor.

Sara went upstairs to see Miss Linda.
“What’s up?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Christian got hurt.” Said Sara.
“I better go downstairs.” Said Miss Linda.
“No everything is ok I’m handling things.” Said Sara.
“Are you sure?”
“Yeah.” Sara left to go back downstairs. Mercury locked the door and both men took out guns.
“Anyone move and you’re all toast.” Said Nitro.
“What do you want?” Asked Sara.
“You know our wives didn’t come home last night.” Said Mercury.
“We found them in a sleazy hotel.” Said Nitro.
“So?” Asked Undertaker.
“Bonnie says she was with someone named Undertaker and she had your business card.” Said Nitro.
“Mandy says someone named Christian.” Said Mercury. Undertaker and Christian looked at eachother.
“A lot of people have my card.” Said Undertaker.
“Pretty girl here says you two just got home. That was before we turned into a bad guy.” Said Mercury.
“I didn’t do it Undertaker.” Said Cheryl.
“So you want money?” Asked Undertaker.
“We want revenge.” Said Mercury.
“How?” Asked Christian.
“How do you think?” Asked Nitro.
“By taking us?” Asked Shannon.
“Bingo.” Said Mercury. Christian tried to get after them but they beat him back down. The phone rang.
“Answer it.” Said Nitro grabbing Shannon and bringing her into the hall.

“Hello?” Asked Shannon.
“Hi honey you ok?” Asked Kane.
“Christian hurt his knee.” Said Shannon. Nitro tried to make her go faster.
“Is he ok?” Asked Kane.
“Yeah. Ah Undertaker and I are going to play cards.” Said Shannon.
“Ok Love you.” Said Kane.
“Yeah.” She hung up and Nitro brought her to the livingroom.

“Everything alright?” Asked Vince.
“I’m going home.”
“You talk like a woman Kane.”
“Something is wrong Shannon said she was going to play cards with my brother.”
“What’s wrong with that?”
“I don’t think Undertaker plays cards.” Said Kane.
“Ok lets go.” Said Vince giving in.

“Ok lets see I get the pretty girl here.” Said Mercury. “Which one do you want?” He asked Nitro.
“Shannon used to go out with Christian before she married Kane.” Said Cheryl.
“Cheryl.” Said Sara.
“Well you are one of us then. We don’t go after our own we go after them.” Said Mercury.
“I like this one.” Said Nitro licking his lips at Sara.
“Fuck you!” Yelled Sara. Nitro slapped her across the face.
“Now don’t get smart.” Undertaker tried to go after them but Nitro waved the gun in his face. “And don’t get brave.” Said Nitro laughing.
“Well wonder what this one thinks that her hubby Undertaker is a cheater?” Asked Mercury.
“Him.” Said Sara.
“Yeah him is nothing.” Said Nitro waving the gun in Undertaker’s face.
“Let’s dance.” Said Mercury grabbing Shannon.
“Let me go.” Said Shannon. Nitro grabbed Sara.
“Mother fucking asshole.” Said Sara hitting Nitro.
“What the hell is going on down here?” Asked Miss Linda coming in the livingroom.
“Don’t move grandma else they all blow up.” Warned Mercury. Miss Linda didn’t know what to make of it.

“Well?” Asked Vince.
“The road is blocked.” Said Kane.
“I told you no use going back when a storm in on the way.” Said Vince.
“I want to walk back.” Said Kane.
“Wait for me.” Said Vince as they started to walk back.

Nitro brought Undertaker and Christian to the kitchen.
“Sit.” Said Nitro to Christian.
“I sat.” Said Christian sitting.
“Get some rope.” Said Nitro. Undertaker got some rope.
“Now what?” Asked Undertaker.
“Tie him up.” Said Nitro. Undertaker was forced to tie up Christian nice and tight.
“Now what?” Asked Undertaker.
“Now you are going to watch me rape your wife.” Said Nitro. He took Undertaker back to the livingroom.

Were the girls going to get saved? Would Sara get revenge on Undertaker for cheating on her?

Tune in tomorrow.....

TBC....

Chapter 8
To Undertaker.... From Sara

Miss Linda held Cheryl on the couch in the livingroom.
“What do you want?” She asked the two men.
“Before we turned mean I was telling your gal here that they alls was a bunch of beauty gals.” Said Mercury. Nitro came in with Sara and her picture.
“This one here used to move furniture ain’t she pretty?” Asked Nitro.
“Go to hell.” Said Sara.
“Regular ole tomboy do you sing?” Asked Mercury.
“What?” Asked Sara.
“Do you sing? Am I speaking English?” Asked Mercury.
“No.”
“No what?” Asked Nitro.
“I don’t sing.” Said Sara.
“Wonder how she like knowing her husband is a cheater.” Said Mercury.
“Sing.’ Said Nitro. Sara had no choice, with them waving guns she had to sing.

After Sara sang Mercury picked Cheryl up and tried to kiss her.
“That’s enough.” Said Miss Linda. Shannon feeling sorry for Cheryl stood up.
“Mercury I’ll go with you.” Said Shannon.
“I told you we don’t look for one of us we look for one of them.” Said Mercury.
“I think we should leave them alone we had our fun.” Said Nitro.
“No we need revenge.” Said Mercury.

Kane and Vince came through the kitchen and saw Christian tied up.
“Two guys.” Said Christian as Kane untied him.
“We know, stay here.” Said Kane.
“Ok.” Said Christian. Kane and Vince began to approach the livingroom quietly. Mercury grabbed Cheryl and tried to take her upstairs.
“Noooooooooooooo!” Yelled Cheryl. A hand came out, it was Kane’s. He grabbed Cheryl and Vince punched Mercury. Then Vince punched Nitro not knocking him out entirely.
“Someone call the cops before I kill them.” Said Vince.
“No Vince we have to let them go.” Said Miss Linda.
“What?” Cheryl ran to Linda.
“Grandma.” Miss Linda held on to Cheryl.
“We can’t involve the law.”
“Ok.” Said Vince.
“I’ll tell you about it later, help me get Cheryl to bed.” Vince and Linda took Cheryl upstairs.
“You alright?” Asked Kane.
“I’m alright now that you are here.” Said Shannon as they went upstairs. Undertaker put his long black coat on the back of Sara’s shoulders. She looked at him with an icy glare. He wanted to apologize for doing it but didn’t know how to find the words. She stood up and walked to the livingroom doorway. Christian looked at her. Sara looked at Christian with an icy glare. Sara moved on. Christian stole a look at Undertaker and left the house. Undertaker in his cheating misery stood in the livingroom.

After about a week the family began their plans for the yearly barbecue. Kane was playing some basketball in the yard. Vince came along.
“Hey Vince you ready for it?” Asked Kane.
“For what?”
“Making up with JR?”
“Why would I do that?”
“Because he’s Shannon’s father.”
“We’ll see.” Said Vince.

Meanwhile Shannon was helping her father get ready for the bbq.
“Daddy not that tie.”
“I don’t want to go.” Said JR.
“It’s time you made up with Vince.” Said Shannon.
“Why should I? He stole everything from me.”
“Daddy please.”
“I’ll do it for you buttercup.” Said JR.
“That’s all I ask. I’ll pick you up in two hours.” Said Shannon. She left.

When Shannon got back to the ranch Sara and Cheryl were getting things ready.
“Hey Shannon.”
“Hey Cheryl you want to park my car?” Asked Shannon.
“Really?”
“Yeah.”
“Can I ask you something?”
“Sure.” Shannon gave Cheryl the keys.
“Will your cousin be here?”
“Yeah but be nice to him he’s a baby.”
“Kane said 19.”
“There is 19 and there is your 19 and to you he’s just a baby.”
“Ah.” Cheryl went to move Shannon’s car and Shannon ran into the Undertaker on her way inside. She decided to play nice.
“Hi how are you?” She asked.
“What cannon are you shot out of Shannon?” She ignored that comment and moved on.

When Shannon went upstairs to her room she noticed Kane in the shower. She called her doctor’s office.
“I was in today.” She told the nurse on the other line. Then the doctor came on and she smiled. She got off the phone.
“Is that you honey?” Asked Kane.
“Yes, I learned a new joke today.”
“Really? Tell me it?”
“What do you get when you cross a brother of destruction with a nice girl?”
“Depends on what brother of destruction, if it was me, something sweet.” Said Kane.
“You’re close. A boy or a girl.” Said Shannon. Kane stopped brushing his hair and went into the bedroom.
“Shannon?”
“I’m pregnant.”
“Ya whooooooooooo!” Kane cheered and they hugged eachother.

Shannon was pregnant, how would Sara take it? What would happen at the barbecue? Would Vince and JR make up.

Another cliffhanger aren’t I mean?

TBC....

Chapter 9
It’s Barbecue Time

So the yearly barbecue started. Everyone seemed to be enjoying themselves. Miss Linda looked up and saw JR show up. She walked over to him.
“JR.”
“Miss Linda pretty as always.” He gave her a kiss on the cheek.
“Let’s take a walk.” Said Miss Linda.
“Ok.” And so they did.

While Shannon showed her cousin around, word quickly got around about her pregnancy via Kane.

Cheryl went up to Christian.
“Aren’t you excited?” Asked Cheryl.
“About what?” Asked Christian.
“Shannon is going to have a baby.” Said Cheryl. Christian looked stunned.

Kane found Vince.
“JR is here.” Said Kane.
“So?” Asked Vince.
“You going to be nice?”
“Why should I?”
“I want you two to make up again.”
“Why should I do that?”

“Do you remember the last barbecue I went to at your daddy’s?” Asked JR.
“Yes I do.” Said Miss Linda.
“You were wearing that yellow sunflower dress with your long blonde hair blowing in the breeze.” Said JR.
“You remember that?” Asked Miss Linda.
“I remember everything you were my girl before Vince stole you.”
“Nobody stole me JR I had to marry him to keep the ranch else after my daddy died we were going to lose it.” Said Miss Linda.
“He still stole my girl.” Said JR.

“Hey Sara did you hear?” Asked Cheryl.
“Hear about what Cheryl?”
“Shannon’s pregnant.”
“She is?”
“Yeah bye.”

Sara found Shannon and gave her a hug.
“Congratulations.” Said Sara.
“For what?” Asked Shannon.
“You’re going to have a baby.” Said Sara. She then left and Shannon looked stunned her daddy didn’t even know yet.

Sara went to find Undertaker.
“Can I talk to you?” Asked Sara. Undertaker introduced his wife to some associates then he took her away.
“About what?”
“Shannon she’s going to have a baby. I’m supposed to have a baby first.”
“Shhhhhhhhh.” Said Undertaker.
“Don’t shut me up Taker, I’m the one that is supposed to have the next heir not her.”
“We’ll talk about it later.” Undertaker walked away.

Shannon found Vince.
“Please can you talk to him?” Asked Shannon.
“I’ll try, that’s all I can promise.” Said Shannon.

While Shannon tried to get Vince and JR to reconcile Sara was heavily drinking.

Miss Linda brought JR over to Vince, Shannon and Kane.
“Ok make up.” Said Shannon.
“Well.” Said JR.
“Daddy I have something to tell you.” Said Shannon.
“What?”
“I’m going to have a baby.”
“I’m willing to make up.” Said Vince.
“Well.”
“Daddy please.”
“For you Shannon my girl.” Said JR.
“I wanna buy JR a drink.” Said Vince walking JR to the bar.
“I’ll accept.” Said JR. Shannon was watching her daddy.
“You know it’s about time we buried the hatchet.” Said Vince.
“You stole my company and my girl and my land.” Said JR.
“I’m getting sick of hearing it.” Said Vince.
“No I want them back.” Said JR.
“Daddy please.” Begged Shannon.
“Young lady you need to know the whole truth. JR would have gambled all the money and the company away if I didn’t take over.” Said Vince.
“That’s not true and you know it. Now if you’ll excuse me I have some drinking to do.” Said JR. Vince walked away from JR disgusted.

Shortly after JR was drinking and dancing at the same time. Everyone was making fun of him.

Kane found Vince.
“You couldn’t leave him alone?” Asked Kane.
“He started it.” Said Vince.
“What are you 4 years old?” Asked Kane.
“What do you know?”
“More then you apparently Vince.” Kane walked away from his father figure.

“Daddy stop dancing.” Said Shannon.
“What princess?”
“Daddy please.”
“I need more to drink.” Shannon couldn’t cheer up her daddy.

By this time Undertaker himself had a few. He came over to Shannon and JR.
“Well drunk JR.” Said Undertaker.
“Buy me another drink?” Asked JR.
“Sure.” Said Undertaker walking JR to the bar.

Kane went up to his brother.
“What the hell are you doing?”
“What brother?” Asked Undertaker.
“Don’t give him anymore.”
“Why shouldn’t I perfect brother?” Kane looked at Undertaker confused.

Shannon had to do something she got her cousin to take JR home. Which he did gladly. Meanwhile while Cheryl and Shannon’s cousin did that Shannon decided to stay in the loft.

By then Sara was heavily drunk and on a horse going in circles. Kane comes along.
“Hello Sara.”
“Hello brother in law.” Said Sara.
“You seen Shannon?”
“No.” Undertaker came along.
“Is this a private showing or can I watch?” Asked Undertaker.
“Oh hi, I was just about to take off my clothes and play lady godiva.” Said Sara.
“Oooooowee.”
“Would that turn you on?” Asked Sara.
“It might.” Said Undertaker.
“Kane can you help me off?” Asked Sara. Kane helped Sara off the horse.
“You know Sara and Shannon are different.” Said Undertaker.
“Get off it Taker.” Said Kane.
“Now take Sara one man and one man alone has known her.” Said Undertaker.
“I don’t think you know me that well.” Said Sara drinking. Kane threw her glass away.
“Now in contrast Shannon has slept with every guy in Texas.” Said Undertaker.
“Her past is none of my business. We weren’t married then, it’s now I care about.” Said Kane.
“She’s trash.” Said Undertaker. Kane punched Undertaker and Undertaker ended up on the ground. “Trash.”
“Kane can you take me back to the house?” Asked Sara.
“Yeah.” Kane took Sara into his car and they drove back. All this going on they didn’t figure out Shannon was in the loft watching. Undertaker knew she was up there. He went up there.
“I always push my brother too far.” Said Undertaker.
“Yes you do.” Said Shannon.
“Look he punched me.” Said Undertaker.
“Without provocation no doubt.” Said Shannon.
“We should get along.” Said Undertaker.
“You will after Kane and I leave.”
“You can’t make him leave.” Said Undertaker grabbing Shannon’s hand.
“Don’t even dare try to put that on us.” Said Shannon. She tried to walk backward but Undertaker wouldn’t let go of her hand.
“No you have to stay.”
“No.” Said Shannon.
“Shannon listen to me.” Shannon reached the edge, she fell off. Undertaker went to get help.

Vince and Miss Linda found Kane outside.
“We lost the baby.” Said Kane.
“Can she have anymore?” Asked Vince.
“We don’t know.” Said Kane. Undertaker came out.
“I’m sorry brother.”
“Why did you do it?” Asked Kane.
“I just went up to talk to her.”
“Why did you go up? If you didn’t go up she wouldn’t have had the miscarriage.” Said Kane.
“Give Taker the benefit of the doubt.” Said Vince. Kane went to see his wife inside.

“I’m going to take you away from here.”
“When?” Asked Shannon.
“When you are better.” Said Kane.
“Yeah.” Vince overheard it.
“Young lady I shouldn’t have started in on JR today.”
“Vince.” Warned Kane.
“No listen to me these boys are like family to me, we really don’t want you to leave.” Said Vince.
“I think we should.” Said Kane.
“I’m sorry.” Said Vince. Shannon was pissed that Vince started in on JR but she looked at him.
“We’ll stay.” Said Shannon. Vince was happy they decided to stay.

Sara found Undertaker nursing a drink at the table. His drunkenness as well as her’s long gone.
“Did you do it on purpose?” Asked Sara.
“What do you think?” Asked Undertaker.
“Are you really sorry?”
“I am.”
“I know what I think.” Sara went into the house. Leaving Undertaker to ponder what she thought.

Shortly after the miscarriage the family was enjoying some time by the pool on a Saturday. Vince and Linda playing cards. Shannon in the pool. Cheryl listening to her cd player quietly. Kane sitting on the edge of the pool. Undertaker and Sara on pool chairs. Undertaker was taping some notes for a meeting in a couple of days. He then turned it off.
“Taker, 5 letters, water markers.” Said Sara working on her puzzle. Undertaker watched Shannon’s breasts float in the water.
“Buoys.”
“What?”
“Buoys. B-U-O-Y-S.”
“Thanks.”
“Take it easy Shannon.” Said Vince as she came out of the pool. Kane gave her a towel.
“I am.” Said Shannon coldly.
“Granddaddy are you going to like the cattle auction?” Asked Cheryl.
“I used to go to cattle auctions.” Said Miss Linda remembering the good old days.
“Really?” Asked Cheryl.
“Yeah I used to take Shane when he was a little boy.” Said Miss Linda.
“I’m taking Cheryl and Christian.” Said Vince.
“Did my daddy like them?” Asked Cheryl.
“You bet he did.” Said Linda then things got silent.
“Why do things get quiet when I want to talk about my daddy?” Asked Cheryl. Sara went over to Vince and Miss Linda.
“Can you take Taker?” Taker looked at his wife not believing what she just asked.
“Sure, we leave 9 am tomorrow.” Said Vince.
“Yeah ok.” Said Undertaker. Sara brought him some ice tea.

Sara started to walk away. As she passed a fence Undertaker stopped her.
“What was that about?”
“What my darling?” Asked Sara.
“You want me to see cows?”
“I thought you would want to spend time with Vince.” Said Sara.
“Not near cows I don’t.”
“Look ever since the miscarriage Vince doesn’t let you make fun of Shannon anymore, they are sweet to her, she’s the daughter of the enemy but they accepted her.”
“So?”
“So, if you don’t watch it Shane will get accepted into Vince’s eyes again. And Shannon will still have the first heir.” Undertaker let Sara win this one.

Kane and Shannon talked in their room. They moved into the main house.
“I can’t stand Vince.” Said Shannon.
“I know.” Said Kane.
“JR hasn’t talked to me since the barbecue.” Said Shannon nearly in tears.
“I have a surprise.” Said Kane.
“What?”
“That business party in forth worth I’m taking you with me.”
“Really?”
“Yeah.” Shannon hugged Kane.

In Fort Worth Shane saw Kane and Shannon together. They didn’t see him. He was working in the hotel.

“Granddaddy I had enough looking at cows can I go shopping?” Asked Cheryl.
“Here is some money. Christian go with her.”
“No I don’t need him.”
“Christian go.” Said Vince as he and Undertaker looked at more cows. Christian followed Cheryl.
“Get lost.”
“You heard what Vince said. Cheryl crossed the street and Christian followed.
“Look I don’t want you with me.”
“What’s so important?” A car pulled up and Christian saw Shannon’s cousin. “I don’t think Vince will like that.”
“It’s not what you think. Ah I don’t care.” Cheryl went into the car.
“Now what?” Asked Christian.
“I’ll meet you back here in an hour.” Said Cheryl. Christian reluctantly agreed.

Cheryl and Shannon’s cousin walked into a diner. A woman with blonde hair looked up.
“Cheryl?”
“Hello Mama.” Said Cheryl to Olivia.

TBC........

Chapter 10
Oh Mama

“Are we going swimming?” Asked Shannon after the party in the hotel.
“Are you getting ready?” Asked Kane.
“Yeah.”
“Then we’re going swimming.” The door knocked.
“Who is that?” Asked Shannon from upstairs.
“I’ll get rid of them.” Said Kane. He answered the door. A guy with a tray in front of his face came in.
“Room service, came to clean up.”
“Can you come back another time we’re just going out?” Asked Kane.
“What don’t you want to see me?” The guy put down the tray.
“Shane?”
“Kane.” They two men hugged eachother.

“Tell me the story again.” Said Cheryl.
“You heard it before.” Said Olivia.
“I know but I want to hear it again.” Said Cheryl.
“Well I saw Shane at a party and he started talking to me.”
“How long did you go out before I was conceived?” Asked Cheryl.
“Not that long a few months.” Said Olivia.
“How old were you?” Asked Cheryl.
“15.”
“Daddy was to?” Asked Cheryl.
“He was 16.” They continued to talk outside the restaurant.

“Shannon this is Shane.”
“Oh hello.” Said Shannon.
“This is Vince’s and Linda’s Shane.” Said Kane.
“Really?”
“Really.” Said Shane. They sat down and started to talk.
“Wow.” Said Shannon.
“How is Cheryl?” Asked Shane.
“She’s a sweetheart.” Said Kane.
“She’s a hoodlum.” Said Shannon.
“She can’t be that bad can she?” Asked Shane. Kane and Shannon looked at eachother.

“Will you and daddy get back together?” Asked Cheryl.
“Honey I don’t know. Undertaker thought I was trying to scam Shane and he made it impossible for me to stay, and Shane.”
“Why?”
“Undertaker is greedy.”
“Don’t I know it.” Said Cheryl.

“I think I’ll like her.” Said Shane.
“You’ll like her.” Kane went to the phone and picked it up. “Miss Linda?” Asked Kane.
“No, don’t call.” Said Shane.
“Trust me.” Said Kane as he went back to the phone.

Cheryl and Olivia walked back to the diner.
“You gotta go?” Asked Olivia.
“Yeah have to meet up with Christian.”
“Ok baby I love you.” Olivia and Cheryl hugged.
“I love you to mama.” Said Cheryl.

Kane told Miss Linda about seeing Shane and Kane agreed not to take him home yet on the insistence of Shane. Kane, Shannon and Shane ate supper in the hotel restaurant that night.
“They want to see you.”
“I know I’m not ready.” Said Shane.
“I know how it feels sometimes I still get the cold shoulder.” Said Shannon.
“It’s not that bad.” Said Kane.
“How is your brother?” Asked Shane.
“Did he give you trouble to?” Asked Shannon. Shane told her the trouble Undertaker caused. Kane talked Shane into coming back and the next day phone Miss Linda back.

Miss Linda saw Undertaker, Sara and Vince in the yard.
“Vince, Kane saw Shane.”
“What?” Asked Vince.
“My baby is coming home.” Said Miss Linda.
“What?” Asked Undertaker.
“Taker and Sara you gotta stay at the ranch today.” Said Miss Linda.
“Of course.” Said Sara. Undertaker and Sara looked at eachother.
“Vince it has to be different this time I need my baby.” Said Miss Linda.
“It will be Miss Linda.” Said Vince.

Undertaker and Sara was in the study.
“What are you going to do?” Asked Sara.
“I worked hard to get that fortune after Vince is gone, Shane won’t be here long.” Said Undertaker.
“I know you’ll get him out.” Said Sara.
“Damn right.” Said Undertaker.

Cheryl went to see Christian at the stables.
“You had a nice visit with your mama?” Asked Christian.
“Please don’t tell anyone.”
“I won’t.” Cheryl gave Christian a kiss and he kissed her back this time.

Kane, Shannon and Shane showed up. Christian took his binoculars and looked out the door.
“Kane and Shannon are home.” Said Christian.
“Really?”
“Yeah with someone.” Said Christian. Cheryl took the binoculars from Christian to take a look.
“Do you know who that is?” Asked Cheryl.
“Yeah don’t you?” Asked Christian trying to give Cheryl a hint. Cheryl looked at Christian then she looked at the man outside by the house. She ran outside and up the walk to the house.
“Cheryl?” Asked Shane.
“Hello daddy.” Cheryl was happy her daddy came home. She hugged him.

Before dinner the family was talking in the livingroom.
“And in came Shane.” Said Kane.
“I’m glad.” Said Miss Linda.
“We got to clear the air.” Said Vince.
“Not now.” Said Linda.
“A lot of things were said and I think we should put them to rest.” Said Vince.
“Me to.” Said Shane.
“Undertaker?” Asked Vince.
“Yeah.” Undertaker took a sip of his drink. Sara watched her husband.

In the middle of the night Kane came downstairs for some milk and saw Shane.
“You grew.” Said Shane.
“Thanks.” Said Kane.
“No I mean you really grew.” Said Shane.
“Milk does a body good.” Said Kane laughing.
“You still have a sense of humour to.” Said Shane.
“You worried?”
“Yeah.”
“Don’t be Undertaker is not the same as he used to be.”
“Ok.” Shane took Kane’s word for it. Miss Linda comes in.
“How you two getting along?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Just like old times.” Said Shane.
“Yeah only I grew.” Said Kane.
“Wonder where you got that from?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Don’t know really my father was short.” Said Kane. He shrugged it off.
“You ok?” Asked Miss Linda to Shane.
“I’m ok.” The three of them went to back to bed.

Cheryl found Shane in the morning by the stables.
“You’re up early.” Said Shane.
“Couldn’t sleep.” Said Cheryl.
“Why?”
“Don’t know come on, I’m borrowing Christian’s truck.” Said Cheryl. Cheryl and Shane drove into town.

Up in Kane’s and Shannon’s room Shannon answered the phone.
“Aunt Margie? How is he? Ok I’ll meet you there.” Said Shannon.
“Your daddy?” Asked Kane.
“Yeah I gotta go.”
“Ok.” They got out of bed and got ready to face the day.

Cheryl brought Shane into the diner.
“Hey Cheryl.” Said Olivia.
“Mama look who I found.” Said Cheryl. Olivia had to take a second look.
“Hello Livvy.” Said Shane.
“Shane?” Asked Olivia pouring the coffee on the table. “Sorry.” She said to the customer.
“Mama he’s still pretty.” Said Cheryl. As Olivia finished up before she went on break Cheryl and Shane sat drinking coffee and talking.
“I don’t think she wants me here.” Said Shane.
“No she’s just surprised.” Said Cheryl. Olivia came up to them.
“I’m on break.” Said Olivia.
“I’ll leave you two alone to talk.” Said Cheryl getting up. Olivia sat across from Shane.
“She really wants to see us together.” Said Shane.
“Her mama and daddy.” Noted Olivia.
“Should we try?” Asked Shane. Cheryl came up to them.
“All three of us need to go to the ranch.” Said Cheryl.
“No.” Said Olivia.
“Undertaker is different, Vince is different, it’s nice now.” Said Shane.
“You been there?” Asked Olivia.
“Yeah lets go.” Said Shane.
“Should be a surprise.” Said Cheryl.
“Shane call them.” Said Olivia.
“Ok.” Shane went to phone them.

“Anyone see Shane and Cheryl?” Asked Miss Linda.
“No.” Said Undertaker, Sara, Vince, Kane together. The maid came out to tell Miss Linda she had a phone call. Miss Linda took the call inside.
“Where is Shannon?” Asked Vince.
“Her daddy is in the drunk tank.” Said Kane.
“JR will never change.” Said Vince.
“You put him there.” Said Kane. Miss Linda came out.
“They found Olivia all of them are coming back here.” Said Miss Linda.
“I told that slut not to come back here.” Said Undertaker.
“Taker I want my family back together and you are going to treat her like a human being.” Said Miss Linda.
“Miss Linda is right Undertaker.”
“Yes Vince.” Sara had to amuse that Undertaker was so agreeing.

Sara found Undertaker in the study just getting off the phone.
“Who were you talking to?”
“Just a lawyer.” Said Undertaker.
“You going to set up Shane aren’t you?”
“What do you mean?”
“You know what I mean.”
“Well Sara he’ll fall on his own I won’t have to do a thing.” Undertaker smiled evilly.

*Shannon’s aunt is my real life aunt Margie Prysizney in the story.

Chapter 11
Homecoming

Shannon met Aunt Margie in the hospital.
“How is he?” Asked Shannon.
“Not good you better go home.” Said Aunt Margie.
“No I’m staying.” Said Shannon.
“Ok don’t say I didn’t warn you.” Said Margie. Shannon and Margie went into JR’s room.
“Daddy.”
“Go away.” Said JR.
“Daddy please.” Said Shannon.
“You are not my daughter anymore. Go away.” Said JR. Shannon and Margie left the room.
“I told you.” Said Margie.
“I need my daddy.”
“I know but not now when he’s better.” Said Margie.
“Aunty daddy doesn’t want me.”
“Go home I’ll take care of him.” Said Margie.

“Shane stop the truck.” Said Olivia.
“Why?” Olivia, Shane and Cheryl got out and look past the field to the house.
“I’m scared.” Said Olivia.
“Nothing to be scared about mama.” Said Cheryl.
“It’s ok really.” Said Shane.
“If you say so.” Said Olivia. They got back in and decided to drive up to the house. Everyone was more the forgiving and welcoming with Olivia and she was suspicious.

Later on Christian finds Shane.
“How’s the ranch?” Asked Shane.
“I run it, nothing to it.” Said Christian.
“Oh yeah.” Said Shane. Christian drove away. Cheryl and Olivia found Shane.
“What he say?” Asked Olivia.
“Said he runs the ranch.” Said Shane.
“Fire him.” Said Cheryl.
“I’m not going to do that.” Said Shane.
“It’s only Christian a stupid ranch hand.” Said Cheryl.
“Cheryl I’m not going to do that.” Said Shane.
“I want you guys to get married again so the three of us can be a happy family.” Said Cheryl. Undertaker drove up.
“I have a project for you.” Said Undertaker.
“What?” Asked Shane.
“Scouting some wrestling talent in Ohio.” Said Undertaker.
“Doesn’t sound too hard.” Said Shane.
“It’s not you’ll be in charge of it.” Said Undertaker.
“That’s a good idea.” Said Cheryl.
“Can I think about it?” Asked Shane.
“Yes.” Said Undertaker. He started to walk back to the car.
“Undertaker I want to go back with you.” Said Cheryl.
“Just you?” Asked Undertaker.
“Yeah.”
“Can you trust your parents?”
“No that’s what I’m hoping for.”
“Ok then.” Cheryl got into the passenger side and Undertaker drove away.
“Let’s get out of here.” Said Olivia.
“What?” Asked Shane.
“Go to California I’ll take Cheryl soon after.” Said Olivia.
“Why?” Asked Shane.
“Cause I know the Undertaker is up to something.” Said Olivia.
“How do you know?”
“I just know.”
“We’ll wait and see.” Said Shane.
“Not too long.” Said Olivia. Shane agreed.

Shane and Olivia were on the patio at the table talking and Kane and Shannon came out.
“How is JR?” Asked Kane.
“Not good.” Said Shannon. Cheryl came out.
“Shannon you never met my mama.” Said Cheryl. Shannon and Kane walked up to them.
“Shannon I’m sorry about your daddy.” Said Olivia.
“That’s ok sorry I wasn’t here when you got here.” Said Shannon.
“Are you ok?” Asked Shane.
“Not really.” Shannon went inside. Undertaker came out.
“Shane can I talk to you inside?”
“Sure.” Shane followed him in.
“Kane.” Said a worried Olivia.
“I’ll go and see.” Said Kane. He went inside. Cheryl hugged her mama.

“Now these are the names, get to know them and then scout them.” Said Undertaker.
“Wow.” Said Shane.
“Don’t worry he did the same to me.” Said Kane.
“If you want to know the business you need to know everything.”
“I’ll take a look.” Shane took the big book outside.
“What are you up to?” Asked Kane.
“Nothing.” Said Undertaker. Undertaker went upstairs and Kane went outside.

Shannon went to JR and JR threw her out again. Aunt Margie promised she would take care of him.

Kane and Shane were talking about horses.
“Can you outride me still?” Asked Kane.
“I think I can.” Said Shane.
“I don’t know.” Said Kane.
“We’ll race.” Said Shane.
“Good idea let’s go.” Undertaker came in.
“I need those books done so you can go up to Ohio.” Said Undertaker.
“Not right now give him time.” Said Kane.
“It’s ok I’ll do it.” Said Shane sitting at the desk to look again at the books.

Olivia and Miss Linda were in the kitchen.
“I’m glad you’re here.” Said Miss Linda.
“Mrs McMahon.”
“Miss Ellie please.”
“I’m worried.”
“Don’t worry I told Vince and Undertaker to be on their best behaviour.” Olivia smiled meekly and went to find Kane.

She found him in the hall.
“I’m worried that your brother is up to something.”
“Me to.” Said Kane.
“What should we do?”
“I don’t want to lose him yet.” Said Kane.
“Shane?”
“Yes we were best friends once.”
“Then your brother drove him away.”
“I know.” Said Kane.

Sara and Undertaker were talking outside.
“You get rid of him yet?”
“I will soon.” Said Undertaker.
“I know.” Said Sara. Kane came outside.
“Undertaker I want to talk to you.” Said Kane.
“Ok.”
“Don’t drive Shane away it’s not right.”
“What do you mean?” Vince came out.
“Leave deadman alone.” Said Vince.
“My brother is up to something.” Said Kane.
“I’m not.” Said Undertaker going inside. Sara followed. Olivia and Shane came out and sat at the table. Shannon got back.
“How is JR?” Asked Vince.
“Not good thanks to you.” Said Shannon. She and Kane went inside. Vince sat down to read the paper. Olivia and Shane still sat talking. All of a sudden a car pulled up, this just wasn’t any car, it kept knocking into things. Out came JR.
“What the hell do you want?” Asked Vince.
“For you to kiss my butt and give me what’s mine.” Said JR. Shannon and Kane came out.
“Daddy.”
“I’m here on business.” Said JR cutting off Shannon.
“Now you took my daughter away from me and I want money now.”
“You want money for Shannon?” Asked Vince.
“Yes she used to be my daughter and now she is a McMahon married to a brother of the dead.” Said JR.
“Destruction.” Said Kane.
“Dead to me.” Said JR. Vince threw 100 buck bill at JR.
“You want money for Shannon there is 100.” Said Vince going inside. JR took the money and drove away. Olivia and Shane didn’t know what to say to Shannon after that.

Kane and Shannon went up to their room.
“I lost my daddy Kane.”
“You have me.” Shannon cried as Kane put his arms around his wife.

That night Shannon found Shane in the study.
“Is it that hard?”
“Not hard just can’t get past the first page.” Miss Linda and Cheryl came in.
“How are things?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Ok.” Said Shane.

Part C

“I think it will be ok.” Said Cheryl.
“I don’t know about that.” Said Shannon. Shane watched the three women discuss the issue. Then he spilled the coffee. Miss Linda cleaned it up.
“We better leave him alone.” Said Miss Linda.
“I want my daddy.” Said Cheryl.
“I want my daddy.” Said Shannon. Shane had enough he looked at them.
“Leave me alone!” He left and went into the livingroom to pour himself a drink. Olivia came in.
“Shane don’t.” She warned. He looked at her and she left the room. He threw the drink at the wall.

Will Shane go back to drinking? Will Undertaker get Shane and Olivia out? Will Cheryl ever get her parents back together?

Tune in tomorrow......

Chapter 12
Evil Undertaker

Very early in the morning the next morning Shane packed his suitcase and decided to leave. Before he got off the ranch Olivia found him.
“Where are you going?”
“You know where.”
“No wait let’s go somewhere away from here and start over.”
“I can’t.” Said Shane.
“Why?”
“Because I’m not good enough.”
“How long do you think they’ll let me stay with Cheryl?”
“They might let you, you’re her mother.”
“Doesn’t mean anything to Undertaker.” Shane hugged and kissed Olivia then went on his way.

As Olivia walked back to the house she saw Undertaker on the porch. She knew he was watching the show.
“You worked this one perfectly.” Said Olivia.
“I think I did.” Said Undertaker.
“Shane needed his family and you and Kane are part of that family.”
“I don’t need him in my hair it’s bad enough I got Kane in my hair.” Said Undertaker.
“He wouldn’t have been in your hair he would have gave you his own sweet self something you could have used.”
“He’s weak.”
“Do I have any choices?”
“$5000 and an escort out of the state.”
“Any others?”
“Escort out of the state.” Olivia reached up to slap the Undertaker but he grabbed her wrist.
“You hurt Cheryl and I’ll kill you.”
“I don’t think you should be threatening me.” Olivia pried herself away from the Undertaker.
“Asshole.”
“Go get ready.” He said.
“Fine.” She started to go inside.
“I’ll go write you a cheque.”
“Don’t bother you can’t pay.” She went inside to go and leave Cheryl once again.

Later on when the news hit Vince found Miss Linda walking along the land.
“Can I walk with you?”
“I want to walk alone.” She said.
“Why?”
“I lost Shane, cause of you again.”
“I didn’t do anything.”
“Yes you did Vince.” Miss Linda continued on.

Undertaker, Sara and Kane were outside at the table when Cheryl came along.
“I hate him.” Said Cheryl.
“He’s your daddy.” Said Kane.
“He left and my mama is gone don’t even know why she is gone.” Said Cheryl.
“I think Undertaker should answer that one.” Said Kane.
“Maybe she went looking for him.” Said Undertaker to Cheryl.
“I don’t want to ever see him again he took a hissy then left.” Said Cheryl.
“Don’t say that.” Said Kane.

Meanwhile Shannon went to JR’s house.
“I’m taking care of you.”
“No you’re not.”
“Yes I am, I’m your daughter if you like it or not.”
“You want to take care of me fine get me my robe.”
“What for?”
“I’m going for a shower I smell like crap.” Shannon was happy she had her father again.

After dinner Sara and Shannon were the first ones to make it into the livingroom.
“I don’t think he could have survived here.” Said Sara.
“I disagree.” Said Shannon talking about Shane.
“To survive here you need to be strong.” Said Sara.
“You and I both know that but we are alive and here.” Said Shannon. The rest of the family came in. All but Cheryl who was still phoning places to find her mama. Shannon sat down. Sara, Kane and Undertaker went to get drinks. Kane gave one to Sara.
“For Shannon.” Sara gave him a dirty look and brought Shannon the drink.
“I still think Taker you need to give up some answers.” Said Kane.
“I don’t know what you’re talking about.” Said Undertaker.
“I think you do.” Said Kane.
“That’s enough Kane leave your brother alone.” Said Vince.
“I don’t want to talk about it anymore.” Said Miss Linda. Cheryl came into the room.
“I can’t find her.” Undertaker sighed.
“You won’t.”
“What do you mean?” Asked Cheryl.
“I didn’t want to tell you this.” Said Undertaker going to his receipt book. Kane looked at it.
“Oh Undertaker.”
“What?” Asked Cheryl. Undertaker handed her the book. “$5000.” She said.
“That’s what she asked for when she left.” Said Undertaker. Cheryl put down the receipt book, pulled her arm back and slapped the Undertaker hard. Then she left the room.
“Barer of bad news always gets it bad, guess I got off lucky she didn’t kill me.” Said Undertaker rubbing his cheek. The family looked at him like he deserved it. Shannon wished she could do it but never had the guts.

Chapter 13
Old Flames

Kerwin White was with his latest conquest. He been cheating on his wife Scarlet White for sometime with Shelly Wade.
“Oh baby you’re good in bed.” Said Kerwin.
“I know.” Said Shelly. Scarlet came in.
“Well since you and Shelly haven’t left eachother yet here is summons to go to court.” Said Scarlet.
“What for?” Asked Kerwin.
“For a divorce by the way your political career is down the toilet.”
“You would do that to him?” Asked Shelly.
“No you did that to him, you had to have the affair with him you couldn’t pick someone else could you.” Said Scarlet. Scarlet left. Shelly kissed Kerwin but Kerwin had this blank expression on his face. He never thought he would get caught by his own wife.

“Kerwin White got a lot of Wrestling leases for cheap.” Said Vince.
“You’re not thinking of doing business with him?” Asked Kane.
“Yeah I think he would do good.” Said Vince.
“So do I.” Said Undertaker.
“Wonder if he’s involved with Shelly Wade still?” Asked Cheryl.
“Who?” Asked Shannon.
“Oh Kane used to know Shelly.”
“Cheryl you need to go to school.” Said Miss Linda sensing that Cheryl was about to start a fight.

As the family was getting ready to leave the phone rang. Miss Linda answered it.
“Hello Kerwin, congratulations on those oil leases. Undertaker? Yeah he’s right here.” The family left the house and Undertaker talked to Kerwin White.
“Yeah?”
“Undertaker I need you to get rid of Shelly for me?”
“How?”
“Just keep her away from me, it’s not good from a political standpoint that I had the affair with her.”
“How they find out?”
“Scarlet.”
“Any numbers?” Kerwin gave him the number and Undertaker promised he give Shelly a call.

At the office on the main floor Undertaker used a pay phone to phone Shelly.
“I would like to see you tonight, give me a call at the office.” He hung up and Kane came along.
“Meeting time.”
“Ok.” Said Undertaker. They went upstairs.

Shannon found Vince and Miss Linda sitting outside.
“Who is Shelly Wade?”
“I think I’ll go for a walk.” Said Vince getting up.
“Ah why do you want to know?” Asked Miss Linda.
“I get this feeling she’s a delicate subject around me.”
“She and Kane used to go together, they were engaged and Kane called it off to this day nobody knows why.”
“Oh is that all?”
“Yeah that’s all.”

Undertaker and Kane had another meeting outside the office and when they got back they heard nearby:
“Kane, yoooooo who Kane!” Kane looked and saw Shelly Wade in her car.
“I wonder who that is?” Asked Undertaker. Kane went up to her.
“Hi Shelly.”
“You going to give me a kiss?” Kane gave her a kiss on the cheek.
“How are you?”
“That’s all I get?”
“I’m married.”
“Can we talk please?”
“Yeah.” Kane got into the drivers seat. He drove the both of them to the park nearby.

Shelly and Kane walked in the park.
“Why did you call off the engagement?” Asked Shelly.
“Why did you have 5 of us lined up at one time?”
“I wanted a secure future.”
“You could have had that with me.”
“I know.”
“Why Kerwin?”
“It was my stupidity.”
“Yes.”
“Can we try again?”
“Shelly I’m married.”
“I know I guess I found you too late.” They continued walking and talking.

Kane got back to the office and Undertaker heard him.
“Can I talk to you in my office?” Asked Undertaker.
“Yeah.” Undertake r started to talk business then his secretary Dawn Marie buzzed in.
“Shelly Wade for Kane.”
“Shelly.” Said Undertaker handing his brother the phone.
“Shelly what’s up?”
“I found an apartment it’s right near Alysha’s school.”
“What do you want me to do?”
“Meet me here to sign the lease.”
“Ok address.” Kane got the address and hung up.
“You the call girl?” Asked Undertaker.
“No I told her I pay her rent until she got a job and got settled with her daughter Alycia.” Said Kane.
“Ok.”
“I’ll be back.”
“Take your time.” Said Undertaker. Kane left.

Later on Shannon showed up.
“Is Kane here?” She asked.
“Ah no he left.” Said Lillian. Undertaker came along.
“Hey Shannon can I talk to you?” Asked Undertaker. She followed him into his office.
“What do you want?”
“Kane is out with Shelly don’t know when he’ll be back.”
“Oh really.”
“Yeah.”
“Well if he gets back tell him he can sleep on the couch.” Shannon left. Undertaker was happy he managed to piss off Shannon.

By dinner time while they had drinks Kane wasn’t back yet.
“Wonder where Kane is?” Asked Sara.
“Don’t know.” Said Shannon.
“Guess Shelly got her teeth in him.” Said Undertaker.
“That’s enough Undertaker.” Said Miss Linda. The phone rang and Cheryl answered it. She got back.
“It’s Kane.” Shannon took the call and the others listened in.
“I think you should come home and we can talk about it. Yeah ah huh ok.” She hung up and went to the livingroom.
“We might as well start he won’t be home for a while.” Said Shannon. They went into the diningroom to eat supper.

The next morning Kane helped Shannon out of the pool.
“You mad at me?”
“You didn’t come home at all.”
“I got home at three if you waited up you would know.”
“I had to work this morning.” They sat down and the phone rang. Shannon answered it.
“It’s for you, it’s Shelly.” Kane took the phone.
“Yeah? Ok.” He hung up. “She wants to talk in the park. Let’s go together.”
“When?”
“Now?”
“Ok.” She said. Shannon finally got to meet the Shelly Wade.

Would there be a cat fight? What did Shelly want? Would Undertaker ever stop trying to split up Shannon and Kane?

TBC...



Chapter 14
Would Shelly get what Shelly wants?

Shelly wasn’t counting on Kane bringing Shannon to the park. She had to improvise why she called Kane there.
“Kerwin is driving me nuts.” Said Shelly.
“Is he harassing you?” Asked Kane.
“Yes but I suppose it’s my fault for getting involved with him anyways.” Alycia came up to Shelly.
“Mama, mama.”
“This is Alycia, Alycia this is Kane and his wife Shannon.”
“Hello Alycia.” Said Shannon.
“Hello.”
“What a pretty doll may I see it?” Asked Shannon.
“Ok.” Alycia gave Shannon the doll.
“Go play honey.” Said Shelly. Alycia went to the park to play with her friends.
“Well if he bothers you again give me a call.” Said Kane.
“Oh ok.” Shelly was hoping that Kane would forget about Shannon. Kane and Shannon left but with Alycia’s doll.

Undertaker met Kerwin at a restaurant.
“Thanks for getting Shelly out of the way.”
“Just don’t mention it when Vince gets here.” Said Undertaker. Vince showed up.
“Ok boys lets get down to business.” Said Vince. They began to talk.

That night Alycia went up to Shelly.
“Mama I can’t find my doll.” Shelly made a quick check around the apartment.
“It’s ok honey I’ll look for it tomorrow. Go to bed.”
“Ok.” Alycia went to bed and Shelly answered the door when it knocked. It was the Undertaker.
“Taker.” Said Shelly. They went into the livingroom.
“Mind if I pour a drink?” Asked Undertaker.
“No ice.”
“That’s ok.” He made himself a drink. “You know Kane has been happy since you been back.”
“He has?”
“Yeah Shelly.”
“Could have fooled me, he has Shannon.”
“Shannon doesn’t make him happy.” Said Undertaker.
“Really.”
“Yes so I want you to keep hanging around my brother. I rather have you for a sister in law then Shannon any day.”
“If you say so.” Undertaker gave Shelly a whole lot of cash.
“I think this should tied you over for now.”
“Thanks Undertaker.” Undertaker went home.

The next day Shelly called Kane and he agreed to meet them in the park by her house.
“I’m going to play.” Said Alycia with a sigh.
“Alycia is a little sad today she lost her doll.” Said Shelly.
“Guess we’ll have to give her a new one.” Said Kane with a smile. They continued to talk.

In the night Shannon woke up. No Kane there, she went to the kitchen and saw Kane drinking milk.
“Hi.” Said Shannon.
“Hi.”
“Are we ok?”
“You tell me.” Shannon didn’t know how to answer that.

Kane brought back Alycia’s doll.
“Wasn’t expecting you.” Said Shelly.
“Found Alycia’s doll in my car.”
“Come in.” Kane came in and Shelly took the doll. The phone rang. “Hold on I gotta get that.” While Shelly was on the phone Kane went to return the doll to a sleeping Alycia. Then he gave her a kiss on the cheek.

The next day Shannon and Stone Cold Steve Austin were talking.
“I think I’m losing Kane.”
“What do you mean?”
“I think he’s in love with Shelly.”
“So let him leave.”
“Steve.”
“What?”
“Help me please.”
“I don’t know what I’m doing trying to help you with a brother of destruction.”
“I love him.”
“Yeah, yeah come on.” They walked away.

After Austin left Shannon he ran into Kane and Shelly.
“Missed you at lunch.” Said Austin.
“I was taking Shelly shopping.”
“All these women can you keep them straight.”
“Get off it Austin.” They went their separate ways.

Shannon was horse back riding when she saw Kane.
“I heard you were with Shelly.”
“Talked to your brother?”
“I don’t want to lose you.”
“What makes you think you’ll lose me?”
“Cause I know.” Kane had enough he walked away from Shannon.

Kane went back to Shelly to talk to her. Miss Linda found Shannon crying.
“Get him back.”
“I can’t.”
“Yes you can, I had to fight for Vince once, fight for Kane.”
“I’ll try.” Said Shannon.

“Didn’t think I see you again.” Said Shelly.
“Can we talk?”
“Sure I’ll fix us some drinks.” Said Shelly to Kane. Shortly after Shannon showed up.
“Shannon what are you doing here?” Asked Kane.
“What do you think?” Asked Shannon.
“Please no bloodshed.” Begged Shelly.

Vince was having a smoke in the kitchen. When he heard a noise he tried to cover the smell. Undertaker came in.
“It’s just you.” Said Vince.
“Miss Linda going to shoot you if you don’t quit.”
“I don’t listen to women.” Undertaker went up to bed.

“Ok the child is it Kane’s?” Asked Shannon.
“What?” Asked Shelly.
“Ya what?” Asked Kane.
“Look I’m not going to lose him.”
“Hey you don’t have a right to say anything I came to Shelly for a reason.” Said Kane leaving.
“He already decided that you were the one he wanted.” Said Shelly.
“Is the child Kane’s?”
“No.” Said Shelly. Shannon went outside to find Kane.

“I didn’t want to lose you.” Said Shannon.
“You weren’t going to.”
“I know that now.”
“You should have trusted me.”
“I know I’m sorry.”
“Lets go home.” Said Kane. They did.

A week later Christian and Vince were trying to rustle up some cattle.
“You ok?” Asked Christian.
“Yeah why?”
“You don’t look so good.” Said Christian.

Miss Linda, Sara and Shannon was having a meeting of the Wrestling Wives. They were talking about a benefit that they were going to put on. After the meeting Shannon wanted to phone Kane.
“I’m going to phone Kane.”
“Guys don’t like their husbands phoning them at work.” Said Sara. They went back to sit down.

Kane was talking to his brother at the office.
“What the hell are you doing with those wrestling leases?” Asked Kane.
“None of your business little brother.” Said Undertaker.
“Undertaker.”
“Fuck off brother.” Kane left. Paul Heyman and Brock Lesnar come in for the meeting with Undertaker.
“Well Mr Undertaker did you tell your brother of the red file yet?” Asked Heyman.
“It’s none of his business.”
“He sure would be interested to know what you plan on doing with the ranch after ole Vince dies.” Said Brock Lesnar.
“That is none of his business you want the deal or not?”
“Of course.” Said Heyman. After that the three of them went out drinking.

Kane came back to the office.
“Dawn Marie where is my brother?”
“He went out with Heyman and Brock.”
“Will he be back?”
“Somehow I don’t think so.” Said Dawn Marie.

The next morning while Undertaker had a hangover Sara was loudly getting ready for the wrestling wives meeting.
“Sara stop it.” Said Undertaker.
“Get drunk and you expect me to keep quiet? I don’t think so.” Undertaker knew he couldn’t win he went to take a cold shower. Miss Linda came to get Sara.
“You ready?”
“Is Shannon going?” Asked Sara.
“No.” Said Miss Linda.
“Just as well.” Sara walked on. Miss Linda heard Undertaker in the shower, knew he came home drunk in the night and shut the door behind her.

Shannon and Kane came out of the pool and the phone rang. Kane answered it.
“Yeah? Ok I’ll be there.” He hung up.
“What?”
“Just a business meeting.” Said Kane.

Vince and Christian were rustling again and Kane showed up.
“Kane tell Vince to take it easy.” Said Ray.
“Go on ahead Christian I want to talk to Vince.”
“What’s up?”
“I’m leaving the wrestling business.”
“To do what?”
“To work my own construction company.”
“No you’re not.”
“Yes I am.” Kane went into town to work.

Undertaker was outside making up his own cure for a hangover. Raw egg and all. Vince found him.
“What the hell are you doing?”
“I got a hangover.”
“Kane is leaving.”
“No he’s not.”
“Yes he is and you get him back.”
“I’m on top of it.”
“You’re making deals with Heyman and Lesnar and not even talking to Kane.”
“I said I’ll handle it.” Undertaker turned around. Vince clutched his heart and fell to his knees.
“Vince!” Undertaker picked up the phone. He called an ambulance.

Cheryl was horse back riding when she saw the ambulance pull away.
“What the hell?” She asked herself. She rode like mad back to the house.

Was Vince going to be ok?


Chapter 15
Where the Heart is

Cheryl phoned Miss Linda at the Daughters of the Wrestlers meeting.
“What is it Cheryl? Alright what hospital? Ok get a hold of Ray and call the guys at work do you know the number? Well if you forget then the number is by the phone in my phone book.” Miss Linda hung up the phone.
“What is it?” Asked Sara.
“Vince had a heart attack.” Sara and Miss Linda rushed to the hospital.

“I really like that idea you had.” Said Shannon’s friend and boss Trish Stratus at the store.
“Thanks.” Said Shannon. The phone rang.
“Shannon it’s for you, it’s Cheryl.”
“Ok thanks.” Said Shannon as she took the phone from Trish. She found out Vince had a heart attack.

Undertaker was at the hospital demanding what happened to Vince but nobody had any.

Miss Linda and Sara showed up.
“What happened?” Asked Sara.
“Nobody knows anything around here.” Said Undertaker loud enough for doctors and nurses to hear.
“You gotta ask the right people.” Miss Linda went to find some answers out. Shannon showed up.
“Where is Kane?” Asked Undertaker.
“In Houston.” Said Shannon.
“He should be here.” Said Sara.
“I’m picking him up from the airport in an hour.” Said Shannon.

“Christian? Christian?” Cheryl ran to the stables looking for Christian she put his arms around him.
“What’s this?”
“I don’t want to die and grow old.”
“You’re a long way from old.”
“Christian stay with me.”
“I have to take care of Bessie she’s going to foal any day now.”
“Christian please I’m scared.”
“You’re a big girl you need to act like it for Miss Linda and Vince.” He pat her on the back and left the stable. Cheryl stood there crying.

The family doctor Paul Bearer showed went to talk to Miss Linda.
“I’m going to take Vince to Dallas Memorial. I don’t know why he wasn’t taken there to begin with.”
“Do you think that’s best?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Yes.” Paul Bearer went to make preparations.

Sara and Undertaker were outside.
“What did you do to Vince?” Asked Sara. Shannon and Kane showed up in Shannon’s car.
“I didn’t do anything ask my brother.” Said Undertaker.
“Ask your brother what?” Asked Kane as he and Shannon walked over to Sara and Undertaker.
“He was upset you were leaving the company.”
“I’m not nuts like you Undertaker, he was upset at the deals you keep making with scum.”
“Taker, Kane this isn’t helping.” Said Shannon. The two brothers agreed to stop the fighting for now.
“Come on let’s go and follow the ambulance.” Said Sara to Undertaker. The two went to do that.

Miss Linda, Dr Paul Bearer were in the ambulance with Vince.
“Hang on buddy.” Said Paul Bearer.
“Is he ok?” Asked Linda.
“He’ll be fine.” Said Dr. Bearer.

They got Vince settled and Heyman and Brock show up.
“What are you doing here?” Asked Undertaker outside.
“Just came to pay our respects.” Said Heyman.
“He’s not dead.” Said Undertaker.
“You might as well wish he was else we can’t do what we want to the ranch.” Said Brock.
“Get lost I’ll talk to you later.” Said Undertaker. The two men left. Kane and Shannon showed up an walked right past Undertaker, inside.

Kane went to see Vince then he decided to go back home while the rest of the family stayed at the hospital. He helped Christian on the ranch.
“You know I can handle Bessie myself.” Said Christian.
“I know.”
“You should be at the hospital.”
“I know but I don’t feel like it.”

Dr Paul Bearer sent the family home. The next morning while Kane was with Christian Shannon talks to Miss Linda.
“Do you know where Kane is?”
“With Christian.” Said Miss Linda.
“I’m worried about him.” Said Shannon.
“Shannon you’re his wife, you handle him. I’m going to the hospital, I’ll see you all there later.” Miss Linda left.

“This shit is awful.” Said Vince.
“Stop complaining about the food.” Said Miss Linda.
“I want to go home.”
“I know.”

Shannon found Kane.
“What are you doing?”
“Bessie going to have a baby.” Said Kane.
“You should be at the hospital with Vince.”
“He doesn’t need me.”
“He needs all of us.”
“Shannon leave me alone.” Shannon left Kane alone.

Heyman and Brock went to see Vince. Kane finally showed up.
“You two need to leave.” Said Kane.
“Why?” Asked Heyman.
“Yeah we’re just having fun.” Said Brock.
“Listen to Kane you need to leave.” Said Vince. They left. Kane and Vince talked for awhile.

Undertaker was looking at the red file, the one that he made up to take over after Vince died including the ranch.

At home later on Sara is drinking heavily pretending she owns the ranch. Shannon caught her.
“What are you doing?”
“I own the house.” Said Sara.
“You think you’re funny I bet you would kill Vince if you thought you could get away with it.”
“I will be the owner one day Shannon.” Said Sara. Miss Linda came down the stairs.
“I’m still alive Sara.”
“Miss Linda.”
“I’m going to the hospital.” Sara walked out of the room.
“How do you do it?” Asked Shannon.
“I know how to handle Sara.” Said Miss Linda.

Undertaker was at the office with Heyman and Brock.
“The ranch doesn’t become a wrestling ring until he dies.” Said Vince.
“Wouldn’t be awful if Vince found out you made a phony will?” Asked Heyman.
“And forged his signature.” Said Brock.
“Shut up.” Said Undertake. Brock and Heyman left.

“He came through the operation good.” Said Paul Bearer.
“When can he go home?” Asked Miss Linda.
“In a few days.”

At the ranch Cheryl, Kane and Christian finally saw the baby foal being born.

“You remember that dance when we were kids?” Asked Vince.
“You remember?” Asked Miss Linda.
“You were wearing the blue flowered dress and were the prettiest one there.”
“Oh Vince.”
“You’re still the prettiest one.”

The rest were in the waiting room.
“Go home you been here long enough.” Said Miss Linda.
“Are you sure?” Asked Shannon.
“I’m sure.” They all went home.

At the ranch Kane and Shannon were talking.
“I been here a long time.” Said Kane.
“Since the fire when you were a boy.” Said Shannon nodding.
“The one that Undertaker started.”
“Now I see where he got the name.”
“I remember Vince giving me a big birthday party one year.” Kane sighed and Shannon tried to comfort him.

The next day at the hospital Undertaker was drinking coffee when Kane found him.
“We’re brothers.”
“I know that Kane.”
“I have no idea what you’re up to but I’m still your brother.”
“I’m not up to anything Kane.”

Undertaker, Sara, Cheryl, Christian, Kane, Shannon and Miss Linda waited outside while Vince was wheeled out. He looked at everyone.
“A reason to be proud.” They know he was going to be ok.

Shortly after Vince’s operation Shannon was giving Kane a back massage.
“How that feel?”
“I’m sore.”
“Stop doing too much.”
“I can’t.”
“I worry about you Kane.”
“I love you Shannon.” They kissed and that stopped that nonsense.

Hunter Hearst Helmsley was looking for Shannon. He had a purpose. He went to aunt Margie.
“Do you know where Shannon is?”
“With her husband I suppose.” Said Aunt Margie.
“Husband?” Asked Hunter.
“Who should I say is calling?”
“Nobody.” Said Hunter getting in his car and driving away.

“I talked to the revered about you building the church.” Said Sara over breakfast outside.
“And?”
“I arranged an appointment for you this afternoon.” Said Sara.
“Thank you Sara.” Said Kane.
“No problem, they need more space for the home for wayward boys.” Said Sara.
“Sara?” Asked Cheryl.
“What Cheryl?”
“Can I visit?”
“Visit what?”
“The home for the wayward boys.”
“Cheryl.” Said Miss Linda. But they laughed at Cheryl’s comment.

JR went drinking again. Hunter found him.
“Aren’t you Shannon’s dad?”
“Used to was.”
“What do you mean?”
“Buy me a drink.”
“Sure.” Said Hunter. They went into the bar.

Kane had the meeting with the church group. Afterwards Shannon and Kane went swimming.

Hunter and JR went to JR’s house. Then Hunter went to find Shannon.

Robyn, Shannon’s assistant answered the phone.
“Shannon Trish wants you to pick up those dresses at the other location.”
“Will do.” Said Shannon ready to leave. Hunter came along.
“Does Shannon work here?”
“You just missed her that way.” Said Robyn. Hunter found Shannon about to leave the store.
“Hi Shannon.”
“Who are you?”
“Your husband.”
“My what?” Shannon was shocked.

TBC......

Chapter 16
The Art of Bigamy

Hunter and Shannon went outside.
“What do you mean my husband?”
“When you were 16 we got married.”
“I got that annulled.”
“I never got the papers I had to travel.”
“Don’t put that on me.”
“It is on you I’m your husband.” Shannon walked away from Hunter.

Shannon found a phone booth.
“Miss Linda is Kane there?”
“No he’s not did you try the office?”
“Yeah he’s not there.”
“He might have a meeting with the church group.” Suggested Miss Linda.
“Yeah maybe.”
“Shannon is anything wrong?”
“No, nothing’s wrong I’ll talk to Kane when I get home.”

Shannon sent for Austin.
“So Hunter came back?” Asked Austin.
“Do you remember that relationship?” Asked Shannon. Austin chuckled at his sister’s question.
“Sure don’t you?”
“Barely was I drunk.”
“You could have been.”
“This is not funny stone cold.”
“I think it is Shannon.”
“Now I see why you got your nickname.”
“Shannon what do you want from me?”
“Help before Kane finds out.”
“What am I doing trying to help my sister stay with a brother of destruction.”
“That’s not funny.”
“Come on.” Austin led Shannon away.

Hunter went to the office and looked at Dawn Marie.
“Is one of the brother’s in?”
“Which one.”
“The tall one.” Said Hunter. Dawn Marie had no clue which one to buzz so she buzzed Undertaker.
“Someone named Helmsley is here to see you about your wife.”
“Send him in.” Hunter went in. “Well Mr Helmsley.”
“Hunter.”
“What is this about my wife?”
“She has a past.”
“Sara doesn’t have a past.”
“Shannon.”
“Kane’s wife.”
“I’m her husband.”
“This is good.” Said Undertaker. He and Hunter talked some more.

“I’m sorry Shannon I don’t remember this marriage.” Said Aunt Margie.
“You think the annulment papers will be here?” Asked Austin.
“I don’t know we can look.”
“I hope so.” The trio searched the house for the papers.

Everyone was at the ranch when Shannon showed up. Miss Linda was inside and Undertaker decided to bring up a subject.
“I wanted to say this now.”
“Spill it deadman.” Said Vince.
“Kane you’re married to a bigamist.”
“Shut up brother.”
“Don’t tell me you didn’t know about it.”
“I knew about it, they were once married and she had it annulled.” Shannon went inside and Kane followed her.

Kane and Shannon were in the bedroom.
“Thanks for sticking by me.”
“That’s what a husband does for his wife.”
“Even if I’m married to someone else.”
“Are you sure you still are?”
“I got it annulled but he said he doesn’t have the papers.”
“Shannon you should have told me this before we got married.”
“Kane I forgot.”
“You just don’t forget something like that.” Kane walked out.

Shannon and Kane met Austin outside the law court building the next day.
“Would you have any idea where they went?” Asked Kane.
“Would have been three copies, checked at JR’s none there, one Shannon would have.”
“I don’t have it.”
“And the other one would be at the hall of records.”
“Ok let’s go.” Said Kane.
“I still don’t know what I’m doing trying to keep you two together.”
“Not funny.” Said Shannon. The hall of records guy they talked to had no information to give them.

Kane went to Hunter’s hotel.
“How much money do you want to stay away from my wife?”
“You can’t buy me off.” Said Hunter.
“How about if I kill you instead?” Kane gave him a warning look then left before he really did kill him.

What Kane didn’t know was that the hall of records guy visited Hunter soon after, he wasn’t so sure about the deal he made with Hunter to get money out of Kane.

Sara was drunk and she found Kane by the stables.
“Hi brother in law.”
“Hello Sara.”
“How is your wife?”
“Shannon is not so good.”
“How is her second husband.”
“Sara go to bed you’re drunk.” Undertaker found them both.
“Get rid of your wife brother.”
“Get your wife to bed Undertaker she’s drunk.”
“Like hell I am.” Said Sara. Kane walked away from them both. Soon after Kane found out the church group didn’t want him to build the church.

That night Austin showed up at the ranch.
“Get out of here.” Said Vince.
“I have to talk to my sister.”
“Mr Austin my husband is recovering from a serious surgery.” Said Miss Linda.
“I’m sorry but I have to talk to my sister.” Kane came along.
“Austin, I’ll get Shannon.” Kane went upstairs. Sara and Cheryl came along.
“You Shannon’s brother?” Asked Cheryl.
“Yes.”
“You’re cute.” Cheryl went into the livingroom to join Vince and Miss Linda.
“Hi.” Said Sara.
“Hello Sara nice to see you again.”
“Steve.” Said Shannon coming downstairs. Sara went into the livingroom.
“What did you find out?” Asked Kane.
“No record of the papers anywhere.” Said Austin.
“What am I going to do?” Asked Shannon.
“Any advice?” Asked Kane.
“I can recommend a good lawyer she’s going to need it.” Said Austin.

The next day Austin, Shannon and Kane went to Digger’s.
“I just don’t know where those papers are.” Said Aunt Margie.
“I wish I knew to.” Said Shannon.
“They have to be around somewhere.” Said Kane.
“I have them.” Said JR.
“You what?” Asked Austin.
“I have them.”
“Daddy why didn’t you tell me before?”
“Nobody wanted to listen to me before.” They went to his hiding spot but found nothing. “I’m sorry Shannon.”
“So am I.” Said Shannon.

Shannon found Hunter at the hotel.
“I would like to see you.”
“Does he know you called me?”
“No.”
“Ok.” Shannon went to the hotel.

What Shannon didn’t know was that Austin and JR were already at the hotel.
“I’ll kill him.” Said JR.
“I’ll talk to him, no kidding that way.” Said Austin. They found Hunter.
“I have nothing to say to you.” Said Hunter.
“I think you do.” Said Austin.

Kane tried to talk to the church group but to no avail.

Kane then went back to the office. JR and Austin came by.
“I think the hall of records buy is working with Hunter.” Said Austin.
“You think?” Asked Kane.
“We tried talking to Hunter and he gave us some clues.” Said JR.
“What do you mean?”
“He didn’t know he gave us them.” Confirmed Austin.
“JR why don’t you wait in Undertaker’s office we’ll be back.” Said Kane. JR waited in Undertaker’s office.

“I want those papers.” Said Shannon.
“I don’t have them.” Said Hunter.
“This is not funny I don’t love you I was a kid, I love Kane.”

Kane threatened the hall of records guy in the end he got the papers. Austin was impressed.

Shannon convinced Hunter to leave, especially after the hall of records guy called and said Kane threatened him. Then she went back to the ranch. Kane and Austin went to the hotel.
“He’s gone.” Said Austin.
“Good.” Said Kane. The two men left.

At dinner that night the family was talking.
“You can build the church now.” Said Sara.
“Thank you.” Said Kane.
“I’m shocked you found the papers.” Said Undertaker.
“You owe my wife an apology.” Said Kane.
“It’s ok Kane.” Said Shannon.
“I’m sorry Shannon.”
“Ok.”
“Cheryl I think you can learn a lesson from this.” Said Miss Linda.
“I wouldn’t get into that kind of trouble grandma.” Said Cheryl.
“No but I can count on you getting into other trouble.” Said Miss Linda.

Part D

“Grandma.”
“One thing I want to know.” Said Undertaker.
“What?” Asked Kane.
“Why the hell was JR in my office?”
“We told him to wait.” Said Kane.
“No I have to debug my office.” Said Undertaker.
“Not funny.” Said Shannon. She sighed she knew Undertaker wasn’t going to change.

Chapter 17
Birthday Blues

Sara, Miss Linda and Cheryl were discussing Cheryl’s birthday party.
“I hired Forster’s band.” Said Sara.
“No way I want the coffins.” Said Cheryl.
“What a bad name.” Said Miss Linda.
“Look it’s my party.” Said Cheryl.
“I’m giving it you just come and have a good time.” Said Sara.

Shannon came downstairs in a white dress and saw Vince.
“You like my new dress?”
“Very nice.”
“I got it for Cheryl’s party.”
“You’ll be the best looking one there.” Vince went upstairs and Shannon went outside.

“Is that your new dress for Cheryl’s party?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Yes.”
“Hey how come I don’t get one?” Asked Cheryl.
“Well I brought some home for you from the store.” Said Shannon. Cheryl went inside to look at them in Shannon’s room.

Vince came outside.
“Have some business to talk about.” Said Undertaker.
“Ok shoot.” Undertaker looked at Shannon.
“Nice dress.”
“Thank you Undertaker.”
“You look like a cloud.” Said Undertaker. He chuckled and Shannon went up to her room to check on Cheryl.

She found Cheryl crying.
“Don’t you like the dress?”
“Sara picks the music, Undertaker going to use my party for one of his business deals and you pick out my clothes.”
“Ok you don’t like the dress.”
“I can pick out my own clothes.”
“I know that tomorrow I can take you to the store and you can pick out one you like.”

At supper time Cheryl brought up a sore subject.
“Anything you want for you birthday Cheryl?” Asked Vince.
“Yes.” Said Cheryl.
“Name it I’ll buy it.” Said Vince.
“You spoil her.” Said Miss Linda.
“I spoil you to Miss Linda.” Said Vince.
“You can’t buy it granddaddy.’
“Oh?”
“I want my mama here.”
“No.” Said Undertaker.
“I think she should.” Said Kane.
“I have to agree with deadman on this one.” Said Vince.
“You would let Undertaker grab you by the balls if you thought you go anywhere.” Said Cheryl.
“Cheryl.” Said Miss Linda chuckling.
“She’s not going to be here.” Said Undertaker.
“Go fuck yourself Undertaker.”
“Cheryl!” Yelled Vince. Cheryl went upstairs.

The next day Undertaker heard noises outside. He looked out his bedroom window.
“Sara did you take my car?”
“What are you talking about?” He looked in his wallet.
“You take my credit card and car?”
“Maybe Raoul took it to get cleaned.” Said Sara.
“No he would have told me.” Sara got out of bed and her robe on when Undertaker went to Cheryl’s room. Her bed was made and a note attached to the bedpost. He closed the door.
“Cheryl’s gone.”
“What do you mean gone?” Asked Sara.
“She went off to see that slut mother of her’s.” Said Undertaker going downstairs to tell the rest.

Where did Cheryl go? Would Undertaker find her?

TBC....
 
Chapter 18
It’s my party and I’ll cry if I want to

Cheryl went into the diner that her mama worked in. She came up empty and left a 20 dollar bill for a cup of coffee. John Cena saw the 20 and after Cheryl left he took the bill, paid for the coffee, confused the waitress and kept the change for himself.

He then found Cheryl Hitchhiking and stopped to pick her up. She got in the pimped up van.
“What’s your name pretty girl?”
“Cheryl what’s yours?”
“John Cena.”
“Well.”
“So where you going pretty girl?”
“Ah to find my mama.”
“Well I’ll take you.”

Undertaker, Kane and Shannon went looking for Cheryl but they came up empty. They found Miss Linda on the phone.
“Thank you. That was the sheriff in Braddock, they found Taker’s car and some of Cheryl’s things, one of them Olivia’s picture.”
“I knew she went looking for that slut.” Said Undertaker.
“Taker that’s not fair.”
“Well I’m going to have some boys pick her up and explain the facts of life to her.”
“That’s not a good idea.” Said Kane.
“I’m not going to hurt her.” Said Undertaker.
“I’ll go get her.” Said Kane.
“Be careful.” Said Miss Linda. Kane went to go find Cheryl. Undertaker picked up a glass. He quickly put it down after he tasted it.
“Ice tea.” He made a face.

“Well my mama used to work for these rich folks and I stayed on a bit after she left but then I decided to leave.” Said Cheryl.
“Really?”
“Yeah one named the Undertaker is a real asshole.”
“Sounds like it.” Said John Cena. He had no idea what Cheryl was making this story up.

Cheryl checked out a few diners and all came up empty. She didn’t know where her mommy was. The last diner they tried the owner new Olivia. She also heard of Cheryl through Olivia.
“Nobody move give me all your money!” John Cena had a gun, he robbed the diner and took Cheryl with him on a ride. He made her get in the van.
“What the hell are you doing?” Asked Cheryl.
“You and me are going on a ride.” Said John Cena as he drove on.

Soon after Kane got word of the bank robbery and Undertaker’s car close by, with the licence plate Undertaker. Kane questioned the diner owner and even though the owner thought Cheryl was in on it Kane managed to convince him using money she had no clue. Then Kane with the local authorities went on to find Cheryl.

Late at night Cheryl tried to leave but John Cena held the gun in her face.
“Where you going pretty lady?”
“I thought we split up.”
“I don’t think so pretty lady, go back to sleep I’ll stand guard.” Cheryl went back into the van.
“Happy birthday to me.” She muttered. The next day John Cena and Cheryl drove on.

Meanwhile Undertaker and Sara were having fun at Cheryl’s party without Cheryl.

Vince and Linda were talking.
“Maybe I should have said yes.”
“You can’t be mad at yourself now Vince the important thing is that we get Cheryl back safely.” Said Miss Linda.

By this time Kane went to get gas and asked the owner if he saw the van, the owner said no.

on the other side of town Cheryl and John Cena got gas with Undertaker’s credit card.

On the cop radio behind Kane, they heard about the Undertaker’s card being used and what gas station. Kane and the cop car went to that gas station. By the time they got there the gas station owner was robbed and knocked out. Cheryl and John Cena long gone.

Meanwhile the party went on Undertaker and Sara drunker then ever.

Kane after the gas station owner woke up questioned him and the owner over heard a conversation that Cena and Cheryl were going to Houston. Kane and the cops went as well.

John Cena and Cheryl stop at a bar.
“Looky here a singing contest winner gets 500 dollars.”
“So?” Asked Cheryl.
“You’re going to sing.”
“Hell no.”
“Hell yeah.” Cena brought Cheryl inside the bar.

Kane kept looking for Cheryl.

At the party Shannon sees Cheryl’s birthday cake with “happy birthday Cheryl” and she got sad.

While Cheryl was singing in the bar a cop found John Cena’s van and called it in.

At the party Undertaker was talking wrestling business. Sara was starting to show the people away as they decided to leave. Miss Linda went to Vince.
“Why don’t you lie down.”
“I’ll wait till Cheryl gets back I promised her a dance.”
“I know.” Said Miss Linda.

Cena and Cheryl got out of the bar after she won the 500 bucks for looks. They were surrounded by cops. Cena grabbed Cheryl. Soon after Kane showed up.
“Anyone moves and she’s dead.” Said Cena.
“Ahhhhhhhhhhh!” Screamed Cheryl.
“Cheryl are you ok?” Asked Kane.
“I’m ok Kane.”
“Your grandparents miss you.”
“You are the rich girl.” Noted Cena.
“No I’m not I’m poor I was just left there by my mama.” Said Cheryl.
“No and you’re my ticket out of there.” Kane sensed what Cena was up to.
“Ok boy don’t even dare try it.”
“You don’t let me leave with her unharmed she’ll be dead.” Warned Cena. Kane moved forward and the cops right behind. Kane grabbed Cheryl. The cops arrested Cena.
“Are you ok?” Asked Kane.
“I’m ok I want to go home.” Said Cheryl. Kane hugged Cheryl.

Kane phoned the ranch and explained what happened then he and Cheryl talked.
“Are they mad?”
“Honey I don’t think anyone will be mad at you tonight.” Kane hugged Cheryl again.

“Well I’m proud of you Sara.”
“What for?” Asked Sara to her husband.
“You were well behaved.” Miss Linda came out.
“Cheryl is found she and Kane will be home in the morning.”
“Thank god.” Said Vince.

Chapter 19
Political Aspirations

Shannon’s brother Stone Cold Steve Austin decided to become governor of Texas. After he announced his entry into public office Undertaker, Kane and Vince decided to have a meeting at the office.
“We gotta do anything to get Austin out of office.” Said Vince.
“Well I could do some leg work again.” Said Kane.
“No, that won’t work.” Said Undertaker.
“What would you suggest brother?”
“The only thing Austin understands is how to play dirty.” Said Vince.
“So we don’t have to.” Said Kane.
“Yeah we do brother.” Said Undertaker. Kane new he and his brother wouldn’t be able to see eye to eye on this one.

Austin had an interview and shortly after Shannon visited her brother at campaign headquarters.
“Well brother moving up in the world.”
“Thought you like it.” Said Steve giving his sister a kiss on the cheek.
“I do.”
“Feel like going for lunch? I’m buying.”
“Ok.” Shannon agreed.

Lunch consisted of a hot dog stand at a nearby park.
“I hope when you become governor that you stop being so cheap.” Said Shannon.
“I’m a man of little means sister.”
“What is that supposed to mean Steve?”
“Need your help.”
“I knew something was coming.”
“Well?”
“Alright Steve what is it?”
“I want you to put on a fashion show to raise money.”
“For your campaign?”
“Yeah.”
“And here I thought I be stuffing envelopes.”
“Nah more use for you elsewhere sister.”
“Alright Steve I’ll do it for you.” Said Shannon, having no idea what her brother planned to do to take down the McMahon’s and the brothers of destruction.

“Well I think it’s a good idea.” Said Undertaker.
“I don’t.” Said Kane. The two brothers went into the study where Cheryl, Vince, Linda, Sara and Shannon was.
“What’s all this?” Asked Kane.
“Ah I’m putting on a fashion show.” Said Shannon.
“Seems interesting.” Said Undertaker chuckling.
“For Steve’s campaign.”
“I thought she was only stuffing envelope’s?” Asked Vince.
“Takes a dummy to know a dummy.” Said Undertaker.
“I rather talk with Kane upstairs alone.” Said Shannon getting pissed off at the Undertaker.
“Kane keeps no secrets from me.”
“Not since the fire.” Said Kane.
“Enough of that.” Said Miss Linda.

Kane and Shannon were talking in their room.
“I don’t think you should be doing this.” Said Kane.
“Why?” Asked Shannon.
“Cause my brother already causes us trouble for being married, I don’t need him after us for this.”
“I want to help my brother.”
“I know.” Said Kane. They agreed to disagree.

The next day Sara found Stone Cold.
“Hi.”
“Sara.” Said Stone Cold.
“I wanted to tell you I hope you win.”
“You do?” Asked a surprised Austin.
“Yeah.”
“Why?”
“Does it matter?” Asked Sara.
“What about your husband?”
“Be careful he’s up to something.” Said Sara.

While Sara met with Austin Undertaker and Vince planned Austin’s demise.

At dinner Shannon wasn’t enjoying it.
“Aren’t you hungry?” Asked Miss Linda.
“I’m sorry Miss Linda guess I’m not.”
“That’s because she’s planning with her brother to try and destroy us.” Said Undertaker. Shannon decided to go upstairs.
“One more word out of you brother and I’ll knock your block off.” Said Kane. Undertaker backed down.

Undertaker and Vince were talking in the study after supper.
“What about a private investigator?” Asked Vince.
“I’ll get on it tomorrow.” Said Undertaker.

Kane and Shannon were talking outside.
“I’m not trying to ruin this family.” Said Shannon.
“Honey I know.” Said Kane.
“Then tell them that.” Kane hugged Shannon.

The next day Undertaker talked to a PI then he phoned Vince.
“I found one.”
“Good keep me posted.”
“Sure will.” Said Taker.

While Steve Austin and Shannon planned a fashion showed some news paper showed up. They asked Austin about his fiance’s abortion. Shannon was shocked.

That night after the story leaked cause of Undertaker’s PI Steve had to go on tv to tell his story.
“I was engaged, she got pregnant, she wanted an abortion, I didn’t want one, but I went with her on it. She died during the procedure.” Texas was shocked.

Undertaker, Kane and Vince were talking.
“I think we won.” Said Undertaker.
“Thanks to you.” Said Vince.
“Why did you have to do that to him?” Asked Kane.
“You gotta learn how to play dirty brother to get what you want.” Said Undertaker.

Sara went to see Austin.
“I’m sorry.”
“Did you know about this?”
“No I didn’t.”
“You really sorry?” Asked Austin.
“Yeah.” Said Sara.

Kane was sick with Undertaker and Vince he left. Soon after Shannon showed up.
“I don’t know how to play by your rules but I’ll learn and you’ll pay for what you did to my brother.”
“That’s enough Shannon.” Warned Vince.
“No you won’t honey, you’ll learn to play and then you’ll use them to protect your own interest.” Said Undertaker.
“Then god help me.” Said Shannon leaving the office and slamming the door behind her.

Shannon went straight to Austin.
“I’m sorry Steve.”
“Get out!”
“I’m your sister.”
“You live with vipers you become a viper.”
“Steve.”
“Get out!” Shannon left.

Austin of course lost the election and Undertaker and Vince was happy. Sara went up to Shannon.
“I’m sorry he lost.” Said Sara.
“I don’t think I heard you.” Said Shannon.
“Yeah you did.” Said Sara taking a sip of wine. Kane came up to them.
“Sara can I borrow my wife?”
“Sure.” Said Sara watching the two.
“What’s up?” Asked Shannon.
“We are going to see your brother.” Said Kane.
“He doesn’t want to see me.”
“Come on.”

While Kane and Shannon went to see Austin Sara got a phone call.
“Is this Sara?”
“Yes it is.”
“This is Bret Hart, the lawyer that someone told you about.”
“Yes?” Asked Sara.
“I found a baby for you.”
“Really?”
“Yes why don’t you meet me in my office tomorrow say around 11?”
“Ok I’ll see you then Mr Hart.” Said Sara.

“I want you two to make up.” Said Kane.
“Why should I?” Asked Austin.
“Because Shannon is my wife, you are my brother in law and friend now make up.” Said Kane.
“Well.” Said Austin.
“Please Steve.” Said Shannon.
“I can’t say no to that pouty look.” Austin hugged his sister. And he was proud to call Kane a friend.

Sara and Undertaker lay in bed.
“What are you happy about?” Asked Undertaker.
“Nothing, nothing at all.” She turned over on her side. Smiling that soon she will have the first heir.

TBC......

Chapter 20
Bret Hart: Black Market Baby Broker

*The stupid thing about tv land is that they keep missing episodes of Dallas so what I’m going to do is make this one up from the parts I remember from memory.

Sara met with Bret Hart baby broker the next day.
“You have a baby for me?” Asked Sara.
“I have a mother for you, the baby comes later.”
“Do I get to meet her?”
“Yeah I made an appointment for you to go over there the day after tomorrow. Here’s the address.”
“What’s her name?” Asked Sara.
“Carrie Briggs.” Said Bret Hart.
“Alright thank you.” Said Sara then she left.

Sara came home during dinner time.
“Sorry I’m late.” She said.
“That’s ok.” Said Miss Linda.
“Where you been?” Asked Undertaker.
“Shopping, lost track of time.”
“You don’t have anything brought home.” Said Undertaker.
“Didn’t find anything I wanted.” Said Sara. She sat down, she got a plate from the maid and they finished dinner in silence.

That night Undertaker and Sara were in their room.
“I’m shocked you’re not with one of your ho’s.” Said Sara.
“Where were you today Sara.”
“Told ya shopping.”
“You don’t shop.”
“Boxing.” She sighed.
“I’ll find out where you been.”
“Go right ahead it’s of no importance to you.” Undertaker grabbed his jacket and opened the door.
“Which ho you going to tonight?”
“Anyone better then you.” Said Undertaker leaving. Sara had to smirk he had no clue what she was up to.

A couple of days later she went into downtown Dallas and knocked on number 3 door, Carrie Briggs.
“Carrie Briggs?”
“Are you Sara?”
“Yes.” Carrie her dishevel short blonde hair out of place., was wearing pants and a purple blouse. Her stomach was wide, she was 8 months pregnant. Sara followed Carrie into the livingroom where Carrie sat at this kitchen table in the corner by the small kitchen.
“You got a smoke?” Asked Carrie.
“I don’t smoke, you shouldn’t be smokin’ either.” Said Sara.
“Look do you want my baby or not?”
“Yeah.”
“Then let’s talk turkey.” Sara and Carrie talked. After that Sara did go shopping with Carrie for baby stuff. Then Sara gave Carrie money for care and then Sara took the baby stuff home to hide it from Undertaker.

This went on for two weeks. Then the maid found the stuff and told Undertaker about it. He went upstairs to look. Then he made a phone call. He called his friend, a crooked cop Tazz that was on his pay roll.
“Tazz I want you to find out where my wife goes every day.”
“Sure Taker.” Said Tazz.

The following day Tazz brought Undertaker a name.
“Carrie Briggs,. This her apartment number. She’s pregnant.”
“The girl or my wife?”
“The girl. They went shopping for baby stuff.” Undertaker started to catch on.
“You’ll be rewarded tomorrow.” Said Undertaker. Tazz left.

The next day Undertaker visited Carrie Briggs at her new address that Sara was paying for with Undertaker’s money, a condo.
“You and me got something in common girl.”
“What?”
“My wife.”
“I don’t know what you mean.”
“Oh I think you do.” Undertaker shut the door and had a little talk with
Carrie Briggs.

A couple of hours later Sara showed up at the condo.
“Carrie I found some great clothes pink and blue cause who knows what the baby will be.” Said Sara. Out of the blue on the balcony inside the condo Undertaker stood.
“She’s gone.”
“What do you mean gone?”
“I sent her on the first plane back to Iowa.” Said Undertaker.
“I wanted a baby.”
“So do I but it’s going to be our own.”
“You won’t go near my anymore.” She left the bags, and left the condo. Undertaker came down to the livingroom and looked at the baby stuff and sighed.

“King me.” Said Shannon. She and Kane were playing checkers in the yard.
“How do you keep winning?” Asked Kane.
“Guess I’m lucky.” Kane kissed Shannon on the lips. They saw Sara pull up and instead of going into the main house she went into her’s and Undertaker’s small house. She was pissed. Undertaker was close behind equally pissed he followed her inside.
“Wonder what that’s about?” Asked Kane.
“Don’t know.” Said Shannon.

“You took my chance of happiness away from me.” Said Sara.
“You want a baby?” Asked Undertaker.
“Yes I do.” He grabbed her arms and threw her down on the bed.
“You still do?”
“Leave me alone.” Undertaker kissed Sara hard on the lips.

Hours later Kane and Shannon decided to go to dinner and a movie.
“You know they haven’t left the little house yet.” Said Shannon.
“Maybe I should send the cops in.” Joked Kane. Kane and Shannon got into his car and as they pulled away Sara came out to watch. Undertaker soon followed putting on his long black jacket and adjusting his do rag.
“I’ll be back late.”
“I know.” She stated.
“Bye.”
“Bye.” She said. She watched the Undertaker drive away sighing, the first day in months that he made love to her and then he takes off to be with a ho. Sara had another idea in her head.

*Dedicated to one of the daycare workers I worked with before I had to leave that job (long story) Carrie surprise, surprise.




Chapter 21
May day, May Day

Undertaker and Kane were in New Orleans doing business. Kane was going to meet up with Shannon in New Orleans but work detained her. He phoned work and Trish answered.
“Trish is Shannon there?”
“Sure. It’s your hubby.” Trish handed Shannon the phone.
“Hey.”
“Where were you?”
“Had to do some work I’m sorry for not meeting you.”
“I had a surprise I got us a room for 3 days at the same hotel we had our honeymoon in.”
“I’m sorry Kane.”
“You’re always sorry.”
“I’m new I just can’t take time off when I please.”
“Yeah I know.” They ended the conversation on a bad note.

After the call Undertaker and Kane were walking to the plane.
“I want to get that shit done.” Said Undertaker.
“Why not go to Ohio and pick them out?” Asked Kane.
“Cause I saw some prospects here.” Said Undertaker. They got to the plane finding out from the pilot there is bad weather coming in New Orleans. They decided to take a chance anyways.

Dr. Paul Bearer was doing Vince’s physical at the house.
“I sure hope you cut back on the smoking and the drinking.”
“With my wife I have to.”
“Well if you don’t want me as your doctor anymore.” Said Paul.
“No I didn’t say that.”
“Ok same time next week?”
“Yeah.” Paul Bearer left and Miss Linda came in. “You told him to say that?”
“No.”
“Then why did he say that?”
“Vince you ever thought he doesn’t want you to die?”
“Miss Linda you’re going to be the death of me yet.”

“Why don’t we go to a spa before we have dinner with Kramer?” Asked Trish Stratus.
“Do I have to be there?” Asked Shannon.
“Kramer is a good man to know.” Said Trish.
“I know but I was thinking if I catch a plane I can get home before Kane does.”
“Ah well I guess, if I had a good looking guy like Kane then I would probably skip out to.”
“So you don’t mind?”
“Nope.” Shannon picked up the phone to call the airport.

After Shannon made arrangements she called home and Cheryl answered.
“Oh hi Shannon, no he’s not back yet, he and Undertaker should be home soon, ok I’ll tell him.” Cheryl hung up and Vince and Linda came in.
“What are you doing home Cheryl?” Asked Vince.
“Oh granddaddy, it was only a study period I figured I could do that at home.”
“Ok then get back to school.” Said Miss Linda.
“I will, Shannon called she’s on the way home she’ll be on the 3:15 wants Kane to pick her up.”
“I’ll tell him.” Said Miss Linda.
“I thought they were supposed to be meeting in New Orleans?” Asked Vince.
“Guess plans changed.” Said Miss Linda. Vince sighed.

Sara visited Shannon’s brother Stone Cold Steve Austin at his office.
“Can I talk to you?”
“Sure.” Said Austin.
“I want a baby.”
“Why you telling me? Talk to your husband.”
“That’s the problem he hasn’t touched me how could I have a baby?”
“So what do you do?”
“I went to Bret Hart so he can get me one.”
“You went to a baby broker?”
“Yes.”
“And?”
“My husband put a stop to it.”
“So what do you want from me?”
“I want you to get me a baby.”
“Well I can’t.”
“Why?”
“Adoption takes months sometimes years.”
“Well then can you take me to lunch?”
“That I can do.” They decided to go to lunch.

On the plan ride home they hit turbulance.
“What the hell is going on?”
“Storm we’re going down.” Said the pilot.
“No way.” Said Kane. Undertaker, Kane and the pilot hung onto dear life.

Would Sara get her baby? Would Undertaker and Kane survive the plane crash?

TBC...

Chapter 22
Survival

Miss Linda was in the study when the phone rang. She picked it up. “Yes?” She listened to what the other person had to say then hung up. “Oh dear.”

She sent for Christian and Cheryl.
“A plane crash?” Asked Cheryl.
“Yes, Christian I need you to pick Shannon up at the airport.”
“Yes Miss Linda.”
“And when she walks in she’s going to act as if Undertaker and Kane are a little bit late. If they were lost I couldn’t handle losing Vince to.”
“Yes Miss Linda.”
“Yes grandma.” Said Cheryl. Christian left to pick up Shannon. “Do you want me to go and find Sara?”
“No I better do that Cheryl just stay close to home.” Miss Linda left the room. Cheryl had the front parts of her hair in braids. She was wearing a pink halter top and blue jeans.

Christian marched into the airport to find Shannon.

Sara and Stone Cold Steve Austin was eating lunch at the Posh restaurant. Sara got a phone call then put the receiver back on the hook.
“I gotta go.” Said Sara.
“Why?” Asked Steve.
“Miss Linda called me home.”
“Couldn’t it wait?”
“When Miss Linda says get home, she just doesn’t mean get home in half an hour she means now.”
“No fair.” Pouted Steve.
“Don’t worry we’ll have other times.” Said Sara leaving.

Shannon marched to the car with Christian neither of them saying a word. She was wearing a pink dress with a dark pink vest and matching dark pink hat. They drove back to the ranch. As Christian went back to work Shannon walked through the door and saw Miss Linda.
“Miss Linda is it true?”
“Yes but you can’t let Vince know as far as he knows they are just running late.”
“Ok.” Shannon was near tears.
“Did Sara get home yet?” Asked Miss Linda.
“I don’t think so.” Said Shannon.
“Ok I’m going to make some phone calls.” Said Miss Linda going into the study.

Sara got home shortly after.
“What is going on here Shannon.”
“Sara.” Shannon tried to get her to go to the livingroom.
“I was called away from lunch what is going on?”
“Sara!”
“What?”
“Listen to me Undertaker and Kane are in a plane accident at Daykato Swamp.”
“What?” Asked Sara.
“They almost know where it is.” Miss Linda came in.
“They can’t find the plane the storm is too heavy.”
“No Shannon said they almost know where it is.”
“No they can’t find it.” Said Miss Linda.
“What?” Asked a shocked Shannon and Sara together.

It was dinner time.
“Why in the hell Undertaker and Kane stayed over?” Asked Vince.
“I was supposed to meet Kane.” Said Shannon.
“Did you and he have a fight?”
“We had a little one.”
“That’s no reason to miss a meeting with Deering.”
“Kane wouldn’t stay cause of a fight with me.” Said Shannon.
“Some bad weather in New Orleans they probably decided to stay over.” Said Miss Linda.
“Without calling?”
“Ah they’re having problems with the phone lines to New Orleans.” Said Sara picking up her glass of red wine.
“Well I got paperwork Miss Linda when they get home send them to the study.”
“Ok.” Vince left the room. “Thank you.” Said Miss Linda to Shannon and Sara.

After dinner Cheryl was on the phone trying to find her daddy Shane. Sara came in and hung up the phone.
“Wait until they are dead first.”
“He should be here.”
“Why so he can take everything away from Taker and Kane?”
“No cause he should be. I’m not money hungry like you Sara.” Sara went to hit Cheryl but Cheryl slapped her hand away.
“You brat.” Said Sara.
“That’s right cause Undertake thinks of me as family I’m the one that would get the inheritance not you.”
“Bitch!”
“I bet you’re real sorry you don’t have a brat of your own.” Cheryl left the room.

Miss Linda got a call from a reporter. She then phoned Christian.
“Hello?”
“Christian.”
“Miss Linda?”
“A reporter called can you have the boys keep an eye out in case any show up on the property?”
“Yes Ma’am.” He hung up the phone and went to get some of the ranch hands.

Vince was in the study having a cigar. Miss Linda came in.
“You like that cigar?” She asked.
“Need some brandy.” Said Vince. Miss Linda took the cigar away from Vince and put it out.
“That’s enough of that.”
“Ok Miss Linda I’m going to bed you coming?”
“I’m going to read for awhile.” Said Miss Linda.

While Christian tried to organize a posse Sara was getting drunk. Shannon came into the room to talk to her.
“You know Shannon how is it going to feel when you go back to being Shannon Austin?” Asked Sara.
“Don’t say that they’re still alive.”
“I mean really how many men did you find before Kane came along to pick up the tab?”
“I worked in a job just like I do now what did you ever do?”
“I was Miss Texas.”
“Seems to me you’ll miss Undertaker.”
“I don’t even have a baby.”
“Neither do I.”
“I don’t even have talent, unlike you on your back.” Shannon slapped Sara. Sara got slapped back into reality as Shannon tried to leave Sara grabbed her hand.
“I’m sorry Shannon.” Sara looked at Shannon sorrowfully and Shannon returned the look.


Christian walked into the house as Miss Linda came down the stairs.
“I didn’t want to ring the bell.”
“Anything going on?”
“No but I have men on every part of the ranch.” The door knocked and Miss Linda answered it. It was a reporter.
“Christian get my gun.” Christian got the shot gun and Miss Linda aimed it at the reporter. “Now get off my land.” The reporter left. Miss Linda shut the door. Christian took the rifle and put it away.
“I hate to piss you off.” Christian left. Miss Linda turned around to see Vince on the stairs.
“Miss Linda why didn’t you tell me?”

After Vince talked with Miss Linda he talked to Christian outside.
“For a long time I drilled into Undertaker’s head to use the flare gun I think he’ll use it.”
“You think he’ll remember?”
“Yeah., tomorrow Christian I want you to look for them in the plane.”
“Ok.”

Shannon found Miss Linda looking at the pool.
“Are you ok?”
“Vince knows.”
“How is he?”
“Better then I am, those boys are like family.”

In the morning Christian took the plane up and went by the swamp Vince was right Undertaker remembered he called it in and went to get them.

Cheryl poured Vince coffee.
“It’s a beautiful day granddaddy.”
“I know what happened Cheryl.”
“Granddaddy don’t you think my daddy should be here?”
“Did you call him?”
“No Sara wouldn’t let me.” Christian showed up with Undertaker and Kane. Miss Linda hugged them both. Then Shannon ran to Kane and hugged him. He returned it. Undertaker quickly hugged Sara and as she tried to smooch him Undertaker looked at Vince.
“I remembered.”
“I knew you would.”
“Let’s go in.” Said Shannon to Kane.
“Good idea I’m hungry.” Said Kane. Undertaker hugged Miss Linda. Then he went inside.
“Well I better check on Taker he needs me.” Said Sara going in.
“She wishes.” Said Cheryl.
“Cheryl.” Warned Miss Linda. Yes one big happy family again.

Chapter 23
Rendevous

Vince and Miss Linda were outside talking.
“Nice day Vince.”
“Yup.” Said Undertaker sipping coffee. Kane came out.
“Breakfast Kane?” Asked Miss Linda.
“I’m in a rush I have a meeting. Wait I need my case.” Kane as he was going in Shannon came out with the case and banged into Kane.
“Here it is.” Said Shannon. Kane gave her a kiss.
“See you tonight.” He left.
“Shannon breakfast?” Asked Miss Linda.
“No I gotta go to.” Said Shannon as she left. Sara and Cheryl came outside.
“I want my own car.” Said Cheryl.
“Taker doesn’t think you’re ready for one.” Said Sara.
“Maybe Taker is blind.” Said Cheryl. “Granddaddy don’t you think I need one?”
“Well.” Said Vince.
“You leave him out of this young lady he spoils you rotten as it is.” Said Miss Linda.
“Well I’ll just go talk to Undertaker now.” Said Cheryl trying to go inside but Sara stopped her.
“I don’t think that’s a good idea he’s not feeling good this morning.”
“Did he tie one on again?”
“Ah.”
“Right, come on then let’s go.” Said Cheryl grabbing Sara’s hand so Sara can drive her to school.
“Wonder if Cheryl takes after you or me?” Asked Vince.
“I think both.” Said Miss Linda chuckling.

At lunch Shannon saw her brother Steve sitting there when she walked in with some girls from the store.
“What are you doing in a fancy restaurant Steve?”
“Business meeting go little sis.” Steve stood up trying to get Shannon away from him but Sara his business meeting showed up she quickly pretended she was done with her lunch.
“I’m going to have lunch with my brother care to join us?” Asked Shannon.
“Ah hi Steve, no thanks Shannon I just finished mine.” As Shannon turned to her brother Sara mouthed to Steve ‘I’ll see you later.’ Sara left.

In the afternoon Kane was having a business meeting and at the store Shannon and Trish were having a business meeting.

It was suppertime Vince, Cheryl and Miss Linda were quiet. Undertaker was talking to Sara and Kane was talking to Shannon then Undertaker stopped and looked at Kane.
“I know you’re busy with construction but I have business in Austin I got to take care of tomorrow I need you at the office.”
“No brother.”
“Come on it will only be a couple of days.”
“You’re gone for a couple of days?” Asked Sara.
“Yes.” Said Undertaker.
“No.” Said Kane.
“I’ll do it.” Said Vince.
“No.” Said Miss Linda.
“I think I can take some calls and sign some papers while deadman is away.” Said Vince.
“Then it’s settled.” Said Kane as he went back to talking to Shannon.
“I’ll take you to the airport tomorrow.” Said Sara.
“You don’t have to.” Said Undertaker.
“It will be my pleasure darling.”

After dinner Sara phoned Steve in the study.
“I’m dropping him off at the airport tomorrow noon time we can meet after. Ok see you then.”

Sara drove Undertaker to the airport.
“See you sweetheart.” Said Sara. Undertaker gave her a peck on the cheek.
“See ya.”

Kane went to the office and saw Vince.
“Go out for lunch?” Asked Vince.
“Alright let me sign these papers first.” Kane did that and Vince waited.

After sex Sara came in from the livingroom into Stone Cold’s bedroom which was oddly hot. She was wearing a black teddy.
“A toast.” She said.
“To what?” He asked.
“Well it was 6 weeks ago today we started seeing eachother.”
“What else should we toast to?”
“Taker.” They both laughed. She threw away her glass and they went at it again.

Will Undertaker find out that Sara has been seeing Austin? Will Sara ever bitch out Undertaker for cheating on her for years? Tune in tomorrow.

TBC.....

Chapter 24
Surprise!

Kane got Shannon’s hair wet in the pool.
“I have to be at work in an hour.” Shannon complained.
“You nervous about something?” Asked Kane.
“Yeah this business party you want me to throw for you.”
“Well talk to Sara about it.”
“Maybe I will.”

“Sure I’ll meet your for lunch Steve.” Sara heard a door upstairs shut. “I gotta go.” She hung up and Shannon came downstairs.
“Sara can I meet you for lunch at the bistro at 1 pm? I need to talk to you.”
“I’m very busy.” Said Sara trying to get out of it cause of her lunch date with Steve.
“I know but it’s important.”
“Alright.” Said Sara. Shannon left for work.

Vince was bored at the office.

Shannon was late meeting Sara for lunch.
“You’re late.” Said Sara.
“I know I’m sorry I got tied up.”
“Shannon what do you want?”
“I need help with this party that Kane wants me to give for business.”
“That’s it?”
“Yeah.”
“Nothing else?”
“No. Sara I get this feeling you wanted to talk about something else.”
“Why would I want to do that?”
“Can you help me?”
“I can introduce you to some caterers.”
“Ok thanks I’ll buy lunch.”
“No I’m feeling queasy I gotta go.” Sara up and left leaving Shannon to think alone.

Vince and Undertaker had a business meeting.

Steve and Shannon were talking in the park.
“You know I couldn’t figure out what was wrong with Sara she said she felt sick.”
“Really?” Asked Steve.

Later on Shannon had a meeting with Trish about some new clothes orders that came in.

At supper Vince asked:
“Where is Cheryl?”
“She’s out with Ana.” Said Miss Linda.
“I wish she would eat supper at home.” Said Vince.

After supper in Kane’s and Shannon’s room they talked:
“How the dinner party preparation coming along?” Asked Kane.
“I talked to some caterers that Sara suggested.” Said Shannon.
“Good.” Said Kane.

The next day Sara went to the doctor’s she was still queasy.

Kane went to see Trish.
“I want to pick a new dress for Shannon for a party.”
“Ok we have this black one over here.”
“That is good.” Said Kane looking at Trish’s elegant style.

Everyone was in the yard, everyone but Undertaker who was in Houston on a business meeting.
“Granddaddy don’t you think I need a car?” Asked Cheryl.
“Ask Kane.” Suggested Vince.
“Kane don’t you think I need a car?” Cheryl waited for an answer. “Kane?”
“What?”
“Don’t you think I need a car?”
“I didn’t listen to what you were talking about.”
“Well?”
“Ask Vince.” Cheryl new she wasn’t getting anywhere. Shannon came home. The phone rang and Cheryl answered it.
“Sara it’s Dr Bearer.”
“Thanks.” Sara took the phone. After she got off she said:
“I’m pregnant.” The family was happy. Vince phoned Undertaker.

“What is it?” Asked Undertaker as he was with another ho.
“You’re wife has something to tell you.” Said Vince handing Sara the phone.
“Darling I’m pregnant.”
“Pregnant?”
“Pregnant.” Undertaker was happy. “I miss you.” Said Sara.
“Yeah.” Said Undertaker. Sara gave the phone back to Vince.
“You’ll want to get home right away.” Said Vince.
“Yeah tomorrow.” Said Undertaker.

In their room Kane and Shannon talk.
“I guess my brother is happy that he is going to have the first born.” Said Kane.
“Are you mad?” Asked Shannon.
“No.” Said Kane smiling.

Sara and Steve were talking in the park.
“What’s up?” He asked.
“I’m pregnant.”
“Is it mine?”
“Yes.” He was happy.

Shannon, Sara and Kane were outside when Undertaker got home.
“Lets go inside.” Said Sara as she took Undertaker inside.
“The prodigal brother returns.” Said Shannon.
“What’s that supposed to mean?” Asked Kane.
“Nothing.” She couldn’t tell Kane what she knew about Sara and Steve.

Undertaker and Sara were having champagne in the study.
“So what made you decide to go to the doctors for a pregnancy test?”
“I wasn’t feeling good.”
“You know that was about six weeks ago right?”
“Yeah about that.”
“How could I be the father Sara that was right after Cheryl’s party, I was out of town.”
“Well give or take we had a few irregular occasions.”
“Sara how could I be the father?”
“You might not be.”
“It’s Austin?”
“Well he might be or you might be.”
“What?”
“And you can’t do a damn thing about it you wanted the first baby, you wouldn’t make love to me a lot, I got you the baby and you are going to shut up.” Undertake new Sara had him by the balls for now.

A week later Kane was looking for Undertaker.
“Where is he?” Asked Kane.
“Not in the office.” Said Dawn Marie.
“When will he be back.”
“Not till tomorrow.” Said Dawn Marie. Kane was pissed he left.

Meanwhile Undertaker was having a meeting with Brock Lesnar about some up coming matches.

Outside Kane heard:
“Hey Kane, Kane!” Kane looked behind him and saw his old college friend. Rob Van Damn.
“RVD!” Rob came along and hugged Kane. Kane was happy that his old friend was back in town. But why was RVD back in town?

Chapter 25
They call him the streak

Kane and Rob went for lunch.
“So you started your own construction company.”
“Yep.”
“Guess Undertaker is happy about that.”
“Of course. Hey you gotta come back with me to meet the wife.”
“Sure let me go to the hotel and I’ll meet you there?”
“Where you staying?”
“The Texan.”
“Nope you staying at the ranch.” Rob agreed.

Undertaker was talking to Paul Heyman and Brock Lesnar.
“We want your word that after Vince is gone the ranch will be one giant ring.” Said Heyman.
“I said you got my word.” Said Undertaker.
“Wonder what he would say if he saw what was in that red file?” Asked Brock. The three men mused.

Rob meets Shannon at home.
“Well Kane did say he had a lovely wife.”
“Thanks, heard a lot of stories about you.” Said Shannon.
“Hope not all bad.” Said Rob.
“You’ll never know.” Said Shannon musing to herself.

At dinner Rob told Kane college stories. Undertaker wasn’t impressed. So while people went into the livingroom for drinks he went upstairs.
“Where you going?” Asked Sara.
“To bed I hate the company tonight.” Said Undertaker.
“I’ll be up there soon.” Said Sara pretending to go in the livingroom but as soon as Undertaker was upstairs she went to the study to call Steve.

“Hey Steve, ya I know he went to bed early he’s not happy about the company we have here right now.”

Rob was telling more stories and the family liked him.

The next morning Rob and Kane went to look at the houses Kane had built.
“You’re wasting your time.” Said Rob.
“What do you mean?”
“You need to think bigger.”
“I’ll buy ya drinks and we can talk.”

Shannon meanwhile woke up alone she was not happy.

Late that night Shannon heard Kane and Rob come home drunk.
“Kane.”
“Ojigoahgoaho.” Kane boinged out.
“He’s drunk.” Said Rob.
“Ya I noticed.” Said Shannon.
“Where do you want him?” Asked Rob when Kane passed out.
“Upstairs if you can walk yourself.” Rob brought Kane to the bedroom then tried to hit on Shannon. Shannon wasn’t interested.

The next morning Undertaker and Sara came downstairs.
“What are you doing today?” He asked.
“Going to lunch with the priest and his wife.”
“Have fun.” Said Undertaker.
“I will darling.” Said Sara blowing a phony kiss to Undertaker.

“Well you look happy this morning.” Said Shannon to Rob in the pool.
“You don’t.” Said Rob.
“Should I be? I’m actually surprised you are in a good mood.”
“Well why wouldn’t I be Shannon?”
“You were drunk.”
“So was Kane.” Kane jumped in the pool.
“Holy cow Rob how do you do it?” Asked Kane.
“Best cure for a hangover.” Said Rob. Shannon was pissed so she went inside.

Undertaker met Brock and Paul in the field nearby.
“I think we should have naked girls mud wrestling.” Said Brock making future plans.”
“I think that’s a good idea.” Said Paul.
“Grow up.” Said Undertaker.

Up in their room as Shannon and Kane got ready for the day they argued.
“You don’t like Rob.”
“That’s right I don’t.” Said Shannon.
“Shannon give him a chance.”
“Why should I?” Shannon left.

Kane and Rob discussed as they were driving into town about the new shopping centre idea that Rob came up with.

While Kane and Vince were talking about the shopping mall Rob and Cheryl were talking by the pool.
“You like American or over sea girls?” Asked Cheryl.
“Both they are all unique.” Said Rob.
“You like me?”
“You want to go for a drive?” Asked Rob.
“Yeah let me go change.” Cheryl went inside and Shannon came out.
“What did you say to Cheryl?”
“She and I are going for a drive.” Said Rob.
“Stay away from her.” Said Shannon.
“Why should I?” Rob and Cheryl left when Cheryl came out. Shannon wasn’t happy.

How would Undertaker and Shannon get the player Rob away from Cheryl and Kane?

TBC......

Chapter 26
How to get rid of a pest

Undertaker over heard Vince and Kane talking about this big shopping deal on a dead section of land that Vince and Miss Linda owned. Vince seemed just as excited. Undertaker wasn’t happy he left to go upstairs.

The next afternoon Sara got home.
“Taker?” She got no answer so she went to phone Stone Cold Steve Austin.

Vince and Miss Linda were playing cards in the yard.

Undertaker gets to the office.
“Kane in his office?”
“Yeah with Rob.” Said Dawn Marie.
“Great.” Said Undertaker not happy.
“Heyman and Lesnar are in your office.” Said Dawn Marie.
“Great.” Undertaker was having a real bad day. He went into his office.
“Undertaker;” Said Lesnar.
“What do you want?” Asked Undertaker.
“Make a deal about a wrestler.” Said Heyman. Undertaker tuned out as they talked he wasn’t interested.

Meanwhile Kane and Rob were making deals all over the place for new development deals. After the both hung up phones Kane said:
“We gotta slow it down man.”
“No way man this is a big idea.” Said Rob. Kane was happy that his old friend was excited.

After Heyman and Lesnar left Undertaker made a phone call.
“Tazz here?”
“Need you to get some information.”
“Anything for you Undertaker.” After Undertaker gave Tazz the information he did some business.

“Hey lets go out and look at some spots.” Said Rob.
“Sure I’ll drive.” Said Kane as they left the office.

Tazz phoned back with Undertaker’s information then Undertaker picked up the phone and called the store.
“Shannon?”
“Undertaker? What do you want?”
“Can I take you out to lunch you and me need to talk about something.”
“If you’re trying to get me out of this family again.”
“No it has nothing to do with you.”
“Alright.” She was interested in what the Undertaker had to stay.

They met at Madison’s at 1 pm.
“Well you’re getting me suspicious.” Said Shannon.
“Don’t be.”
“What is this about Undertaker?”
“You love Kane?”
“No kidding Undertaker.”
“Do you believe I love my brother?”
“I think that’s debateable.”
“Ok then I think we can agree that we don’t want Kane hurt.”
“Whose going to hurt Kane?” Undertaker gave Shannon that report he got from Tazz, faxed over.
“What does this mean?” Asked Shannon skimming it.
“Something he was doing in New Orleans Van Damn took off left his partner in dept,

Part E

same thing happened in New York, they are still trying to figure out who to blame it on.”
“You think Rob is going to do it to Kane?”
“Yes.”
“So what do you want me to do?”
“Well Kane doesn’t listen to me.”
“Well concerning Rob Van Damn he doesn’t listen to me either.”
“Try to convince him, show him this report if you have to.”
“I don’t trust you how am I supposed to trust this report?”
“You can talk to the investigator or get one yourself I’ll pay for it.”
“Somehow I believe you.”
“Ok let’s have some lunch, I’ll buy then I hope you can convince Kane.”
“What do you get out of this?”
“Does it matter?” Nobody knew that Undertaker wanted that land for Lesnar and Heyman.

That night Kane and Rob were working in the study.
“You gotta scale it down.”
“I told you it would be huge.”
“It’s too big.”
“Ok we’ll get rid of three buildings.”
“Five.”
“Deal.” Miss Linda came in.
“Is this is?”
“Yeah a picture of it.” Said Rob.
“It’s big.”
“Too big.” Joked Kane.

Kane found Miss Linda outside.
“Is this bothering you?”
“A little.”
“Did you want me to quit?”
“No it’s better then a wrestling ring on the land.”

Very early the next morning Shannon looked at Kane.
“Kane?” He was sleeping so she gout of bed and went to Rob.

“Rob.”
“What are you doing here?”
“I want to talk to you.”
“What time is it?”
“5 am.”
“Too early.”
“Listen to me I know what you did with your other three partners I want you to leave Kane alone.”
“How did you find out?”
“Does it matter?”
“Alright I’ll leave Kane alone.”
“I want you gone today.” She left and went back to her room where she saw Kane up.
“You went to see Rob?”
“Yeah.”
“I knew what he did but I was trying to help him to change.”
“You think he can?”
“He was like that in college to the only reason why he passed is cause he had me to carry him..”
“Do you want to be doing that all your life?”
“No, thank you Shannon.” They kissed.

Later on that morning Rob and Kane were talking outside.
“You know I was thinking I have a new deal in Minnesota I thought I check it out.”
“The cold state.” Said Kane.
“Yeah I’ll be back.” Said Rob.
“I know.” Said Kane knowing that Rob wasn’t going to come back. After Rob left Shannon came out.
“You ok?”
“Yeah I’m ok glad I didn’t get in any deeper.”
“You going ahead with it?”
“Nope.” Shannon went inside keeping Kane outside. She ran into the Undertaker.
“He’s gone.” She said.
“I know.”
“I can’t believe I worked with a person that hates me.” Undertaker stopped her from going upstairs.
“I don’t hate you.” Shannon went upstairs surprised that he would say that.

*Ps the Undertaker and Shannon last part I made up the real episode ended outside with the characters Kane and Shannon are playing.



Chapter 27
Mommy Dearest and Sister Meanest

A few days later the family was eating breakfast outside.
“Did you enjoy your visit with your mother and sister?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Yes we went sight seeing.” Said Sara.
“Gotta get to work.” Said Undertaker.
“Bye honey.” Said Sara. Undertaker looked at her, gave her a peck and said:
“Bye.” Then he left. The phone rang and Cheryl answered it.
“Sara it’s your mama.” Sara went to the phone.
“Mama? Sure I can see you and Katrina tomorrow. I’m glad you guys are back in town to.” Sara hung up.
“Your mama and Katrina coming by?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Yes.” Said a happy Sara.

Shannon was helping Steve Austin her brother pick out a new suit for a formal dinner.
“I hate these things.”
“Quit complaining Steve.”
‘They don’t call me Stone Cold for nothing.”
“Like I said it looks good on you.”
“It doesn’t fit right.”
“That’s they do alterations and when that’s done I’ll help you with it at your place.”
“What a nice sister I got.”

Sara was seeing her mama and sister that night in the meanwhile she was having lunch in Fort Worth with Teresa Regal and another woman. After lunch they left and saw Undertaker kissing another woman.
“Isn’t that the Undertaker?” Asked Teresa.
“So it seems.” Sara ushered them out. She just finished telling them that he was in Houston signing on some contracts and here he was in Fort Worth kissing a slut.

Austin had a political meeting later in the afternoon.

That night in their room Undertaker and Sara was having words. She was sitting on the blue comfy chair and he was on the bed taking off his boots.
“Listen you, you’re not going to lie to me again.”
“Sara you been drinking?”
“You told me that you were in Houston on business.”
“I was.”
‘Then why is it Teresa Regal pointed out that you were in Fort Worth today?”
“She must be blind.” Said Undertaker.
“I saw you to.”
“You sure you weren’t drinking Sara?”
“You’re going to stop having sex with women and be the loving husband I keep telling everyone you are.”
“Whose going to stop me?”
“I carry your heir.”
“I don’t care.” He left the room Sara knew he wasn’t coming back that night. Sara picked up the phone and made a call.
“Steve can I see you? Sure tomorrow at the park as usual.” Sara was happy.

After breakfast the next day Undertaker went to Eva’s and Katrina’s house.
“Hello ah.” He didn’t know what to call Sara’s mother.
“Eva, Undertaker.”
“Right Eva.”
“What’s up?”
“Is Sara here by any chance.”
“No why did you two have a fight?” Asked Eva.
“No I was just supposed to meet her here. The phone is ringing sit down I’ll be right back.” Eva went to answer the phone and Undertaker sat on a chair in the livingroom. Katrina came down the stairs. She was dressed in blue and white shorts and a matching halter top, her hair in a pony tail. She bent over to pick a piece of fruit in the fruit dish.
“Hi Undertaker.”
“Katrina.” He was looking at her body.
“Think I look like Sara? Most people don’t.”
“Ya you do.” Eva came in.
“Doesn’t Katrina look pretty?” Asked Eva pinching her daughter’s cheeks.
“Mama.”
‘Sure does. If Sara comes by tell her I had to go for a meeting.” Said Undertaker. He left.

Meanwhile Kane came from the diningroom and he saw Sara in the hall with two suitcases.
“Sara you want to talk?”
“You know your brother I can’t live with him anymore.”
“Where are you going?”
“Back home.”
“Maybe the baby will help.”
“I thought it would but it broke us apart further.”
“Are you sure.”
“I’m leaving Kane.”
“Can I help put the bags in the car?”
“That would be nice.” Kane helped Sara to leave but he was going to have words with his brother later on.

Would Undertaker get Sara back? Would Katrina get what she wants?

Dedicated to Katrina from Maxine’s board and my Aunty Eva who is a real bitch but we put up with her cause she’s married into the family.

TBC....

Chapter 28
Battle of the Taker and Sara

Undertaker got home and Kane was sitting by the pool. He walked over to his older brother.
“Something you want to tell me?”
“I don’t have time for games little brother I’m looking for Sara.”
“That’s what I mean.”
“What are you talking about Kane?”
“Sara left.”
“What do you mean left?”
“With suitcases, said she’ll send for the rest of her stuff.”
“Oh.”
“You wanna tell me why?”
“How am I supposed to know?” Undertaker went inside.

Undertaker made a call from the study.
“Tazz.”
“Yeah JR?”
“I need you to follow my wife let me know everywhere she goes.”
“Sure.”

Sara went to Eva and Katrina. No sooner then Sara got there she picked up the phone and phoned someone.
“Steve can we meet? Tomorrow, at your place? See you then.” She hung up the phone.

The next day Vince went into Undertaker’s office at work.
“Get your wife back.”
“I’m trying Vince.”
“No I mean do it whatever it takes.”
“Fine whatever it takes.” Agreed Undertaker.

Sara went to Austin’s.
“I left Undertaker.”
“How long is that going to last?” Asked Austin.
“Forever I can’t stand him doing what he’s doing anymore.”
“Sara, will you stay with me?”
“I won’t live with you but I’ll be your girlfriend.” Austin hugged Sara.
“You’re carrying my baby and you’re my girl. You made me happy.”
“What is Shannon going to say?”
“Who cares.”

Tazz went to see Undertaker.
“You find anything out?” Asked Undertaker.
“Your wife went over to your sister in law’s brother.”
“Austin?” Asked Undertaker.
“I have a man there she never left yet.”
“Anything else?”
“Only that she’s been at her mother’s.”
“Ok.”

Shannon brought her brother his suit complete with alterations.
“What’s Sara’s shirt doing here?”
“She asked me to do some legal work.”
“You’re lying brother.”
“No I’m not.”
“Stay away from Undertaker’s wife he can destroy you.”
“I don’t need my baby sister looking out for me.” Austin ushered Shannon out the door. Sara came into the livingroom from the bedroom. Grinning from ear to ear as she put on her shirt.

Sara picked the next day when Undertaker was out to come back and get some more stuff. Kane decided to talk to her.
“What did my brother do?”
“I can’t take anymore of his affairs.”
“Are you sure you don’t want to work things out?”
“I can’t Kane.” Sara went back to her mother’s.

Undertaker went to Austin’s office.
“Stay away from my wife.”
“Why should I?”
“How would you like a ruined political career, run away with a man’s wife, a respected man’s wife, then steal her away?”
“She’s carrying my baby. What is your brother, Vince and Miss Linda going to say to that?”
“They might be mad for a while but in the end they know I can take care of Sara better I’m respected.”
“The only ones that respect you are the ones that you fuck Undertaker.”
“Stay away Austin else you and your career will be over, I promise you that.” Undertaker left.

Undertaker went back to Eva’s.
“Is Sara here?”
“Yeah I’ll get her. Sara?”
“What mama?”
“Come down here Undertaker is here.” Sara came downstairs.
“What do you want?”
“I’ll leave you two alone.” Eva left.
“I want you to come back home.”
“No I have someone.”
“You mean Austin? Go ask him he doesn’t want you anymore.”
“What did you do?”
“I didn’t do nothing honey.”

Sara met Austin in their park they go to.
“Do you want me?”
“No.” Stated Austin.
“Did he get to you?”
“Does it matter.”
“You just gave me my answer.” Sara left.

Undertaker was waiting in his car outside the park.
“Get in Sara.”
“No.”
“He left, you are coming back home. I’ll send for your things.”
“And if I don’t?”
“Your affair with Austin will be publicized, he’ll be destroyed and you won’t have a dime.” Sara got in the car vowing revenge on the Undertaker.

At the Wrestlers club a week later Carlito the maitre d picked up the phone when it rang.
“Carlito do you remember me?”
“Miss Lita that is cool.”
“Yes I’m back in town and I’m doing fine.”
“What can I do you for Miss Lita?”
“Does Vince McMahon come in still?”
“Once in a while.”
“Can you call me the next time he books a time?”
“Sure.”
“Thanks.”
“But it may not be a while.”
“That’s ok Carlito.”
“You are cool Miss Lita.”
“Thanks Carlito.”

Lita was back in town what was she up to?

TBC....

Chapter 29
Confessions of a red head

The next morning Vince saw Shannon and Kane outside in Tennis Gear.
“Where you two off to?”
“Kane is going to teach me tennis at the club.” Said Shannon/
“Yeah I finished looking at those cows yesterday so I thought I take her to play Tennis today.” Said Kane.
“You should have told me I would have looked at the cows.” Said Vince.
“Miss Linda would have skinned me if you went to look at cows. See ya.” Shannon and Kane got in his car and drove off.

There was a DOW meeting in the study.
“We never used our political advances to support our husbands.” Said Teresa Regal.
“That’s not necessary true Teresa we often did years ago.”
“We need to use anything we can.” Said Sara. Vince came in.
“Ladies.”
“Anything you want Vince?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Hello Mr McMahon.” Said the other 10 ladies.
“Hello. Just a drink.”
“Just one Vince.”
“Can I go pee to?”
“What?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Nothing.” He took the drink and left.

Later on Cheryl was having a pool party with some friends.
“Hi granddaddy.”
“What’s going on here?” Asked Vince.
“Just a party.”
“Oh. You keeping out of trouble?”
“Yeah granddaddy.” Cheryl ran off to be with her friends. Vince felt like a third wheel he went inside.

At dinner time Undertaker was talking to Kane.
“I have to go to Houston I need you to be at the office.”
“Forget it I’m not working for the business anymore.” Said Kane.
“I said so brother.”
“No brother.” Said Kane.
“That’s enough of that I’ll go into the office.” Said Vince.
“You think that’s wise?” Asked Miss Linda.
“I gotta do something I feel like crap here.” Vince got up and went upstairs.
“Undertaker, make sure he doesn’t have a lot of stuff to do I don’t want him stressed out.”
“Ok Miss Linda. I’ll talk to the girls tomororw.”

So Undertaker left the next day, Kane had a meeting with a developing deal so he held it at the office. He ran into Vince.
“Wanna go for lunch?” Asked Vince.
“Can’t right now I have a meeting soon.” Said Kane.
“After?”
“I gotta go out to the newest site.” Kane went into his office. Vince sighed.
“Lillian get me Hogan on the phone.” Said Vince.
“Yes sir.” She phoned the legendary Hulk Hogan then soon hung up. “He’s in Ohio.”
“Oh ah get me a seat at the wrestlers club.”
“Ok Mr McMahon.” Said Lillian.
“Are you ok Mr McMahon?” Asked Dawn Marie.
“Yeah I’m a burden that’s all.”
“I made the arrangements for half an hour.”
“Ok thank you Lillian.”
“You’re welcome Mr McMahon.”

Carlito picked up the phone.
“Miss Lita he made a lunch date for half an hour.”
“Thanks Carlito I owe you.”
“That’s cool Miss Lita.” They hung up and Lita began to get ready.

After Lita decked out in a red dress with a matching boa came up to Vince.
“Mind if I sit down?”
“Lita? No not at all.” She sat down.
“I wanted to apologize.” Said Lita.
“For what?”
“For what I did to you and Undertaker before.”
“Why did you do it?”
“I guess I was upset at Undertaker.”
“That’s in the past we can start over.”
“Thanks Vince.”
“Where you going to?”
“An interview.”
“Well let’s eat then I’ll take you over.”
“Thanks Vince.”

That night the family was in the study having drinks.
“Where is Vince?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Don’t know.” Said Undertaker. They pondered that thought.

“Well you didn’t make your interview.”
“That’s ok I’ll catch the next one.” Said Lita.
“Mind if I smoke?”
“Oh no I don’t mind.” Vince took out a cigar.
“You still smoking 20 a day?”
“More like 20 a month. Sometimes less.” They talked then Vice went shopping with Lita at some late night stores.

He finally got home.
“Where were you?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Shopping.”
“We were worried.” Said Kane.
“I’m here you all want to ignore me now that I wasn’t you missed me.”
“You hate shopping Vince.” Said Miss Linda.
“I acquired a taste for it.” He went upstairs. The rest were confused.

Lita had another interview but Vince and she ended up talking and lost track of time.
“You keep missing them you won’t be able to support yourself.”
“I’ll find a way. You were talking about wildcatting.”
“I was?”
“First time in history a woman made me lose track of time.” He gave Lita 1000 dollars.
“What’s this for?”
“To make up for today.”
“I loved today.” He dropped her off then went home late again.

The next day Vince and Lita were eating a the wrestlers club when Shannon and Kane came into eat lunch.
“Shannon there is Vince.” They walked over to Vince’s table and saw Lita.
“You remember Lita.” Said Vince.
“Hi.” Said Shannon surprised.
“I saw you so I wanted to ask why you missed the meeting.” Said Kane.
“Meeting? Oh yeah I forgot.”
“Sorry Vince here wanted to talk so I listened.” Said Lita.
“So that’s it.”
“Well I got to take Lita home.” Said Vince.
“Nice seeing you all again.” Said Lita then she and Vince left. Shannon and Kane went to their own table.
“I’m starved.” Said Shannon.
“Me to tea?” Asked Kane.
“You remembered.” Joked Shannon.

Well Kane and Shannon new that Lita was back in town. How long would it take for Undertaker to figure out his old lover was back in town?

TBC.....

Chapter 30
Don’t you want me?

*Title taken from Human League’s Don’t you want me? I had the song in my head lately.

Kane went up to Dawn Marie when he walked in first thing in the morning.
“Is Vince here?”
“No he’s not in.” Undertaker came along.
“You thinking what I’m thinking?” Asked Undertaker.
“What are we thinking?” Asked Kane.
“Vince has a girl.”
“Yeah and I know who it is.”
“Who Kane?”
“Lita, she’s back in town?”
“Lita you don’t say.” Noted Undertaker.
“Come on brother he’s not that stupid.”
“Vince is a man isn’t he?”
“You’re sounding like Sara.” Noted Kane.

Kane went into his office and phoned the ranch.
“Miss Linda is Vince in?”
“No he left early this morning and I haven’t seen him..”
“Ok.”
“Is it important Kane?”
“No I’ll catch him later on tonight.” He hung up and figured maybe his brother was right on this one.

After another day with Lita Vince took her home.
“I had fun today.”
“So did I, I haven’t been to an amusement park in ages.” Said Lita.
“See you tomorrow?”
“See me tomorrow.” She agreed. He left and finally got back home.

“What are you doing out here?” Asked Kane.
“Probably the same thing you are doing out here.” Said Undertaker as they waited in the yard.
“Waiting for Vince.” Noted Kane. Vince got home.
“What are you doing up it’s late?”
“We want to talk to you.” Said Kane.
“About what?” Asked Vince.
“Lita.” Said Undertaker.
“What about her?” Asked Vince.
“We know what she’s like.” Said Kane.
“And what is she like?” Asked Vince.
“A slut.” Said Undertaker.
“She was your secretary.” Said Vince.
“Yeah and now she’s a slut.” Said Undertaker.
“Taker I respect you but shut up you don’t know what you’re talking about.” Vince went inside and the brothers just looked at eachother.

The next night Lita had flowers delivered. She looked at the card and was surprised at who it was. She then answered the door when it knocked. It was Undertaker.
“Roses your favourite.”
“Actually it’s Daisies, how are you Undertaker.”
“How are you?”
“Keeping well.”
“Stay away from Vince.”
“Why should I?”
“He’s married.”
“Unlike you Undertaker he doesn’t cheat on his wife.”
“He would if he got a chance.”
“We’re friends.”
“Is that what we were?”
“How is Sara?”
“I don’t want to talk about my wife.”
“You never do.”
“Stay away from Vince Lita.” Undertaker left and she locked the door behind him.

At the office Undertaker went to the source: Vince.
“Stay away from Lita.”
“You want her?”
“You’re married.”
“So are you or did you forget?” Vince didn’t give him a chance to answer he left.

Vince spent more time with Lita and got home finally.
“Vince where have you been?”
“Out Miss Linda.” He went inside. Undertaker got home.
“Can I talk to you?” Asked Undertaker.
“Yes.”
“Vince is seeing Lita.”
“Why?”
“I don’t know.”
“I appreciate you telling me Taker but I have to take care of this myself.”
“You sure?”
“Yes.” She went inside.

Miss Linda went to her room. She saw Vince taking off his boots.
“I want you to stop seeing Lita.”
“Undertaker tell you?”
“Yes stop seeing her.”
“No.” Vince left the house and the ranch. After Vince left Miss Linda picked up the phone and phoned Lita.
“Lita I would like you to come over tomorrow afternoon? Yes 2 pm will be fine see you then.”

Right on time Lita showed up the next day.
“I appreciate you coming down.”
“I always did respect you Miss Linda.”
“Do you?”
“Yes.”
“Then stop seeing Vince.”
“It’s not what you think.”
“What do I think?”
“That we are having an affair.”
“And are you?”
“No.”
“Stay away from him.”
“We’re just friends, to Taker and Kane he’s a burden, to Sara and Shannon he’s money, to you, you tell him when not to drink, smoke or eat salted food.”
“You let him do all this?”
“I treat him like a man he does what he wants.”
“Then it’s much worse.” She knew Lita was going to ruin Vince’s health.

Vince was at a jewel store picking out a diamond necklace for Lita. His friend. After that he went to the office.
“I wanna talk to you.” Said Kane.
“Alright.”
“You’re hurting Miss Linda.”
“I’m not doing anything and I don’t care to discuss it anymore.” Miss Linda walked in.
“Kane I need to talk to Vince.”
“Ok.” Kane left.
“I thought you and Lita were having an affair.”
“We’re not.”
“No it’s much worse.”
“What is that supposed to mean?”
“It means stop seeing her Vince.”
“She’s just a friend Miss Linda.” Vince got ticked and left.

That night as the family ate dinner quietly Vince wasn’t there.

After dinner Shannon went to Miss Linda’s room.
“Do you want to talk?”
“No thanks Shannon.”
“Do you remember what you said when I thought I was losing Kane to Shelly?”
“No.”
“You said go and get him.”
“I did.”
“You did.” Shannon left Miss Linda alone to think about that.

“I love the necklace.” Said Lita as they were eating supper in her apartment.
“You do?”
“Yeah, something wrong Vince you hardly touched supper.”
“Guess I’m not hungry.”
“I think you need to make up to Miss Linda.”
“You do?”
“Yes I do.”
“Maybe you’re right.”
“I know I am.” He kissed her on the forehead and left.

He left and saw Miss Linda outside.
“Hi.” Said Vince.
“Hi.” Said Miss Linda.
“Were you looking for me?”
“Were you coming home?”
“I didn’t mean to hurt you Miss Linda.”
“I know.” They hugged and kissed and decided to go back home to celebrate. They didn’t know what Undertaker was outside by a tree watching. He was smiling.

Inside Lita got a knock on the door. It was Undertaker. Once inside he grabbed her.
“I’m not interested Undertaker.”
“I know.” He shut the door and kissed her. She kissed back. As they played with their tongues Undertaker undressed Lita. She knew she would hate herself in the morning.

Chapter 31
Garnet’s in spring

About the time Undertaker picked up with Lita again Christian started seeing this bar singer named Victoria.
“Hi Christian.” She just got done singing for the night.
“Hey Victoria.”
“Guess we’re getting pretty serious.”
“Guess so, I have a question.”
“Shoot Christian.”
“I want you to meet my family.”
“You have a family.”
“Well like a family.”
“Sure, when?”
“Miss Linda said I can bring you by for supper tomorrow night.”
“That sounds nice.”
“I’m glad.” They kissed.

So the next night Christian had Victoria up at the house for dinner.
“So Victoria you’re a singer?” Asked Undertaker. Victoria grabbed Christian’s hand.
“Yes I am.”
“Man it must be exciting.” Said Cheryl.
“It has it’s up and downs.” Said Victoria.
“I thought I bring Victoria up cause we’re getting serious.” Said Christian.
“Is that so let’s get drunk and celebrate.” Said Undertaker teasing the two.
“Taker.” Warned Miss Linda.
“It’s ok Miss Linda I know what he thinks.” Said Christian.
“Why does everyone know what I think?” Asked Undertaker.
“I know to you’re so miserable you can’t stand to see anyone happy.” Said Victoria.
“Ha! That’s a good one, Christian I like her already.” Said Cheryl.
“So do I.” Said Christian kissing Victoria.

The next day Cheryl was waiting in Undertaker’s office. She put on some shades that were on his desk.

Undertaker came in.
“Cheryl is in your office.” Said Dawn Marie.
“Is she now?” Asked Undertaker.

He went inside and saw Cheryl wearing his shades and pretending to dance around. He took the shades off her and put them on his desk.
“What do you want?” He sat down.
“I want you to talk to granddaddy.”
“About what?”
“I want to become a singer.”
“No.”
“Yes, you’re handling Victoria’s contract I want to be a singer.”
“What was it last year honey? You wanted to run off and be a rodeo clown?”
“That’s different.”
“It’s the same.”
“I have talent.”
“Ya to get into trouble.” Cheryl was huffy.
“Taker!”
“No honey.” She left in a huff.

That night Christian came to Kane.
“I had an idea.” Said Christian.
“What?” Asked Kane.
“I want to build a house.”
“And you want to use my construction company?”
“Yes.”
“Good idea.”
“Vince gave me that land on the ranch and I want it right there.”
“You and Victoria are getting serious.”
“I think so.”
“You going to marry her?”
“I think so.” Said Christian.

Well Christian and Kane were talking Undertaker and Victoria just had sex.
“I like your audition.” Said Undertaker.
“Thanks.” Said Victoria kissing Undertaker.
“Now I want you to leave Christian.”
“Why?”
“If he settles down with you Vince will give him a piece of my pie.”
“You are greedy.”
“You like that?”
“A man after my own heart.” They kissed and went at it again.

The next day Cheryl saw Undertaker and Victoria kissing in town at an outdoor café.

That night Cheryl went to Undertaker.
“I want to be a singer.”
“I said no.”
“You don’t give the ok to granddaddy then I’ll tell Christian you had sex with Victoria.”
“Who says we did?”
“You don’t swap spit and not sleep with a girl.”
“You trying to blackmail me Cheryl?”
“Yes I am. And I’ll tell Sara to.”
“Sara and I have an open relationship.” Sara came outside. She overheard what remark. She slapped the Undertaker.
“Cheryl.” Said Sara.
“Sara.” Sara went inside.

Undertaker was sleeping with Victoria again and Cheryl went to see Christian.
“Taker has your girl.”
“What?”
“Go to her place and see.”
“Ok.” Said a confused Christian.

He took Kane in case it was true.
“Christian!” Yelled Victoria in bed. She was naked. Undertaker had pants on now.
“Is it true?” Asked Christian.
“I’m leaving you.” Said Victoria.
“Oh Taker.” Kane said and he shook his head.
“Guess I’m a better lover.” Said Taker. Christian punched Undertaker.
“Christian! It’s over.” Said Victoria.
“Damn right it is.” Said Christian going outside. Kane followed him. Christian ripped open his shirt.
“Women.”
“Yeah.” Said Kane.
“Taker.” Said Christian.
“Yeah.” Undertaker came out.
“You’re lucky I don’t sue you boy.” Said Taker.
“You’re name suits you Taker all you do is Take.” Said Christian walking away. Undertaker mused to himself.

He then went to Lita’s apartment.
“Thought you were with Victoria?”
“That’s over.”
“Guess I’m good now?”
“Get your bags packed you and I are going away this weekend.”
“What about Sara?”
“I told you I don’t want to talk about my wife, pack that pretty little red thing I like it.”
“Makes me look good?”
“Makes you look like a devil.”
“Alright see you this weekend.”

What did Undertaker have in store for Lita?

Unlike most of the world I’m not watching Survivor Series tonight. Go Grey Cup!

TBC....

Chapter 32
Diary of a red head

Undertaker and Lita were walking down a boardwalk.
“I hate the rain.”
“Ah don’t let it ruin our fun Taker.”
“What fun.”
“You’re with me.”
“Yeah you’re right.” They kissed.
“Are you ever mad at me when you knew I slept with Austin to get at you?”
“Why should I be?”
“Share your secrets.”
“That’s over with.”
“I know.”
“Let’s go inside I hate the rain.”
“Fine by me Taker I can think of other things to do inside.” They kissed again and Undertaker gave her that evil grin.

Meanwhile back at home Austin was having political meetings to get Undertaker away from anything regarding wrestling.

The next morning Sara answered the phone.
“Is Shannon there?”
“I thought we weren’t playing this game anymore Steve?” Asked Sara.
“I’m not I need to talk to my sister.”
“Hold on.” Sara put down the phone and went outside where she saw Shannon at the breakfast table.
“Your brother is on the phone.”
“Thanks.” Shannon went inside. “Steve?”
“I want a peace treaty sis.”
“With who?”
“You who do you think.”
“I don’t know Steve.”
“Come on you can even invite your husband ah Kane right?”
“You really mean that?”
“Yeah.”
“Ok I accept.”
“Meet me at Madisons at 1.”
“Ok.” Shannon went outside to tell Kane.

After Kane went into the office with Christian they talked.
“What about your house?” Asked Kane.
“Tell ya the truth Kane I’m not interested anymore ever since Victoria.”
“In defence of my brother although I don’t know why it was her decision to he didn’t rape her.”
“Yeah I know but your brother is a leech.”
“I think many will agree with you.”
“Just the same not right now.”
“The plans will be here if you still want the house.”
“Ok thanks.” Christian left.

Austin was still doing more double dealings to get back at Undertaker for stealing his son and his own wife away.

Taker and Lita were talking by a warm fire.
“Just like old times.” Said Lita.
“You like?”
“Of course.” Undertaker got a call about Austin then he hung up. “We gotta go back.”
“Business before pleasure huh?”
“We’ll come back.”
“Ok.” They kissed and got ready to go back.

Shannon showed up.
“Sorry I’m late Steve.”
“That’s ok where is your husband?”
“He’ll be along he got tied up.”
“Good it will give us a chance to talk.”
“About what?”
“Wanted to apologize to my sister that’s all.”
“Ok Steve apology accepted.” Kane came in with his briefcase.
“Sorry I’m late.”
“That’s ok Shannon and I were just talking.” Said Austin.
“Did you make up?” Asked Kane.
“Yes.” Said Shannon.
“I think we should celebrate.” Said Kane.
“I got champagne.” Said Austin pointing to the bottle. Kane picked it up.
“2003, 1.99.” Said Kane.
“In my defence I’m not a BOD.” Said Austin joking.
“I expected that.” Said Kane.
“Are we going to break bread or not?” Asked Austin.
“Like I said I suspected. I brought my own.” Kane opened the case and took out an expensive bottle. “I think you can handle pouring?” Asked Kane.
“You bet.” Said Austin. And then Kane brought out bread. Shannon laughed.
“What is that?” She asked.
“I brought my own for you my dear, for you brother in law.” Kane ripped the bread into three pieces. They laughed as they waited for food.

It was late at night when Undertaker dropped Lita off at her place.
“Won’t you come in for a night cap?”
“I can’t I’ll see you soon.” They kissed and he left. Lita again felt alone. She looked around her apartment then went into her bedroom and looked. Then she went to a jewel case.
“You had this place searched Undertaker but I have the key.” She took out the key. “You just gotta know where to look.” She put the key in the box and hid the box well.

The next day Christian got word that someone was trying to mess with the ranch so he went looking for a hired rough neck named Booker T. He got beat up by booker and his men for his efforts.

That night Kane and Shannon got home at the same time. Christian was hiding in the shadows.
“Kane.”
“Are you ok?” Asked Shannon.
“Yeah I need to talk to Kane alone.” Said Christian. Shannon went inside and Christian came out into the porch light. Kane saw he was beat up.
“What happened?”
“I went looking for a rough neck named Booker T I got word something was going down about the ranch.”
“But he got you?”
“5 of them.”
“Ok tomorrow you and I will do snooping right now you’re on sick leave.”
“What about Vince?”
“I don’t want to tell him unless we have to.”
“Ok see you tomorrow.”

Lita was having coffee in an outside cafeteria when she spot Austin.
“Food will kill ya.” She noted. He came by and sat down.
“Lita.”
“Steve.”
“So what’s up you following me?”
“I’m early for an interview across the street.”
“Is that right?”
“Yeah.”
“How long you been in town?”
“Couple of weeks.”
“Does Undertaker know?”
“Yeah.” Austin handed her a card with his number.
“In case you want to talk.”
“Ok.” She put it away in her purse.

Undertaker found Booker T in a bar and handed him an envelope.
“Get the hell out of town.” Booker looked at the money.
“I got a girl here.”
“I can’t take the chance of you talking to anyone get out of town.”
“Ok.” Undertaker left.

Vince and Linda showed up as Sara and Cheryl came out.
“I hate her she talks with a whistle.” Said Cheryl whistling at the same time she said that word.
“I hired a tutor to help Cheryl with her government studies.” Said Sara.
“I hate her fire her sorry ass.” Said Cheryl.
“I’ll wash up and come an help you.” Said Miss Linda.
“Thank you grandma.” Said Cheryl sticking her tongue out at Sara. Sara followed them inside. Kane came along.
“Hey Vince.”
“Can you put the cows in the north field tomorrow. Christian is out injured.” Kane played stupid.
“Why?”
“Said he got hit by the fence more like he got ransacked.”
“Ok I’ll do it.” Said Kane.

The next day Undertaker got to the office.
“Heyman and Lesnar are in your office.” Said Dawn Marie.
“Alright.” Undertaker came in.
“We’re not happy.” Said Lesnar.
“When are you?” Asked Undertaker.
“Booker T beat up Christian.” Said Heyman.
“I know.” Said Undertaker.
“And there is more.” Said Lesnar.
“What?”
“We saw Lita and Austin eating lunch together.” Said Heyman.
“So?”
“That could mean trouble.” Said Lesnar.
“I’ll take care of it.” Said Undertaker.
“You better.” Said Heyman. He and Lesnar left. Undertaker decided to pay a visit to Lita.

What was Undertaker going to do about Lita and Austin seeing eachother?

TBC....

Chapter 33
Framed

Undertaker went to Lita. They sat on her couch talking.
“Heard that you had lunch with Austin.”
“Not much goes on here without you knowing about does it Taker?”
“You know that by now.”
“I also know you had my place ransacked while we were away.”
“Did I now?”
“Yes. Are you mad at me?”
“No I thought your relationship with him could benefit me.”
“No.” Undertaker kissed Lita and they had sex.

After Sex Undertaker said:
“I think I’ll put you back on the payroll.”
“As a hooker?”
“No as a spy.”
“I like the arrangement we have now.”
“Think about it you get paid to spy on Austin for me.” He gave her a wad of money and then left her. She sat there thinking about her life for the longest time.

When Undertaker got home Kane had words with him.
“What the hell are you doing?”
“What Kane?”
“You had Christian beat up.”
“No I didn’t.”
“I got a bruised Christian saying different.” Kane grabbed his brother by the coat collar.
“I suggest you let go Kane.”
“Or what brother?”
“You should stay out of things that don’t concern you.”
“I’m going to find out brother.” Kane stated.

Part F

Back at Lita’s she sat wearing her pink silk robe. She picked up the phone. She got Austin’s machine.
“It’s Lita, you’re right Austin, I’m tired of being used all we have to do is discuss price.” She hung up.

Stone Cold got home and turned on his machine.
“It’s Lita, you’re right Austin,. I’m tired of being used all we have to do is discuss price.” Austin put back on his boots and left for Lita’s.

Lita answered the door it was Paul Heyman.
“Hello Lita.”
“What do you want?”
“I think you ought to get out of town.”
“Did Undertaker sent you?”
“No but I think you should get out. Go to your room and get packing.” He waited in the livingroom and she went to her room. What he didn’t know was that she had another door off the bedroom. She pretended to pack and then left through the door and into the hall. She saw Lesnar on the steps and decided to take the elevator. Lesnar saw her and went upstairs.
“Paul!” Lita went in the elevator and Heyman came out.
“Where is she?”
“Elevator.” They figured out she would go on the roof and hide. They took the steps.

Meanwhile Austin shows up. Someone in another apartment saw him enter Lita’s apartment.
“Lita?” He walked through the apartment and saw no Lita.

“Leave me alone.” Said Lita backing up.
“Come on now Lita you need to leave town.” Said Heyman grabbing her arms.
“I didn’t do anything.” She said. She backed some more.

Austin down below left the building and got in his car to go home.

“Please I didn’t.” Said Lita.
“We think you did.” Said Brock. One more step and Lita fell off the roof.
“Ahhhhhhhhhhhhhhh!” She died instantly.
“What are we going to do?” Asked Lesnar.
“We didn’t see anything.” Said Heyman.

The next morning they were having breakfast in the diningroom when Vince picked up the paper.
“Lita is dead.”
“Taker’s old secretary?” Asked Cheryl. Undertaker walked over to Vince and looked at the paper. Then he put it down and went into the hall.
“Undertaker?” Asked Kane. They left him alone.

Kane found Undertaker in the study.
“I’m here if you need me.”
“I don’t need anyone Kane.”
“Keep pushing people away brother and you won’t have anyone left.” Kane left the room. Undertaker started to drink.

At the same time Undertaker was mourning Lita’s death Austin answered the door. He got taken in for questioning regarding Lita’s murder.

Tazz did the leg work and found the tape with Lita’s voice.
“On her machine.” Said Tazz.
“It was Austin alright.” Said Undertaker.
“We have to investigate this tapes won’t hold in court.”
“Ok.” Tazz left Undertaker’s office and Undertaker had another drink.

They played the tape for Austin. He already heard it of course.
“Oh dear.” They arrested him.

Shannon heard that Austin was arrested and went straight to jail. They talked in one of those rooms where it was like a phone booth.
“What happened?”
“I went there cause Lita had something to tell me about Undertaker.”
“Why did they arrest you?”
“Cause Undertaker framed me.”
“Are you sure?”
“I’m sure.”

“How is Shannon taking it?” Asked Miss Linda.
“I don’t know she wouldn’t let me go with her.” Said Kane.
“No wonder with her brother the killer.” Said Undertaker.
“That’s enough brother.” Said Kane. Shannon came in.
“How is your brother?” Asked Vince.
“Ask Undertaker.” Said Shannon.
“What?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Say what if you sleep with your brother.” Said Undertaker.
“Shut up Undertaker you framed him.”
“He killed Lita.”
“He didn’t he went there to get evidence against some crooked deal that you thought up.”
“He killed Lita your brother is no good.”
“Undertaker I’ll find a way to get revenge on you and you will pay for it!” Shannon went upstairs.

Kane followed her upstairs and saw her packing.
“What are you doing?”
“I have to leave.”
“Don’t.”
“I have to Kane I can’t stay here when your brother framed mine.”
“I understand we can’t let him win.”
“I have to go Kane.”
“I’ll go with you.”
“I’ll go alone.” She took her case and left.

Undertaker and Sara were on the balcony outside. They saw Shannon leave.
“Well you finally got her out didn’t you?”
“You drunk Sara?”
“No you hurt people till they die or leave.” She went back inside.

The next morning Vince and Miss Linda were talking outside.
“Shannon should be here.” Said Miss Linda.
“Yeah.” Said Vince.
“How is Christian?”
“He’ll be ok.” Said Vince.

Inside the phone rang. It was Trish Stratus.
“Is Shannon there?”
“Ah no Trish she is at a hotel for a couple of days.”
“Had a lovers spat Kane?”
“No I’ll give you the number.” He did. Miss Linda came in with coffee.
“You didn’t come in for breakfast.”
“I wasn’t in the mood for everyone happy.”
“Nobody’s happy Kane right now.”
“I know.” Miss Linda left. Kane phoned Shannon.
“I thought you were going to give me time?”
“I am, Trish called.”
“Ok I’ll call her back.”
“I miss you.”
“I miss you to.”

Undertaker and Sara were talking in their room.
“Did you have her killed?”
“How many times do I have to tell you no I didn’t?” Asked Undertaker.
“You slept with her.”
“I don’t want to talk about it Sara.” He left the room.

Undertaker found Kane downstairs.
“How is your wife?”
“Fine.” Said Kane.
“Mine to.” Said Undertaker. “But then again her brother didn’t kill anyone.” Kane grabbed Undertaker.
“Knock it off brother!” Kane left.

At the office Undertaker had a meeting with Heyman and Lesnar. Oddly enough the murder of Lita didn’t come up.

Kane went to the courthouse and saw Shannon leaving.
“What are you doing here?” Asked Shannon.
“I want to help.” Said Kane.
“I don’t know if you can.” Shannon walked on and Kane went inside. Saw Austin talking to a lawyer and after the lawyer left Kane grabbed the phone on the other side of the cubicle.
“You trying to dig me in deeper Kane?”
“No trying to help. Is he any good?”
“One of the best.”
“You need help?”
“You wanna help?”
“Yeah.”
“Find who killed Lita.” Said Austin. He went back to his cell. Kane tried to figure out how he was going to find Lita’s killer.

Would Kane find out the real killer of Lita before Austin was sent to the chair?

TBC.....

Chapter 34
Trial and Error?

They had a whole slew of people on the stand then it was Undertaker’s turn. He relayed his story and then he ended:
“Stone Cold Steve Austin killed her.” The courtroom went silent. Shannon stared at the Undertaker with an icy glare.

Kane, Shannon and Austin were in a room talking after.
“Need anything?” Asked Kane.
“Yeah I haven’t been able to leave yet could you get me a clean shirt and my mail.”
“Sure.” Said Kane. “Key?”
“I don’t have em, have to check with them.” Said Austin pointing to the door. After Kane left Shannon asked her brother.
“You ok?”
“Are you?” They hugged.

After a short while Kane got back.
“All you had was dirty shirts so I bought you a new one.” Kane gave him the bag.
“Well you have taste BOD.”
“Here’s your mail.” Austin sifted through it.
“Junk, bills, Lita?”
“Lita?” Asked Kane and Shannon together. Austin opened the envelope and found a key and a ticket with a number.
“A pawn ticket.” Stated Austin.
“What does this mean?” Asked Shannon.
“This is what Lita meant on my machine, she was ready to talk.” A guard was called back into to tell Shannon and Austin to get back inside. Kane said he was going to check what was at the pawn shop.

Kane got to the shop, got the case and took it outside, put it on his car. Sifted through it. It was the infamous red file, the copies. Lita made copies of everything. In it was a copy of Vince’s will, a forged will that Undertaker had drawn up to turn the ranch into a wrestling ring.
“Oh brother.” Said Kane not happy.

Shannon was on the stand Austin didn’t want her to lie.
“Did your brother had a temper?” The question was asked.
“Yes. But he didn’t kill Lita.”
“That will be all.” Said the lawyer.

Kane went to the office he knew Undertaker would be there by now. He looked at Dawn Marie and Lillian.
“Is my brother in?”
“Yes.” Said Dawn Marie.
“Take the rest of the day off girls.” Said Kane.
“You sure?” Asked Lillian.
“Yes.”
“No he might need me around.” Said Dawn Marie.
“Take the rest of the day off.” Dawn Marie knew not to mess with Kane.
“Ok.” Dawn Marie and Lillian got ready to leave.

Kane came in.
“Something I can do for you brother?” Asked Undertaker.
“Yes this.” Said Kane giving him the copies that were in the red file.
“What is this?”
“The red file, Lita was going to frame you but she ended up dead.”
“Austin did it.”
“Come off it he didn’t kill her, she was going to give him this file against you.”
“That little red head.” Kane put the copy of Vince’s will on Undertaker’s desk.
“And a copy of Vince’s will.”
“Why would that be there?”
“Guess an extra bonus, part of the package. After the trial you and I are going to have a little chat brother.” Kane took the will with him. Before Kane left Undertaker led him to a Private Investigator which led Kane to Heyman and Brock, they had Lita followed and that’s how they found out everything.

Kane went to Heyman and Brock’s office. He talked to the secretary Charmagne.
“When will they be back?” Asked Kane.
“They got on a plane earlier don’t know when they’ll be back.”
“You’re name Charmagne?”
“Yes.”
“Charmagne what kind of perfume you have on?”
“Secrets.”
“Get the airport security for me. Ask for Rey Mysterio.”
“Yes sir.” Charmagne got Rey Mysterio on the phone. Kane talked.
“Hey Kane.”
“Hey I have two friends at the airport I need you to detain them secretly.”
“Sure thing names?”
“Paul Heyman and Brock Lesnar.”
“Ok see you when you get here Kane.” They hung up. Kane looked at Charmagne and gave her 200 in cash.
“Charmagne go and get some more of that perfume.”
“Thank you.” Her eyes were wide. Kane left.

“Why the hell are we being held hostage?” Asked Heyman.
“It won’t be long now.” Said Rey.
“I demand to be let out.” Said Brock.
“Can’t do that.” Kane came in.
“Thanks Rey.”
“No problem Kane.” Rey left.
“Now guys we are going to have a little chat.” Heyman and Brock new they were in trouble.

At another break Shannon and Austin were talking.
“Where is he?” Asked Shannon.
“I don’t know but I hope he figured what it was.” Said Austin.

Kane showed up showed some evidence, told his story and Austin was freed.
“How did you do it?” Asked Austin.
“Easy.” Said Kane.
“It was whatever Lita had wasn’t it?”
“Just let it go you’re free aren’t you?”
“I’m going to take my brother home.” Said Shannon.
“Ok I gotta go see my brother.” Said Kane.
“Thanks.” Austin extended his hand and Kane took it.

Kane and Undertaker were in Undertaker’s office. Undertaker watched Kane burn the phony will.
“What are you doing?”
“Something to make sure you can’t try this again. You’re lucky I don’t tell Vince brother.”

That night Shannon and Kane were walking and talking.
“Well everything turned out.”
“I know.” Said Shannon.
“Now we can go back home.”
“Kane I don’t want to come home.”
“What?”
“I should be happy but your brother tried to frame my brother.”
“I know but we can’t overcome him if we don’t stay together.”
“Kane I don’t want to come home.”
“Alright when you get enough guts to face my brother then give me a call, until then Shannon you’re left alone.” Kane walked away leaving a sad Shannon watching him. She didn’t want him to go.

*Dedicated to my cousin Charmagne.

Chapter 35
Sara’s sister


The family was in the study. Katrina and Undertaker were playing backgammon. Vince was watching them. Cheryl was trying to talk him.
“Granddaddy I need a car.”
“Huh?” Asked Vince.
“Never mind.” Kane came in and Cheryl went up to him.
“What’s going on?” Asked Kane.
“I might as well fall off the planet for all the attention I get around here.” Said Cheryl walking out. After Katrina beat Undertaker she looked at Kane.
“Kane you want to play?”
“No thanks.”
“I’ll play.” Said a horny Vince.
“Sure.” Said Katrina eyeing Kane.
“25 cents a win?” Asked Vince.
“I have to save for my future somehow.” Said Katrina still eyeing Kane. Undertaker noticed Katrina eyeing Kane. Sara noticed Undertaker noticing. Then she looked at her sister. She put two and two together.

Later that night as Undertaker was getting ready for bed and Sara was in bed they talked.
“I know what you’re up to.”
“What?”
“It would be tasteless for you to put the moves on my little sister in front of Vince and Linda so what you are doing is trying to set up Katrina and Kane.”
“Oh really Sara?”
“Yeah and stop it. I won’t have my sister used in some silly game of yours.”
“You’re drunk.”
“You know damn well I’m not.” They went to bed.

The next morning Katrina and Sara were by the pool. Katrina was in the pool hanging onto a float and Sara was on the side dangling in her foot. Very much pregnant of course.
“My husband is up to something.”
“Why do you say that?”
“Stay away from Kane.”
“Why Sara his marriage is down the tubes.”
“He loves Shannon stay away from him.”
“You know I hated growing up Sara’s little sister. Katrina why can’t you be like Sara, Katrina why can’t you be smart like Sara, Katrina why can’t you be strong like Sara, now I’m all grown up and better then Sara.”
“Think what you want Katrina.” Cheryl came out.
“Your doctor is on the phone.” Said Cheryl.
“Oh thanks.” Said Sara. Cheryl looked at Sara trying to get up.
“Here let me help you.” Said Cheryl helping Sara up. Sara went to the phone by the house and found it was really Austin.
“What do you want?”
“I didn’t think you would go to the phone if you knew it was me.”
“So?”
“I need to know how important is the TNA deal to Undertaker?”
“I heard him talking the other night at dinner he wants to change it into one of his toys.”
“Ok thanks.” Sara hung up and Katrina came along.
“Anything wrong with the doctor Sara?”
“No just some tests came in.”
“Ok.”

Meanwhile Kane met with Shannon and they walked outside.
“We gotta stop meeting like this.” Said Shannon.
“Come back home.” Said Kane.
“I’m not ready.” Said Shannon.
“Then we don’t have nothing to talk about.” Kane walked away.

Meanwhile Austin tried to make a deal with TNA To get the failing organization from them so Undertaker can’t have it.

Before dinner Undertaker and Vince were talking.
“I want TNA.”
“I’m working on it.” Said Taker.

Austin went to see Shannon.
“Can you get 2 million?”
“I don’t want to ask Kane right now.”
“It’s for JR to get him back on his feet.” Said Austin.
“Ok.” Said Shannon.

Shannon phoned Kane.
“JR needs to borrow money to get back on his feet, Steve set up a company for him.”
“Sure how much?”
“Two million.”
“Sure.”
“Thanks.”
“Anything else?”
“Ah no that’s it.” Shannon hung up.

That night while Cheryl was on the way back from getting milk in the kitchen she saw Katrina in the hall pretending she was royalty.
“You do remind me of Sara.” Said Cheryl.
“I do?” Asked Katrina.
“Yeah now go home.” Said Cheryl.
“Why?”
“Look Kane loves Shannon and Sara has ah Undertaker go home you’re cramping my style you dig?” Asked Cheryl.
“Cheryl I have no idea what you’re talking about.” Said Katrina walking past Cheryl on the stairs.
“I think you do Katrina.”
“I’ll leave when I’m ready I have business to take care of.”
“Yeah I know what business.” Katrina went upstairs. Cheryl drank her milk. She knew what Katrina was up to.

What was Katrina up to?

TBC...

Chapter 36
Where for out thou Katrina?

*Disclaimer: Katrina doesn’t like Undertaker and Kane sexually. Her character wants the characters that Kane first then Undertaker are based on. So I don’t want no shit coming down on her.

The next morning Katrina and Kane were in the pool splashing around.
“Hey let’s race.” Suggested Kane.
“Ok you’re on.” Said Katrina. Sara came out and saw Undertaker watching them.
“I told you I don’t want my sister in one of your little games.”
“Sara don’t you have something to do?” Asked Undertaker. Cheryl, Vince and Miss Linda came outside.
“I still need a car.”
“It’s up to Undertaker, Cheryl.” Said Vince.
“Taker?” Asked a whining Cheryl.
“No.” Said Undertaker. Katrina and Kane got out of the pool. Undertaker helped Katrina with her robe.
“How is your visit Katrina?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Oh I love it here Mrs McMahon.”
“Miss Linda.” Said Miss Linda.
“And I’m uncle Vince.”
“Ok Uncle Vince.” Said Katrina.
“Man I need a car.” Said Cheryl. Vince and Miss Linda went inside and Cheryl followed them. Sara watched silently by the doorway.
“What are your plans for today?” Asked Undertaker.
“Oh I don’t know, I really don’t want to stay here by myself.” Said Katrina.
“I think you can convince Kane to do something with you.”
“Really?” Katrina went inside and Sara followed soon after.

As Katrina was getting dressed Sara was on her bed.
“I’m sorry that Miss Linda and I have stuff to do but we shouldn’t be long.” Said Sara.
“It’s ok I’ll find some way to occupy my time.” Katrina was wearing a blue skirt, a blue sweater, black boots, and a blue scarf around her neck.
“I think you should stay away from Kane.”
“What do you mean Sara?”
“You know what I mean.”
“I don’t have any intentions of going after him.”
“Ok right.”

Katrina went to find Kane in his room he just finished getting dressed.
“Hey Kane can you drive me into town?”
“You going alone?”
“Yeah I want to go to the museum or see the architecture.”
“For school?”
“Yeah for school.”
“Ok I suppose.” Said Kane.
“Great I’ll meet you outside.”

On the way into the city they talked.
“Is there anything you can’t do?” Asked Kane.
“Mama trained me well, I’m going to be an architect.”
“I think you make a good one.” They pulled up to the McMahon building.
“Thanks.” Said Katrina as they got out of the car.
“Get to the office by 5 you’ll find someone to take you home.”
“Thanks Kane.” Kane went inside and Katrina went her own way.

Meanwhile Austin made a small deal with TNA enough for TNA to consider not doing business with Vince McMahon.

The news made it to the Undertaker and Undertaker walked into Kane’s office. He saw Kane on the phone and waited till he got off. Then he walked over to the desk.
“You’re wife is scum brother.” Said Undertaker.
“Watch what you say Taker.” Said Kane.
“TNA nixed the deal, they got a better offer for some leases, guess whose name was on the cheque?”
“Who?”
“Your wife and brother in law on the second one.”
“I gave Shannon that money.”
“Well maybe you want to see us go under.”
“No she and I didn’t know what it was used for. Steve told her it was for JR.”
“Right and pigs have wings little brother.” Undertaker left the office pissed.

It was 5 pm when Katrina got there, Kane went to talk to TNA and Undertaker found Katrina.
“Come into my office just have to sign some papers.”
“Thanks, Kane was supposed to drive me home.”
“He’s not here but I’ll take you.”
“Thanks.” Said Katrina. Undertaker came up behind her and rubbed her shoulders.
“You know Kane has been lonely.”
“He has?”
“Yeah since Shannon left.” Katrina turned around.
“Guess I’ll have to do something about that.” Undertaker smiled that wicked smile of his.

Kane saw Shannon about ready to go into the store. He stopped her.
“Your brother is going to have us bankrupt.”
“What do you mean Kane?”
“Shannon he made a deal with TNA for some leases that we needed to get whatever talent we want anytime we want from them.”
“No he didn’t my brother wouldn’t do that.”
“As much as you think badly of my family, your brother is worse.” Kane walked away.

Kane found Undertaker in the livingroom having a drink.
“Gone to see that traitor wife of yours?”
“Get off it brother.” Said Kane about ready to punch Undertaker.

When Kane went to his room Shannon called him.
“I talked to Steve.”
“And?”
“You were right.”
“I know.”
“I’m sorry Kane.”
“I’m sorry to.” They hung up.

The next day Kane found Austin.
“Why the hell did you do it?”
“Because I can.” Said Austin.
“You’re trash Austin.”
“So are you and your brother Kane.” Kane walked out.

Kane went home and upstairs he figured he would go and see Jarret and company of TNA. Katrina looked after him in interest. Cheryl was sun bathing when she turned down the music.
“I don’t think you should go after him.” Said Cheryl.
“What do you mean?” Asked Katrina.
“Kane doesn’t sleep around you want some fun go to Undertaker.”
“You have a dirty mind.” Said Katrina going inside. She went up to Kane’s room.

“Kane are you busy?”
“Yeah I gotta go take care of some business.”
“Well Cheryl is so busy I can’t get her to do anything with me can we go and play tennis?”
“Alright get your racket we’ll play after business.”
“Thanks I’ll meet you by the car.” Said Katrina.

Cheryl saw Kane and Katrina pull away.
“What is she up to?” Wondered Cheryl.

Chapter 37
One to grow on

*Another disclaimer for Katrina, she is not that kind of person, she doesn’t think the Undertaker is sexually attractive and as far as I know neither Kane. So any haters and people who can’t tell a story, leave Katrina alone.

Kane ended up making a less deal with TNA not to get leases that Undertaker wanted so he can control the talent he wanted in TNA but a set amount of money for 10 wrestlers. He knew Undertaker wanted the leases though. Then Kane and Katrina went to play tennis.

That night Undertaker found Katrina in the livingroom and they sat beside eachother. Undertaker put his hand on Katrina’s knee.
“So how was your day?”
“Kane and I played tennis.”
“Don’t play too hard.”
“Hard is all I do Taker.” Kane came in and saw Undertaker’s hand on Katrina’s knee.
“I’m going to get ready for supper.” Said Katrina going upstairs.
“Stay away from her brother.” Said Kane.
“I don’t know what you’re talking about.” Said Undertaker.
“She’s just a kid.” Said Kane.
“So I’m married.”
“Yeah we all know what marriage means to you doesn’t it?”
“Come on you don’t think Katrina is sexually attractive?”
“I think of her like I do Cheryl and so should you.” Kane walked out.

The next day at the office Undertaker, Kane and Vince had a meeting about TNA and the leases. Undertaker and Vince weren’t happy but they took what they could. Jarret came by to sign the deal. Then Jarret gave Austin the bad news. After he left Austin said:
“Damn that Undertaker!” Shannon came in.
“Why did you do it?”
“I wanted Undertaker to fall.”
“And Kane go with him?”
“They are brothers.”
“Go to hell Steve.” Shannon walked out.

Undertaker was in the livingroom when Kane walked in.
“You been out?” Asked Undertaker.
“Yes.” Said Kane.
“Not with your wife obviously, she’s called 10 times.”
“And?”
“I apologized.”
“Thank you brother.” Said Kane.
“Alright.” Undertaker walked out. Kane went to his room and phoned Shannon at the hotel.

“Hi.” Said Kane.
“Hi.”
“What’s up?”
“You were right Steve did it.”
“I know.”
“And Undertaker apologized to me.”
“He told me. Where does that leave us?”
“I don’t know yet, give me time.”
“Fine Shannon I’ll give you all the time you need.”

Undertaker over heard the call. He also knew in the night Kane left his room and went to the study to drown his sorrows. Undertaker knocked on Katrina’s door.
“Katrina, Kane is downstairs.” Katrina woke up and went downstairs.

Undertaker went to his room.
“What did you do?” Asked Sara.
“Nothing.” Sara left the room to go and wait in Katrina’s room.

“Hi Kane.”
“Katrina.”
“Having a bad day?”
“Yeah.” Katrina came over to Kane and kissed him. Kane pushed her away.
“I love my wife.”
“I’m sorry.” She left to go back upstairs.

She ran into Cheryl in the hall.
“I went to get milk and I get a love story.” Said Cheryl.
“What do you want?” Asked Katrina
“Get out I told you there is no room for you and me here.”
“Fine.” Katrina went upstairs to her room.

She saw Sara up there.
“What happened?”
“I’m alone aren’t I?”
“Katrina maybe it’s time you go back to Santa Fe.” Noted Sara.
“Maybe you’re right.”

Sara went to her room smiling.
“What are you smiling about?” Asked Undertaker.
“You lost this game Undertaker.” Said Sara.

Kane told Shannon.
“I’ll wait for you I’m not giving up.”
“I know.” They hung up thinking about eachother.

During all this time Cheryl was seeing a ex Wrestler’s son Randy Orton. She thought they had a good thing. They went back to his condo.
“I love it here.” Said Cheryl.
“I’m glad.” Said Randy.
“Yeah.” They kissed.
“I better get you home.”
“So soon?”
“So soon it’s almost curfew.”
“Bummer.” Said Cheryl.

Randy brought Cheryl home. They saw Undertaker.
“Oh no.”
“What?” Asked Randy.
“Undertaker doesn’t like to see anyone have fun.”
“Hey you two young ones.” Said Undertaker.
“Hey Mr Undertaker.” Said Randy.
“You’re home too early did you have fun tonight?” Asked Undertaker.
“Yes Cheryl is a great gal.” Said Randy.
“She sure is have fun.” Undertaker went back inside.
“He’s up to something.” Said Cheryl.
“No he’s jus being nice.” Said Randy.
“He doesn’t know what nice is.” Said Cheryl.

What was the Undertaker up to?

TBC......

Chapter 38
Taker and Cheryl do battle

*I’m disclaiming the Sara character this no way endorses the fact that I think she would drink when she’s pregnant, she’s playing a character in this story. And if you know anything about Dallas you would know which character she is.

Undertaker went up to his room and found a drunk Sara passed out on the bed, he covered her up and then sat beside the bed watching her for hours.

Shannon finally moved back home. They were having breakfast outside.
“I’m glad you moved back home.” Said Cheryl to Shannon.
“Thank you Cheryl.” Said Shannon.
“Now she can spy on us for her brother from here.” Said Undertaker.
“For your information Undertaker I’m not even talking to my brother right now?”
“Fight on the home front?” Teased Undertaker.
“Don’t mind him Shannon he doesn’t like anyone happy.”
“I noticed that to Cheryl.” Randy Orton showed up.
“Hello Randy.” Said Undertaker.
“Mr Undertaker sir, I came to pick up Cheryl.”
“Yeah is that alright deadman?” Asked Cheryl rolling her eyes at him.
“Ok shortcake you been watching my brother too long.” Noted Kane.
“Why wouldn’t it be alright?” Asked Undertaker.
“Oh nothing I thought you would have some reason that you didn’t want me to go out with him. By all.” Cheryl and Randy left.
“Don’t tease her Randy Orton is a fine boy.” Said Miss Linda.
“Alright I won’t tease her.” Said Undertaker.

On the weekend Undertaker and Sara took Randy and Cheryl out to dinner at a fancy restaurant.
“This is a great dinner Undertaker.” Said Cheryl.
“Just wanted to show my appreciation for young Randalle here.” Said Undertaker.
“Randy please.” Said Randy Orton.
“Right Randy.”
“We hope you enjoy the rest of the evening.” Said Sara.
“What do you mean?” Asked Cheryl.
“I rented a night club for you the rest of the night. You can have fun all you want, everyone that works there will wait on ya hand and foot.” Said Undertaker.
“Wow! Thanks Undertaker.” Said Cheryl.
“You sure you won’t come to?” Asked Randy.
“Nah you don’t want us there go have fun, stay out all night.” Said Undertaker. Cheryl went over beside Undertaker and gave him a kiss on the cheek.
“Thank you.” Undertaker and Sara got up and started to walk out.

“What are you up to?” Asked Sara.
“Nothing.”
“Oh really?”
“Yeah., thank you for not drinking.” Said Undertaker. They left the restaurant.

The next day Randy’s dad Cowboy Bob Orton visited him. Undertaker was trying to do business with Cowboy Bob.
“I’m really glad you and Cheryl are getting on good.” Said Cowboy Bob.
“Really.”
“Ya it’s better then the last relationship you had.”
“Dad don’t start.”
“I’m not just wanted to tell you how proud of you I am son.”

Vince and Miss Linda threw a party for Cheryl and Randy. Sara was drunk. Teresa Regal was worried.
“I think Sara is under the weather Miss Linda.” Miss Linda looked over at Sara.
“Oh thank you Teresa.” Miss Linda went over to Shannon.
“Hi is everything ok?” Asked Shannon.
“Can you help me get Sara upstairs to bed before she ruins Cheryl’s party?”
“Sure.” They walked over to Sara who was talking up a storm.
“Miss Linda was telling me you were tired.” Said Teresa.
“I’m not tired I can party all night.” Said a slurred Sara.
“No honey it’s time for bed say goodnight.” Said Shannon.
“Oh no Shannon I’m not tired I want to dance with my husband till dawn.” Sara snickered.
“No say goodnight Sara.” Said Miss Linda.
“Goodnight Sara.” Said Sara. Shannon got Sara upstairs somehow. Undertaker was grateful.

Cheryl and Christian were talking.
“So you like him?” Asked Christian.
“I love him.” Said Cheryl.
“I’m happy for you.” Said Christian.
“You are?”
“Yes.” Cheryl hugged Christian.

Randy and Kane were talking.
“You look nervous.” Said Kane.
“Just a little.”
“Take it from me if you don’t want in laws like my family get out now before Cheryl gets hurt.” Said Kane.
“No that’s fine.” Said Randy.

Cowboy Bob showed up. Cheryl and Randy walked over to him.
“Cheryl you look lovely.” Said Cowboy Bob.
“Thank you Mr Orton.” Said Cheryl.
“Cowboy please.”
“Ok Cowboy.” Noted Cheryl.

Cheryl and Randy were talking in private.
“Cheryl will you marry me?”
“Yes! Everyone we’re getting married!” Exclaimed a happy Cheryl. Congratulations all around. No matter how happy Cheryl was nothing could compare to Undertaker’s happiness.

TBC....

Chapter 39
Round Two

The next morning everyone was eating breakfast outside.
“I was feeling sick last night but I think Cheryl’s wedding will be great 500 or so people, lots of music, a big long gown.” Said Sara.
“Randy and I want a small wedding just the family.”
“Oh nonsense Cheryl.” Said Sara.
“I want my momma and daddy there.” Said Cheryl.
“I think that’s a good idea.” Said Undertaker.
“I think so to.” Said Vince.
“Really? Oh thank you.” Said Cheryl.
“I’ll write them myself so there are no confusions.” Said Miss Linda.
“Thank you, can anyone give me a lift into town I’m going to meet Randy?” Asked Cheryl.
“Ya I will.” Said Undertaker. He pecked Sara on the cheek and he and Cheryl went to the front yard.
“I’m buying you a car.” Said Undertaker.
“Really?” Asked Cheryl.
“Ya all you have to do is pick it out.” Cheryl hugged Undertaker.
“Thank you Undertaker you made me so happy!” Undertaker gave her his keys.
“You can drive us.”
“Really?”
“I said so didn’t I?” He got into the passenger seat and Cheryl started to drive fast. Undertaker hung onto his hat.

At the office Undertaker had a business meeting.

That night Kane, Shannon and Cheryl and Randy were dancing at a club.
“You two having fun?” Asked Kane.
“Oh yeah.” Said Cheryl.
“Ok have fun Kane and I are going to go.” Said Shannon.
“We’ll dance till dawn.” Said Randy. Kane and Shannon left. Cheryl was introduced to a male friend of Randy’s then they danced some more.

Cheryl and Randy went to his condo after.
“The whole family is really happy.” Said Cheryl.
“Really?” Asked Randy.
“Yeah especially Undertaker.”
“So what do you want to do now?” Asked Randy.
“I know what I want to do.” Said Cheryl taking Randy into the bedroom.

The next day Randy Orton went to the office. Lillian announced on the speaker to Kane.
“Randy Orton here to see you.”
“Send him in.” Lillian showed Randy in. “Randy what’s up?” Asked Kane.
“I can’t marry Cheryl.”
“What do you mean?” Asked Kane. Randy took a deep breath.
“I’m a homosexual.”
“Are you sure?” Asked Kane.
“Yeah, Cheryl and I made love for the first time last night and I didn’t feel it. I love guys.”
“Then I think you better end it before Cheryl gets hurt.”
“I know I will.” Randy left.

Cheryl was having a wedding shower.
“Oh Teresa I love this china set.” Said Cheryl.
“I knew you would.” Said Teresa.
“Yes Teresa it’s great but it’s nothing compared to what me and Taker are giving her.” Said Sara.
“Why don’t you have another drink Sara?” Asked Teresa. Miss Linda came in.
“Sara you have a phone call.”
“Ok Miss Linda.” Sara left the room.

“I’m really happy that Randy and Cheryl are getting married.” Said Cowboy Bob to Undertaker in his office.
“Yeah I’ll be happy when you sign the papers.”
“I’ll have em drawn up this afternoon.” Said Cowboy Bob. Kane came in. “Kane.”
“Cowboy.” Cowboy Bob left. “I have to talk to you.” Said Kane.
“So talk.” Said Undertaker.
“Randy is gay.”
“I know that.”
“And you were going to let him marry Cheryl.”
“Cheryl is like family I don’t let her get married unless I check on the guy she’s marrying.”
“And you made a deal with Cowboy Bob?”
“Of course I did, he gets Cheryl as a daughter in law, I get Randy’s soul.”
“Even you sunk a new low brother.”
“The wedding is going to happen.”
“Not this time I told Randy to cut it off.”
“You what?”
“Cheryl won’t be happy marrying a man that loves men.” Said Kane.
“Who cares about Cheryl it’s what I want.” Said Undertaker.
“Goodbye brother.” Said Kane leaving the room.

Randy Orton answered his door.
“Undertaker.”
“I told you to marry Cheryl.” Said Undertaker coming in.
“I told Kane this morning I can’t. I’m gay.”
“I know that but I still want you to marry her so I can make a deal with your daddy boy.”
“I can’t do that to Cheryl.”
“Yes you can.”
“Not this time.” Said Randy.
“How much you want?”
“I can’t now leave Taker she’ll be here soon.” Taker left and soon Cheryl came by.

“Make love to me.”
“I need to talk to you.” They sat down.
“You know I think I’ll let Sara plan a big wedding what do you think?”
“I can’t marry you?” Cheryl had this sad look on her face.
“What did I do?”
“Cheryl you didn’t do nothing. I’m gay.”
“You’re what?”
“I’m gay. I can’t marry you.”
“I understand.”
“Undertaker will drag my family name into the mud.”
“I’ll handle Undertaker.” Cheryl kissed Randy goodbye and left.

“You get that deal with Cowboy Bob?”
“Not sure.” Said Undertaker to Vince. The whole family was outside when Cheryl showed up.
“You’re home early.” Said Sara.
“Yeah.” Said Cheryl.
“You and Randy have a good time?” Asked Miss Linda.
“I called off the wedding he’s looking at other girls.” Said Cheryl giving Undertaker an icy look. She quickly went inside into the study she didn’t want to talk.

Kane came into the study.
“You did a good thing.” He came over to a crying Cheryl that buried her head into the back of the couch.
“Why does it hurt so bad?”
“It will get better.”
“I just want to be left alone Kane.” Kane understood. He watched Cheryl for a minute then left the room. Cheryl cried and cried and cried.

Two days later Miss Linda and Vince saw Undertaker on the phone trying to talk to Cowboy Bob.
“Well he can’t be in meetings all the time.” Said Undertaker to the secretary.
“Come on I’ll take you to school.” Said Kane to Cheryl.
“Might as well.” Said a sulking Cheryl. They went into the yard and Cheryl saw a huge box in the yard.
“What is it Kane?”
“Open it and find out.” Kane gave her a string. She pulled and the box came undone. She saw a grey convertible.
“Kane!”
“Now you don’t have to ask the family to drive you around anymore and I thought it might make up for some of the hurt.” Said Kane.
“Thank you!” Cheryl hugged Kane and then drove herself to school.

Vince and Undertaker went to the office.
“We gotta get Austin out of the office of Wrestling Management he keeps ransacking the ones I want.” Said Vince.
“Chris Jericn’s dad.” Said Undertaker.
“The governor?” Asked Vince.
“Yeah I invited him and his new wife Jessica over.” Said Undertaker.
“That’s a good idea.” Said Vince.

Kane and Christian were talking.
“How is Cheryl doing?”
“I guess ok.” Said Kane.
“That’s good.” Said Christian.
“How are you doing?”
“Eh can’t complain.” Said Christian.

That night some roughnecks were trying to manhandle a woman in a bar. Christian stopped them.
“Thanks.” Said the woman.
“Buy you a drink?” Asked Christian.
“Sure what’s your name?”
“Christian.”
“Jessica.”

Would that be Jessica Jericho the one married to Chris Jericho’s dad?

TBC....

Chapter 40
Christian’s gal

In the livingroom over cocktails before supper that night they were introduced to Jessica who in no uncertain terms gave the political advice to Chris Jericho, her step son’s father. While Vince, Undertaker and the father talked business Jessica sat down. Kane and Shannon and Miss Linda were sitting as well.
“I remember you dropped out your first year of college.” Said Kane.
“That’s right, I remember you the star quarterback.” Said Jessica.
“Went to some of the games?”
“Some of them.”
“Then what happened?” Asked Miss Linda.
“One night after a game I went out with a guy and my parents went home, they got in a car accident and died immediately.”
“Oh my god Jessica I’m so sorry.” Said Shannon.
“That’s ok.”
“That’s why you dropped out?” Asked Kane.
“Yeah, married Mr Jericho soon after.”
“But he’s so old.” Said Cheryl.
“Cheryl that’s not nice.” Said Miss Linda.
“I bet she keeps him in line.” Undertaker gave Jessica a sly smile. Sara caught the smile.

That night in the bedroom Sara had been drinking. But she knew what she was saying.
“You want Jessica?”
“What?” Asked Undertaker.
“You want Jessica?”
“You drink too much woman.” Said Undertaker taking a pill and going to bed.

The next night Christian was at a bar again and he saw Jessica.
“Mind if I sit down?”
“Sure.” Said Jessica.
“Missed you last night.”
“I know I’m sorry had a dinner party.” Christian had no clue it was at the McMahon house and she had no clue Christian was the ranch foreman.

While they talked at home Vince and Miss Linda were talking.
“So would you divorce me and take up a young wife like Jessica?” Asked Linda.
“No.” Said Vince.
“Really?”
“Really, she may be young but she doesn’t compare to you.” Said Vince kissing his wife.

The next morning Shannon and Kane went to play tennis again. Sara came outside where she saw Vince and Miss Linda, no Undertaker.
“How you doing Sara?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Just fine.” Said Sara. Christian came along and saw Kane helping Shannon into the car.
“Kane.”
“Christian how things?” Asked Kane.
“Just wanted to know if I can look over the plans again?”
“Got a reason now?” Asked Kane winking.
“Well kinda got a girl.” Said Christian.
“Oh Christian that’s great who is it?” Asked Shannon.
“Well I’m too shy to say if you come by the round up bar tonight you can meet her.” Said Christian.
“Sure we’ll be there.” Said Kane.

After the family left that left Cheryl lounging by the pool with her friends.
“Come to the club tonight with us.” Stated Delanie.
“No I don’t feel like it.”
“You been a real downer.” Said Delanie.
“Lanie I’m not in the mood.” Delanie gave Cheryl some ecstasy and Cheryl took it.
“I think you will be now.” Said Delanie.
“Oh right! Let’s go tonight I want to dance till dawn!” Said Cheryl.

Kane and Shannon walked into the roundup and saw Christian with Jessica kissing and talking.
“What are they doing together?” Asked Shannon.
“I think Jessica is his new girl.” Said Kane.
“Let’s get out of here before they see us.” Said Shannon.
“Good idea.” They left.

That night Kane and Shannon were talking in the livingroom they had no idea that Undertaker was in the hall spying.
“Why is Jessica going out with Christian when she’s married?” Asked Shannon.
“I don’t know but tomorrow I’ll invite her out to lunch and see what’s up then.” Said Jessica.
“Good idea I don’t want Christian hurt.” Said Shannon.
“Neither do I.” Said Kane. Undertaker scuffled his feet loudly and came in.
“Kane, Shannon.” He poured himself a drink.
“Undertaker.” Said Kane and Shannon together.

The next morning the daughters of the wrestlers wives were meeting and to make himself look good Undertaker helped Sara down the stairs.
“Are you ok?”
“I’m fine leave me alone.”
“I’m trying to help.” He helped her into the livingroom.
“I said I’m fine.”
“Ladies.” Undertaker left.
“Are you sure you’re ok?” Asked Teresa.
“Well actually.” Said Sara.
“Sara and I talked she wants to step down from being the head of the DOWA until the baby is born.” Said Miss Linda.
“I do?” Asked Sara.
“She does?” Asked Teresa.
“Yes, Sara I’m sorry for blabbing but you look tired.” Said Miss Linda.
“I am and I no longer care for this organization, thank you Miss Linda.” Sara went back upstairs.

Jessica accepted Kane’s lunch date.
“I was surprised when you called.”
“Well I saw you and Christian together.”
“How do you know Christian?”
“He’s the foreman on the ranch.”
“Oh no.”
“Why?”
“Mr Jericho is dying, I’m trying to make his last few months comfortable, I met Christian and fell for him.”
“Couldn’t you wait till it was over?”
“It just happened.”
“I know I just don’t want to see Christian hurt.”
“Kane I don’t want to hurt Christian.” They continued to eat.

That night Undertaker got home.
“Sara resigned from the head of the DOWA.” Said Miss Linda.
“Where is she?” Asked Undertaker.
“Resting before supper.”
“Ok.” Said Undertaker. Miss Linda went inside and Undertaker and Vince talked.

Christian and Jessica just had sex in the vegabon hotel.
“Do you love me?” Asked Christian.
“Of course I do.” Said Jessica.
“How come we always have to meet in a hotel?” Asked Christian.
“I’m sorry just for a little while until I know my parents will be ok with you.”
“They won’t know until they meet me.”
“I know.” They kissed.

What they didn’t know was that Undertaker got a call about Christian’s truck being outside the hotel. Undertaker stood outside in the shadows and waited and saw Jessica and Christian come out and went their separate ways. He smiled evilly.

TBC......

Chapter 41
Truths

The next day Undertaker had a PI follow Jessica then he got a call stating where Jessica was in the afternoon. He followed her window shopping.
“Jessica.’
“Undertaker, doing window shopping.”
“Something like that, you think that Sara would like that necklace?”
“I don’t know buy it and see, good day Undertaker.” Undertaker grabbed Jessica’s arm as she tried to leave.
“Think your husband will like it when he knows you cheat?”
“You think Sara likes it when she knows you cheat?”
“I’m married I don’t cheat on her.”
“Ya.” Said Jessica sighing in disbelief.
“You and Christian. You think he would like it? I don’t think Christian knows you’re married does he?”
“What do you want Undertaker?”
“To tell your husband to get Austin out of the OWM.”
“That would be illegal without just cause and from what I see he does a good job taking care of the big companies so they don’t over ride the independents.” Said Jessica.
“I think you better tell him to do that.”
“Or what?” Asked a pissed off Jessica.
“Christian will know you are married and you won’t have any husband.”
“What do you mean?”
“I know about Mr Jericho’s dying.”
“Good day Undertaker.” Jessica walked away.

Cheryl found Delanie.
“I want more pills.” Said Cheryl.
“I knew you would like them.” Said Delanie. She gave her more. Cheryl was hooked. That night they went to a party.

Jessica phoned Christian.
“Can we talk?”
“Sure what about?”
“In person?”
“Same hotel?”
“No on the river.”
“Sure I’ll be right there.” Said Christian.

“Well do we have anything to worry about?” Asked Vince.
“No I took care of things this afternoon.” Said Undertaker thinking back to the conversation he had with Jessica.

Jessica told Christian everything.
“What?” Asked Christian.
“That’s why I have to call it off. I did a stupid thing, I fell in love and I can’t have Mr Jericho blackmailed for it.”
“Jessica I love you.”
“Christian I love you to.” They hugged and Jessica walked away.

The next morning they were having breakfast outside when Jessica pulled up.
“Morning Jessica.” Undertaker thought she would see the light.
“I’m sorry Undertaker Mr Jericho and I have decided not to go in your direction good day.” She left.
“What did you do now?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Nothing.” Said Undertaker.
“Cut the boy some slack.” Said Vince. Shortly after Christian came along and found Kane.
“I still want the house built.”
“Is it working out?” Asked Kane.
“Not this time and I think you all know why but at least I know something now.”
“What?” Asked Kane.
“I know I can care about someone again.” A week later Mr Jericho died. Chris came back for the funeral. Jessica was determined to win Christian back.

A week later Sara was at the doctor’s. Lisa Kereluk.
“Well doctor how is the baby?” Asked Sara.
“You have a drinking problem Sara and you need to stop before that baby dies.”
“I don’t know what you’re talking about.”
“You showed up here drunk.” Said Doctor Kereluk.
“If you don’t want to be my doctor anymore then I’ll find another one.”
“No I’ll still be your doctor but you need to stop.”
“Doctor I have an appointment to get to.” Dr. Kereluk left so Sara could get dressed.

While Sara was at the doctor’s drunk Cheryl was in the store buying a diamond necklace from Shannon’s assistant Robyn Dugan.
“How much is that one?”
“$1000.” Said Robyn.
“I’ll take it.” Said Cheryl. Shannon came alone.
“Hi are you early?”
“Early?” Asked Cheryl.
“To pick out your prom dress.” Reminded Shannon.
“I forgot, it’s Ana Miller’s birthday today I’m on the way to her house with this necklace right now.”
“Ok I’ll hold them till tomorrow but you gotta check it out then.”
“Ok I will thanks Shannon.”

Cheryl went to a pawn shop and sold the diamond necklace for $50 dollars. She then found Delanie.
“I need more please.”
“Sure.” Said Delanie sliding her the stuff and getting the money from her.
“Thanks.” Cheryl took the pills and a sip of Delanie’s pepsi to wash it down.
“Want to go to a party tonight?”
“Where?”
“My house?”
“I’ll be there.”
“See ya then.” Said Delanie. Cheryl got into her car and drove off.

Would Sara and Cheryl get the medical help they needed to get?

Dedicated to Sunny, Scorpina Bearer as usual, one of my DOD and a gal I went to school with Robyn MacDonald, one of my DOD and cousin Lisa Kereluk and my sister Delanie who incidently when she was in highschool sold drugs to junior high kids.

As always I put a disclaimer on Sara, she’s a character in the story.

TBC....

Chapter 42
I wanna get high

Shannon walked into Kane’s office.
“Ready to go out for dinner?” Asked Shannon.
“Just let me finish this up. How’s your brother?”
“I don’t know I’m still mad at him.”
“You’re always mad at him.”
“This time I have a good reason.”
“Oh? Why?”
“I don’t want to talk about it. Hey did Cheryl seem strange to you lately?”
“What do you mean?”
“I mean I thought she was going to pick out her prom dress at the store and she forgot.”
“Today?”
“Yeah.”
“I’m sure she had a good reason she’s about to graduate.”
“Yeah I know.”
“Ok ready lets go.” They went in the main part of the office and saw Sara walk in.
“Is Taker in?” She asked.
“Ah no he went to a meeting he should be back soon.” Said Kane.
“Ok I’ll wait here.” Said Sara.
“Would you like us to wait with you?” Offered Shannon.
“No it’s ok I hope he doesn’t forget about that important dinner tonight is all.” Said Sara.
“Well I’ll try to phone him for you if I can find him.” Said Kane.
“Thanks.” Kane and Shannon left. Sara went to Undertaker’s office and started drinking his booze. She had a feeling it would be forever for Undertaker to get back.

Later on when she was really drunk she phoned Stone Cold Steve Austin.
“Steve.”
“Yeah?”
“It’s Sara can I come over?”
“No.”
“You have a girl there don’t you?”
“It wouldn’t matter I don’t want to see you.” She was in despair she hung up the phone.

Meanwhile Christian had his own problems. He opened the door to find a stoned Cheryl.
“Cheryl are you ok?”
“Christian hold me.” She started to kiss him. Once Christian had her pried away he sat her down on his couch.
“What are you on?” He asked.
“Nothing.” She giggled.
“You have anymore?”
“No see.” She giggled again.
“Ok wait right here.”
‘Don’t leave me.”
“I’m not leaving I’m going to make you some coffee to straighten you up.” He went to the kitchen.
“Oh poop.” Stated Cheryl.

Sara very drunk decided to pull her car over.

Christian meanwhile tried to give Cheryl some coffee.
“Drink some.”
“No I don’t want any.”
“Come on Cheryl drink it, I gotta sober you up somehow.” He pushed the cup to her lips and she had no choice but to open up.

Kane and Shannon coming back from dinner saw Sara’s car. They pulled over and went to it.
“What happened?” Asked Shannon.
“I think she pulled over.” Said Kane.
“Guess Undertaker didn’t show.”
“Guess not, Sara?”
“Hmmm.” She wasn’t responding too well. Kane picked her up and put her in his car.
“I’ll follow you home.” Said Shannon about ready to get in her car.
“I’ll get one of the boys to get her car in the morning.” Said Kane. They took Sara home.

When they walked in the door Miss Linda and Vince went to the hall from the livingroom.
“What happened to her?” Asked Miss Linda.
“She’s alright.” Said Kane taking Sara upstairs. Shannon looked in despair she went to help upstairs.

She looked at her and started to take off Sara’s shoes.
“You need help?” Asked Kane.
“No I got it.”
“I’m going to have a little chat with Vince and Miss Linda.”
“Ok.” Kane went downstairs. Shannon went to Sara who was reacting a little.
“Shannon.”
“It’s ok Sara just sleep.”
“Shannon I phoned Steve he didn’t want to talk to me.”
“Oh.”
“Why Shannon why?”
“I don’t know Sara.”

“She was drunk.” Said Kane.
“Drunk?” Asked Vince.
“We gotta do something.” Said Kane.
“We do.” Agreed Miss Linda. Undertaker finally got home.
“Where is Sara?”
“She was taken home by Kane and Shannon.” Said Miss Linda.
“Drunk.” Said Vince.
“I’ll go see her.” Said Undertaker.
“Not yet. I want everyone out I want to talk to the Undertaker alone.” Said Miss Linda. Vince and Kane left the room.
“What?” Asked Undertaker.
“We were like parents to you and your brother. But sometimes I think you grew up too fast Taker.”
“What are you talking about?”
“I’m talking about your wife drinking cause you treat her like crap.”
“What do you mean?”
“You think we’re blind? You think Sara is blind? All the women you slept with.”
“I’ll go check on her.” Said Undertaker.

He got upstairs. Shannon got up from the bed. She looked at Undertaker. Undertaker looked at her. They didn’t say anything to eachother. Shannon left the room. Undertaker just stared at Sara for a long time.

“Ok stay here I’m going to get Kane.” Said Christian.
“Okey dokey smokey.” Said Cheryl. Christian left to go to the main house. Soon after Cheryl up and left as well.

Chapter 43
Keeping Control

Kane and Christian walked in.
“She’s gone.” Said Christian.
“I better call the cops.” Said Kane.
“I think she went to that party at Delanie’s.”
“Her folks still up at Crescent?”
“Yeah I picked her up there a couple of times before she got her car.”
“Ok let’s get her it’s better then getting the law.”
“Ok.”
“Meet me at the house I’ll tell Shannon in case she has to cover for us.” Kane left to tell Shannon. Soon after Christian met him up at the house. They left in Christian’s truck.

They went to Delanie’s and saw a bunch of stone and drunk people. Kane found Cheryl.
“Kane?” Kane grabbed Cheryl and brought her over to Christian.
“Bring her outside I’ll be there in a minute.” Christian took Cheryl outside.
“You’re not going to tell my parents are you?” Asked Delanie.
“When will they be back Lanie?”
“In a few days.”
“I have no choice.” Said Kane.
“Damn.” Said Delanie. Kane left.

“Where are your keys?” Asked Kane.
“What keys?” Asked Cheryl. Christian went to her car and found her purse and threw it to Kane. Kane took out the keys.
“Ok I’ll take Cheryl home in her car.”
“I’ll follow you.” Said Christian.

They got home.
“Ok here are her keys she’s grounded.”
“Grounded?” Asked Cheryl.
“Grounded she doesn’t get them back till I say.” Said Kane.
“Got it.” Said Christian.
“Oh poop.” Christian drove back to his house.
“Now you’re going to go in there and act like nothing is wrong got it?” Asked Kane.
“Yes.”
“Can you do it?”
“Yes.” Kane and Cheryl went inside and found Miss Linda and Shannon in the study.
“You look like hell.” Said Miss Linda.
“Just tired grandma.” Said Cheryl.
“Ya she was studying at her friend Delanie’s.” Said Kane.
“No more of that you study here else you won’t be able to graduate.” Said Miss Linda.
“Yes grandma I’m going to bed.” Cheryl went up to bed.

Part F

Undertaker was throwing bottles around in the morning.
“Do you mind not doing that?” Asked Sara waking up and holding her head.
“You were carried in here last night.”
“Obviously you didn’t do the carrying.”
“I was bitched at by Miss Linda last night, you are going to sober up.”
“You can’t stop me you made me.”
“Sara I gave Raul and Maria the keys to the licker cabinet, I have the keys to the car, you try to run and the hands will bring you back, you are going to sober up.”
“Fuck you.” Undertaker left. Sara got out of bed and found a hide a bottle in the closet.

Kane and Shannon were talking outside.
“How is Sara?” Asked Shannon.
“I don’t know.”
“What about Cheryl.”
“I have the last of her pills, she’s grounded.” Undertaker came out.
“Taker how is Sara?” Asked Shannon.
“Fine.” Said Undertaker leaving. Cheryl came out.
“I gotta leave to.” Said Shannon. Kane went over to Cheryl.
“I have a meeting in town when I get home I want to talk to you.”
“Why?” Asked a worried Cheryl.
“Not yell, just talk.”
“Ok.” Kane left. Cheryl took out more pills.

Sara very drunk was coming down the stairs with a suitcase. Cheryl was at the bottom of the stairs stoned.
“Where you going Sara you got your suitcase?”
“Cheryl?” Sara’s eyes were blurry. She fell down the stairs. Cheryl started laughing.
“Hey Sara get up and have some fun.” Christian came in and kneeled by Sara.
“Sara? Sara?” He picked up the phone.
“Christian Sara doesn’t want to play with me.” Christian phoned emergency.
“I’m at the McMahon ranch I need an ambulance. Cheryl stay away from her. Hurry!” He hung up and tried to keep Cheryl away from a fallen Sara.

Lillian Garcia buzzed Kane.
“Christian on the line.”
“Thanks.” He picked up the phone. “Christian?”
“Sara fell down the stairs an ambulance picked her up.”
“What about Cheryl?”
“She’s stoned again I found her mocking Sara.”
“Ok take care of Cheryl I’ll let my brother know.” They hung up. Kane went into Taker’s office. He found Undertaker looking out the window.
“Brother.” Said Kane.
“Yeah?”
“Sara fell down the stairs she’s at the hospital.”
“Ok.” Undertaker started to leave and Kane followed him. Undertaker went on and Kane stopped.
“Is Sara ok?” Asked Dawn Marie.
“I don’t know.”
“Keep us posted.” Said Lillian.
“I will. Lillian phone the ranch and tell Miss Linda and Vince.”
“Will do.” Said Lillian picking up the phone.
“Are you going to the hospital?” Asked Dawn Marie.
“Yes.” Kane left.

Undertaker talked to the doctors.
“Your wife needs to stop drinking.” Said Lisa Kereluk.
“I’ll take care of my wife.” Said Undertaker.
“If you took care of your wife she wouldn’t be in this mess, I’ll keep you posted.” Miss Linda and Vince showed up.
“What happened?” Asked Miss Linda.
“I don’t know.” Said Undertaker.
“She’ll be ok.” Said Kane. As he showed up.
“Of course.” Said Vince.
“Can we see her?” Asked Miss Linda.
“I don’t know.” Said Undertaker. Lisa Kereluk came along again.
“She’s awake.” She said.
“Can we see her?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Only for a short time.”
“You go on ahead I want to talk to Undertaker.” Said Vince. Kane and Miss Linda went into see Sara.
“What?” Asked Undertaker.
“I never begrudged you a good time but you got to draw the line.”
“I know.”
“Take care of your wife.”
“I will.” Vince and Taker went into see Sara.
“I gotta stop wearing those shoes.” Said Sara.
“Yeah.” Said Miss Linda.
“I’m coming home today.” Said Sara.
“Don’t be in such a hurry.” Said Kane.
“Oh no I’m fine.”
“You’re not coming home I’m taking you to a sanitarium.” Said Undertaker.
“No I’m fine really.”
“Maybe the rest will do you good.” Said Miss Linda. Undertaker went into the hall and Kane followed.
“It’s for the best.” Said Kane.
“I know.”
“Take care of your wife brother.”
“Why does everyone say that?”
“I’m going back home to check on Cheryl.”
“Ya do that.” Said Undertaker. Kane left the hospital.

“How is Cheryl?”
“She’s in the study I think I got all of the stuff this time.” Said Christian.
“Ok I’ll talk to her.”
“Ok.”

Kane went into the study and Cheryl walked over to him.
“I heard Sara is going to be ok.” Said Cheryl.
“She could have died.”
“She didn’t.”
“You need to stop doing what you’re doing Cheryl.”
“And go on feeling awful?” Kane put his hands on Cheryl’s cheeks.
“Until you start feeling good.”
“I can’t do that.”
“You need to Cheryl.”
“I’m scared.”
“If you don’t it’s not living everyone has to have bad and then good.”
“I know.”
“Well?”
“Ok I’ll try.” Kane hugged Cheryl.

Undertaker took Sara to the sanitarium.
“Please I’ll be good.”
“We both have too many secrets Sara I can’t trust you to keep your mouth shut.”
“Please I won’t drink.” Two guys in white came to take her inside.
“It’s for the best.” Said Undertaker.
“I hate you!” He shook his head as she was dragged inside.

Would Sara sober up? Will Cheryl keep her promise to Kane?

TBC....

“She was drunk.” Said Kane.
“Drunk?” Asked Vince.
“We gotta do something.” Said Kane.
“We do.” Agreed Miss Linda. Undertaker finally got home.
“Where is Sara?”
“She was taken home by Kane and Shannon.” Said Miss Linda.
“Drunk.” Said Vince.
“I’ll go see her.” Said Undertaker.
“Not yet. I want everyone out I want to talk to the Undertaker alone.” Said Miss Linda. Vince and Kane left the room.
“What?” Asked Undertaker.
“We were like parents to you and your brother. But sometimes I think you grew up too fast Taker.”
“What are you talking about?”
“I’m talking about your wife drinking cause you treat her like crap.”
“What do you mean?”
“You think we’re blind? You think Sara is blind? All the women you slept with.”
“I’ll go check on her.” Said Undertaker.

He got upstairs. Shannon got up from the bed. She looked at Undertaker. Undertaker looked at her. They didn’t say anything to eachother. Shannon left the room. Undertaker just stared at Sara for a long time.

“Ok stay here I’m going to get Kane.” Said Christian.
“Okey dokey smokey.” Said Cheryl. Christian left to go to the main house. Soon after Cheryl up and left as well.

Chapter 43
Keeping Control

Kane and Christian walked in.
“She’s gone.” Said Christian.
“I better call the cops.” Said Kane.
“I think she went to that party at Delanie’s.”
“Her folks still up at Crescent?”
“Yeah I picked her up there a couple of times before she got her car.”
“Ok let’s get her it’s better then getting the law.”
“Ok.”
“Meet me at the house I’ll tell Shannon in case she has to cover for us.” Kane left to tell Shannon. Soon after Christian met him up at the house. They left in Christian’s truck.

They went to Delanie’s and saw a bunch of stone and drunk people. Kane found Cheryl.
“Kane?” Kane grabbed Cheryl and brought her over to Christian.
“Bring her outside I’ll be there in a minute.” Christian took Cheryl outside.
“You’re not going to tell my parents are you?” Asked Delanie.
“When will they be back Lanie?”
“In a few days.”
“I have no choice.” Said Kane.
“Damn.” Said Delanie. Kane left.

“Where are your keys?” Asked Kane.
“What keys?” Asked Cheryl. Christian went to her car and found her purse and threw it to Kane. Kane took out the keys.
“Ok I’ll take Cheryl home in her car.”
“I’ll follow you.” Said Christian.

They got home.
“Ok here are her keys she’s grounded.”
“Grounded?” Asked Cheryl.
“Grounded she doesn’t get them back till I say.” Said Kane.
“Got it.” Said Christian.
“Oh poop.” Christian drove back to his house.
“Now you’re going to go in there and act like nothing is wrong got it?” Asked Kane.
“Yes.”
“Can you do it?”
“Yes.” Kane and Cheryl went inside and found Miss Linda and Shannon in the study.
“You look like hell.” Said Miss Linda.
“Just tired grandma.” Said Cheryl.
“Ya she was studying at her friend Delanie’s.” Said Kane.
“No more of that you study here else you won’t be able to graduate.” Said Miss Linda.
“Yes grandma I’m going to bed.” Cheryl went up to bed.

Undertaker was throwing bottles around in the morning.
“Do you mind not doing that?” Asked Sara waking up and holding her head.
“You were carried in here last night.”
“Obviously you didn’t do the carrying.”
“I was bitched at by Miss Linda last night, you are going to sober up.”
“You can’t stop me you made me.”
“Sara I gave Raul and Maria the keys to the licker cabinet, I have the keys to the car, you try to run and the hands will bring you back, you are going to sober up.”
“Fuck you.” Undertaker left. Sara got out of bed and found a hide a bottle in the closet.

Kane and Shannon were talking outside.
“How is Sara?” Asked Shannon.
“I don’t know.”
“What about Cheryl.”
“I have the last of her pills, she’s grounded.” Undertaker came out.
“Taker how is Sara?” Asked Shannon.
“Fine.” Said Undertaker leaving. Cheryl came out.
“I gotta leave to.” Said Shannon. Kane went over to Cheryl.
“I have a meeting in town when I get home I want to talk to you.”
“Why?” Asked a worried Cheryl.
“Not yell, just talk.”
“Ok.” Kane left. Cheryl took out more pills.

Sara very drunk was coming down the stairs with a suitcase. Cheryl was at the bottom of the stairs stoned.
“Where you going Sara you got your suitcase?”
“Cheryl?” Sara’s eyes were blurry. She fell down the stairs. Cheryl started laughing.
“Hey Sara get up and have some fun.” Christian came in and kneeled by Sara.
“Sara? Sara?” He picked up the phone.
“Christian Sara doesn’t want to play with me.” Christian phoned emergency.
“I’m at the McMahon ranch I need an ambulance. Cheryl stay away from her. Hurry!” He hung up and tried to keep Cheryl away from a fallen Sara.

Lillian Garcia buzzed Kane.
“Christian on the line.”
“Thanks.” He picked up the phone. “Christian?”
“Sara fell down the stairs an ambulance picked her up.”
“What about Cheryl?”
“She’s stoned again I found her mocking Sara.”
“Ok take care of Cheryl I’ll let my brother know.” They hung up. Kane went into Taker’s office. He found Undertaker looking out the window.
“Brother.” Said Kane.
“Yeah?”
“Sara fell down the stairs she’s at the hospital.”
“Ok.” Undertaker started to leave and Kane followed him. Undertaker went on and Kane stopped.
“Is Sara ok?” Asked Dawn Marie.
“I don’t know.”
“Keep us posted.” Said Lillian.
“I will. Lillian phone the ranch and tell Miss Linda and Vince.”
“Will do.” Said Lillian picking up the phone.
“Are you going to the hospital?” Asked Dawn Marie.
“Yes.” Kane left.

Undertaker talked to the doctors.
“Your wife needs to stop drinking.” Said Lisa Kereluk.
“I’ll take care of my wife.” Said Undertaker.
“If you took care of your wife she wouldn’t be in this mess, I’ll keep you posted.” Miss Linda and Vince showed up.
“What happened?” Asked Miss Linda.
“I don’t know.” Said Undertaker.
“She’ll be ok.” Said Kane. As he showed up.
“Of course.” Said Vince.
“Can we see her?” Asked Miss Linda.
“I don’t know.” Said Undertaker. Lisa Kereluk came along again.
“She’s awake.” She said.
“Can we see her?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Only for a short time.”
“You go on ahead I want to talk to Undertaker.” Said Vince. Kane and Miss Linda went into see Sara.
“What?” Asked Undertaker.
“I never begrudged you a good time but you got to draw the line.”
“I know.”
“Take care of your wife.”
“I will.” Vince and Taker went into see Sara.
“I gotta stop wearing those shoes.” Said Sara.
“Yeah.” Said Miss Linda.
“I’m coming home today.” Said Sara.
“Don’t be in such a hurry.” Said Kane.
“Oh no I’m fine.”
“You’re not coming home I’m taking you to a sanitarium.” Said Undertaker.
“No I’m fine really.”
“Maybe the rest will do you good.” Said Miss Linda. Undertaker went into the hall and Kane followed.
“It’s for the best.” Said Kane.
“I know.”
“Take care of your wife brother.”
“Why does everyone say that?”
“I’m going back home to check on Cheryl.”
“Ya do that.” Said Undertaker. Kane left the hospital.

“How is Cheryl?”
“She’s in the study I think I got all of the stuff this time.” Said Christian.
“Ok I’ll talk to her.”
“Ok.”

Kane went into the study and Cheryl walked over to him.
“I heard Sara is going to be ok.” Said Cheryl.
“She could have died.”
“She didn’t.”
“You need to stop doing what you’re doing Cheryl.”
“And go on feeling awful?” Kane put his hands on Cheryl’s cheeks.
“Until you start feeling good.”
“I can’t do that.”
“You need to Cheryl.”
“I’m scared.”
“If you don’t it’s not living everyone has to have bad and then good.”
“I know.”
“Well?”
“Ok I’ll try.” Kane hugged Cheryl.

Undertaker took Sara to the sanitarium.
“Please I’ll be good.”
“We both have too many secrets Sara I can’t trust you to keep your mouth shut.”
“Please I won’t drink.” Two guys in white came to take her inside.
“It’s for the best.” Said Undertaker.
“I hate you!” He shook his head as she was dragged inside.

Would Sara sober up? Will Cheryl keep her promise to Kane?

TBC....

Chapter 44
Wrath of Sara

Miss Linda wasn’t going to be satisfied until she knew Sara was ok. Undertaker physically dragged the doctor to Sara’s door. He was going to give Miss Linda a report one way or another. The doctor unlocked the door and Undertaker opened it. Sara who was getting a drink of water turned around when he did this.
“How are you honey?” Asked Undertaker.
“You had me caged like an animal!” She threw her glass at him and he quickly shut the door. He then went back home to give Miss Linda the report.

While Undertaker was battling his wife Cheryl and Miss Linda drove home from shopping. They saw Vince and Kane in the yard.
“Ok I’m not shopping with you anymore Cheryl.”
“Aww come on grandma I’m a great driver.” Said Cheryl.
“I had my eyes closed the entire time.” Said Miss Linda.
“Did you get your dress?” Asked Vince.
“Yes you want to see it?” Asked Cheryl.
“Sure.” Said Vince. He and Cheryl went inside. Miss Linda sat across from Kane.
“I wonder how Sara is?”
“Undertaker isn’t back yet.” Said Kane.
“She should be ok but I don’t like her in there.”
“Might be the best thing right now.” Noted Kane and Miss Linda agreed.

Steve Austin was at the store.
“Is Shannon here?” Asked Steve.
“She’s over there about to leave.” Said Robyn.
“Thanks. Shannon!” Shannon saw her brother she tried to leave the building. “Hey sister I want to talk to you.”
“I don’t want to talk to you.” She stated.
“Come on outside girl.” They went outside.
“What?”
“You’re not returning my calls.”
“Good reason, I love you Steve but right now even though you’re my brother I don’t like you.”
“What did I do?”
“Don’t you care about Sara?”
“How is she?”
“In a sanitarium she almost killed herself and the baby cause of you.”
“What do you mean me?”
“I mean you.” She tried to walk but he stopped her.
“Don’t lay it on me.”
“It’s where it belongs. She couldn’t handle that affair with you, you slept with her to get back at Undertaker.”
“Ok maybe at first but then I fell in love with her.”
“Ya right.”
“Shannon listen to me that baby is mine.”
“I know that, I’m the only one that knows that and it’s eating me up inside that I can’t even tell Kane.”
“Thank god.”
“You better hope he doesn’t find out, right now he’s very over protective of Sara.”
“Don’t tell him.”
“I won’t. I gotta go.” She walked away.

Undertaker got home.
“How is Sara?” Asked Vince outside.
“She’s fine.” He lied as he took a sip of rye.

The next day Miss Linda went to see Sara.
“I’m fine I don’t need to be here.”
“I think you should be for a little while.” Said Miss Linda.
“I don’t want to miss Cheryl’s graduation.”
“Don’t worry about that we’ll take pictures.”
“Miss Linda I’m find I’m not even drinking at all.” Miss Linda just smiled at Sara.

After Miss Linda left Sara rang the buzzer. Caregiver Diane Laporte came in.
“I told you once.” She said.
“I want out.”
“Can’t do that, but you’re a rich lady I think you know how to get something else you want.” Diane looked at Sara’s diamond necklace. One of the few things Undertaker gave her in recent times.

Cheryl and Ana Miller were parking on the way to Cheryl’s car in the parking lot.
“You sure you don’t want to go to that grad party?” Asked Ana.
“Nah I have stuff to do.”
“Ok see ya at the prom.” Ana walked away. Cheryl saw Delanie’s car parked beside her’s.
“You want some more?”
“No thanks.”
“Think you’re too good for me now?”
“Just gotta be me.” Said Cheryl flinging her purse into the back seat.
“Look who’s all a commercial.” Taunted Delanie. Cheryl drove away.

Sara talked to the doctor about her personal life with Undertaker.

“So are you all ready?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Yeah wish Sara could be there.” Said Cheryl. They were talking outside.
“I know.”
“It’s like she drank so Undertaker would notice her and stop cheating on her.” Vince came out.
“Phone call Cheryl.”
“Thanks grandpa.” She went into the house.
“You ladies talking?”
“Cheryl sometimes sees things more clearly then the rest of us.” Said Miss Linda. Vince didn’t know what his wife meant but he nodded anyways.

Undertaker was talking to Sara.
“I’m fine.”
“You threw a glass at me.”
“I was mad but I’m fine now.”
“I think you should stay in here for a while.”
“No I’m ready to start over.” Undertaker handed her a paper.
“You’re lover Austin and another woman. You think he’s interested in you?” Sara stared at the photo in the paper of Steve and some blonde.
“I don’t know.”
“Stop hanging onto fantasy Sara then you can come home.” Undertaker left. Sara buzzed and Diane Laporte came in. Sara handed her the necklace.
“Any kind?” Asked Diane.
“Yeah.” Diane went to get the alcohol.

Later on afer Diane got Sara a bit tipsy she came back.
“A Kane is here to see you, he’s tall.”
“Tell him I’ll see him outside.”
“Need a pick me up?”
“Yeah.” Diane handed her the mouthwash bottle full of alcohol.
“Tastes like mouthwash.”
“The only way I can get it to you.”
“Ok.”
“You alright?”
“Yeah tell him I’ll be right there.”

She saw Kane outside.
“How are you Sara?”
“Just fine.” He gave her dasies.
“For you.”
“Oh thank you.”
“You ok, they treating you well?”
“Sure I get the five star treatment where is Shannon?”
“She had a meeting at the store but she sends her love.”
“How is Cheryl and Miss Linda.”
“They’re fine Cheryl happy about graduating.”
“I’ll be there.”
“Sara get yourself well for you and the baby.”
“The baby why does everyone care for the baby?” She threw down the dasies and tried to run. Two orderlies came along and grabbed her arms. “You’re hurting me!”
“That’s enough I’ll take her inside!” Said a pissed off Kane. Kane took Sara to her room.

“Ok I’ll take it from here.” Said Diane.
“Can you stay with me Kane for a while?” Asked Sara.
“Yes. I’ll handle it here.” Said Kane slamming the door in Diane’s face.
“I hate it here.”
“Does she treat yo alright? If she doesn’t I’ll have her fired.”
“It’s ok.”
“Sara talk to me.”
“You, Vince, Miss Linda all think that alcohol is my Achilles heel.” She turned around afraid to see Kane in the eye when she’s going to pour her heart out.
“And?”
“It’s not.”
“Maybe you should talk to Undertaker about this?” Suggested Kane.
“I tried. Kane he doesn’t make love to me anymore. How do I put this. You love Shannon and she loves you. He doesn’t love me, so I thought Sara go out and get yourself pregnant then he’ll have to love me.”
“Get yourself pregnant?” Asked Kane turning Sara around. He grabbed her by the arms. “Sara.”
“Kane.” He lightly squeezed her arms. She closed her eyes afraid he would do like his brother does.
“Who is the father of your baby?”
“Steve Austin. Now you see why I can’t tell anyone?” Kane held Sara in his arms tight. She was crying and he was near tears himself.

What would Kane do to Austin now that he knew the truth?

TBC.....

Chapter 45
Run Steve Run

*Chapter title taken from run Lola run.

Steve Austin answered the door when it knocked.
“Kane.” Kane didn’t say anything he punched Austin. Austin fell into the livingroom on the chair. “Now wait a minute, wait a minute.” He begged.
“Start talking.” Said Kane.
“About what?” Asked Austin.
“Don’t play stupid. I just came from Sara, you’re the father of that baby.”
“She told you?”
“I had to get it out of her but she told me.”
“Did you hurt her?”
“Know you did.”
“I love her.”
“Get off it Austin the only time you’re in love is when you look in the mirror.”
“Hey what do you want from me?”
“Stay away from her.”
“I will, I don’t like it but I’ll do it for Sara.”
“And don’t tell Miss Linda, Vince or Undertaker.”
“I got news for you Kane your brother already knows.” Kane had a confused expression on his face.
“Well that’s not something he’s likely to talk about is it?” Kane left still pissed at Austin.

Diane brought Sara more alcohol.
“Don’t you ever make your bed?” Asked Diane.
“I want you to leave the door open when you leave.” Said Sara.
“Can’t do that.” Sara grabbed the chair as Diane was still making the bed. She hit Diane with it, she was out for the count. Sara escaped and stole a car that had the keys in it still.. She got a few blocks and into a car accident. Luckily someone saw and got help.

Undertaker was called and he and Kane made their way to the hospital where Lisa Kereluk talked to them.
“Will my wife be ok?” Asked Undertaker.
“She’s in labour we have to do a caesarian section.”
“It’s that serious?” Asked Kane.
“Yes I’ll keep you posted.” Said Lisa Kereluk going back to Sara.

Soon after Miss Linda, Vince, Shannon and Cheryl showed up.
“What happened?” Asked Miss Linda.
“She took a car.” Said Undertaker.
“How?” Asked Vince.
“I don’t know.” Said Undertaker, in despair. “They came to talk to us and.” He turned around to the wall.
“She has to have a c section.” Said Kane.
“Oh no.” Said Miss Linda.
“Will she be ok?” Asked Cheryl.
“We’re hoping.” Said Kane.

Sara went in for the c section. Kane and Shannon were talking alone in a corner.
“You knew about Austin and Sara?”
“Yes I didn’t know how to tell you.”
“Now I know why you didn’t want to go with me to visit Sara.”
“Kane, I’m sorry I didn’t tell you. I tried but I didn’t know how to do it.”
“It’s ok Shannon.” Kane hugged his wife.

Sara woke up after the c section she was sore as hell.

Austin was listening to the news when he heard that Sara got in a car accident. He went straight to the hospital.

Undertaker and Sara had a baby boy, baby Mark, named after the deadman himself.
“Can we see him?” Asked Miss Linda.
“This way.” Said Lisa Kereluk. Shannon was going to go with them but she saw Austin come along. She walked over to him.
“Get out of here.”
“What is it?”
“You have a son.”
“Is he ok?”
“Yes.”
“Sara?”
“We don’t know.”
“Oh god.”
“Steve get out of here before Kane finds you.”

After they were done admiring the baby Undertaker said:
“I’m going to go and see Sara.”
“Ok.” Said Miss Linda.
“Did you want me to go with you?” Asked Kane.
“Yeah.” Said Undertaker.

They went to see the heavily sedated Sara who was sleeping. Undertaker sat on a chair holding his wife’s hand.
“I don’t know what happened.”
“What do you mean?”
“When I brought her home I loved her I don’t know why it changed.”
“You need time again to know your wife brother.”
“Kane, she’s beautiful even know, I can’t believe I did those things to her.” Kane tried to reassure his brother that everything would be ok but Undertaker was in near tears.

A few days later Sara was looking at the baby in the nursery in the hospital from the hall. Undertaker caught a glimpse of a paper in a patients hands.
“May I see that?”
“Sure.” He picked it up from the woman.
“Heyman and Lesnar got out.” He gave her back the paper. “Thanks.”
“Your welcome.” He walked over to Sara.
“Time to go honey.”
“Already?”
“The baby will be fine.” He got Sara back to her room to get her ready to go. While Undertaker went to get Sara ready Austin showed up he had tears when he saw baby Mark.

Kane and Vince were ranching when Undertaker and Sara got on the main road.
“There they are.” Said Vince.
“Yeah.” Said Kane smiling.
“Honey wave and smile back.” Said Undertaker. Sara put on a fake smile and a faker wave.
“You think anything is wrong?” Asked Kane.
“Nah everything is fine.” Said Vince. He and Kane decided to go back to the house.

Shannon went into town to have lunch with her brother Austin.

Cheryl was by the pool with Ana and a couple of other girls. Undertaker and Sara drove up. Cheryl put her arms around Sara.
“Hi Sara I’m so glad you’re home!” Sara took Cheryl’s arms away.
“Thank you Cheryl.” Sara went into the house. Undertaker grabbed Sara’s bags. He looked at Ana and the others.
“Hey ladies.” He went into the house.
“Thought you said she was ok?” Asked Ana.
“Eh who knows.” Said Cheryl.

Undertaker saw Sara taking off her clothes and getting in her robe to take a shower.
“Are you ok?”
“Oh never better.”
“Going for a shower?”
“Yes.”
“Want me to join you?”
“No thanks.” Sara went into shower alone.

Meanwhile Heyman and Lesnar went to the office.
“Undertaker in?” Asked Heyman.
“No.” Said Dawn Marie.
“Well honey tell us when he is we have to talk to him.” Said Lesnar.
“Will do.” Said Dawn Marie. The two disgusting men left.
“How did they get out of jail?” Asked Lillian Garcia.
“When you’re Paul Heyman and Brock Lesnar and the charge is only manslaughter I guess you don’t stay in jail very long.” Said Dawn Marie.

Undertaker and Miss Linda was talking outside.
“You ok Taker?”
“Ma’am?”
“Are you and Sara ok?” Asked Miss Linda.
“I’m trying.” Vince and Kane made it back.
“Everything ok?” Asked Vince. Undertaker sighed.
“Come and have some lemonade you two.” Said Miss Linda trying to distract Undertaker. Vince and Kane went to get some lemonade. Cheryl came along to get a drink.
“Need help?” Asked Undertaker.
“No thanks.” Scoffed Cheryl.
“Cheryl honey I’m trying to be nice.” Said Undertaker. Shannon pulled up.
“Shannon is home that will make grandma happy.” Sara came outside and Shannon went up to her.
“Oh Sara I’m so sorry.” Sara walked away from Shannon’s embrace.
“Thank you Shannon.” Said Sara coldly.

Shannon and Kane talked in their room.
“She just pushed me away.”
“I know she’s pushing everyone away give her time.”
“Ok.” Kane left and saw Sara in the baby’s room.

“Nice to see you in here.” He said.
“Is it?” She asked as he came in.
“Sara, you don’t have to worry.”
“What do you mean?”
“I mean you don’t have to worry I won’t tell anyone that the father of your baby is Austin.”
“I don’t know what you’re talking about.” She threw one of the baby toys a glass carousal on the floor. Kane knew not to go any further with it. She left and he cleaned up the mess.

Chapter 46
Kidnapped

That night as Sara and Undertaker were in bed he tried to cuddle up.
“I’m tired.”
“Come on honey.”
“I’m tired Taker goodnight.”

The next day the family had breakfast in the diningroom. Austin had a meeting in town he was still trying to get revenge on Undertaker.

Undertaker gets into the office.
“Taker is the baby ok?” Asked Dawn Marie.
“The baby is fine we’ll be able to take him home soon.”
“How is Sara?” Asked Lillian.
“Fine.” Undertaker smiled.
“Rob Conway your lawyer is in your office.” Said Dawn Marie. Undertaker walked in.
“Rob.”
“Taker this is a new lawyer Kurt Angle.”
“Hi I heard so much about you.” Said Kurt Angle.
“Good I hope.” Said Undertaker.
“I can help you with Austin.” Said Angle.
“Really now?” Asked Undertaker. Undertaker got a call it was Paul Heyman.
“I want to talk to you.”
“I’m busy.” Undertaker hung up his cell.

“Didn’t he want to answer?” Asked Brock.
“He said he was busy.” Said a pissed off Heyman.

Cheryl and Shannon went to visit the baby.

That night Undertaker told Vince and Kane about Kurt Angle.
“As long as he can get rid of Austin that’s all I care about.” Said Vince.
“Taker lay off.” Said Kane. Shannon and Cheryl pulled up.
“Shannon and Cheryl are home.” Said Undertaker. They got out.
“Taker the baby is soooooooo cute.” Said Cheryl.
“I know.” Said Undertaker smiling.
“Not like his daddy.” Said Shannon.
“What?” Asked Taker.
“Just kidding.” Said Shannon joking with the deadman.
“Sara come and see the baby with us tomorrow.” Said Cheryl.
“I’m not feeling good they said I have to rest.” Said Sara. Undertaker brought her iced tea.
“Honey go with them it will do you good.”
“You have concern?”
“Of course I do.” Said Undertaker.
“I’m fine go worry about the baby.” Sara went back to reading her magazine by the pool.

Shannon, Miss Linda and Cheryl saw the baby at the hospital the same time Undertaker was having a meeting with Kurt Angle to destroy Austin.

Kane came into the house from ranching. Sara came from the livingroom into the hall.
“How are you Sara?”
“Fine.”
“I’m going into town.”
“Really?”
“Yeah, actually going to see baby Mark I’ll take you with me.”
“I don’t want to see the baby.”
“You don’t mean that.”
“Yes I do.” She walked to the kitchen.

Part G

Kane got to the hospital and saw Austin about ready to go in.
“Get out of here.”
“No I want to see my son.”
“Austin leave you’ll only cause trouble.”
“What are you going to do Kane punch me outside the hospital?”
“Right place for it.”
“I want Sara and my son and I’ll have them soon.” Austin walked away.

Austin went back home to get revenge on the Taker.

That night while Undertaker and Vince talked outside Kane and Shannon talked in their room.
“I ran into your brother.”
“Where?” Asked Shannon.
“Outside the hospital.”
“You didn’t hurt him?”
“No.”
“Thank you Kane.”

The next day Vince and Christian was ranching.
“Something on your mind Vince?”
“How did you know?”
“Cause you go like crazy when something is.”
“You know me well.”
“Yeah.”
“Undertaker and Sara.”
“They’ll be fine.”

Sara was by the pool in a purple bathing suit when Undertaker came along.
“Time to go to the hospital.”
“I’m not feeling good.”
“We’re picking up the baby today.”
“I said I have a headache I thought the sun would help but I didn’t.” Sara went upstairs to her room and got in her robe. Undertaker came in and picked out an outfit for Sara.
“You’re going to get dressed so we can pick up the baby.”
“And if I don’t?”
“I’ll hold you down and dress you myself.” Sara didn’t want Undertaker touching her she decided to get dressed.

When they got to the hospital they found media outside, cops inside and someone was missing. After they talked to the cops Undertaker phoned home.

“Miss Linda.”
“Taker are you ok?”
“The baby has been kidnapped.”
“Oh no Undertaker.”
“Yes we’re talking to cops right now.”
“I’ll let the family know.”
“Thank you.” He hung up. He went to talk to the cops.

Would they get the baby back?

TBC...

Chapter 47
How to get a baby back..... Undertaker style

While Sara kept getting questioned by the cops on who could h ave taken baby Mark she kept repeating,
“It’s my fault. It’s my fault.” Undertaker afraid that she would blab she cheated on him stated that she didn’t know anything she was just scared. Then he went to the doctor and asked:
“Do you have anything to calm her down?” They gave her a sedative.

Meanwhile a ranch hand went to pick up Vince who was working on the land. Vince asked:
“What’s going on?” The ranch hand didn’t know, he stated that he was sent to tell him to go back to the house.

Jimmy the ranch hand went to school to pick up Cheryl.
“Jimmy what’s going on?”
“I don’t know you’re grandmother sent me to bring you home.”
“Ok I’ll follow you.” He got in his truck and Cheryl got into her car to go back home.

Vince found Miss Linda in the baby’s room.
“What’s going on?”
“Vince the baby has been kidnapped.”
“What?” Miss Linda started to cry.

Cheryl and Kane got home at the same time.
“Kane what’s going on?” Asked Cheryl.
“I don’t know shortcake.” Said Kane.
“The baby is stolen.” Said Miss Linda coming outside.
“What?” Asked Kane and Cheryl together. Undertaker brought a sedated Sara home.
“Sara are you ok?” Asked Cheryl.
“She’s fine honey she’s just sedated.” Said Undertaker taking Sara inside. Kane, Miss Linda and Cheryl followed inside.
“This is detectives Sean Casey and Dave Fontaine.” Said Undertaker.
“We’re going to put a tap on the phone.” Said Sean.
“Ok right this way.” Said Vince leading them to the livingroom. While Undertaker brought Sara upstairs the family waited in the livingroom.
“How could someone get kidnapped again?” Asked Cheryl.
“Again?” Asked Dave.
“Right you handed it yourselves.” Said Sean.
“Ya they contacted Steve Austin to get Kane back the last time.” Said Cheryl.
“You got off lucky.” Said Dave.

Later on the phone rang.
“Ok Mr Undertaker answer the phone.” Said Sean as he listened in.
“Hello? Ana? No she’s not home! No don’t call here I’ll get her to call you back.” He hung up.
“Sorry Taker.” Said Cheryl.
“Alright.” Said Undertaker annoyed.
“I’m going to go and get Shannon.” Said Kane.
“Ok she was out doing stuff for work when I called.” Said Miss Linda.
“Ok I’ll find her.” Said Kane.

While Kane was on the way to the store Shannon was a block away walking back to the store when she passed a hotdog stand with a radio.
“The baby belonging to wrestling magnet Undertaker and his wife Sara was stolen or taken hostage.”
“Oh dear god no.” Said Shannon. She went back to the store and found Kane outside. “Kane is it true?”
“Did your brother steal baby Mark?”
“No how could you ask that?”
“I’m going to find him.” A pissed off Kane left. Shannon used her cell to phone Steve Austin but no answer he wasn’t at work or at home. She decided to con the apartment manager to let her in her brother’s apartment.

Dave Fontaine came into the livingroom.
“The baby’s nurse Joanne Forrester is here.” He stated.
“Oh Mrs Forrester I forgot that you were coming today.” Said Miss Linda helping her into the livingroom.
“I heard what happened, this is not a good to meet on.” Said Joanne Forrester.
“It’s ok I’ll show you where your room is.” Said Miss Linda taking her upstairs.

Shannon finally saw her brother show up.
“I heard what happened.” Said Steve.
“Did you take him?”
“What? No! I heard it on the radio on the way back from Austin.”
“Great now all you have to do is convince Kane that.” Knock on the door. Austin opened it.
“Now Kane before you punch me again I didn’t steal the baby.”
“You sure?” Asked Kane as he came in.
“Yes I wasn’t at home, I wasn’t even in Dallas I was in Austin when it happened.”
“He’s not lying Kane.” Said Shannon.
“You better not.” Kane and Shannon left to go back to the ranch.

“I can’t take it here no need for all of us to be here, I’m going to the office.” Said Undertaker. Miss Linda grabbed his arm.
“No Undertaker.”
“Let him go Miss Linda we’ll keep him posted.” Said Vince.
“I’ll check on Sara before I leave.” Said Undertaker.

Undertaker grabbed his gun upstairs and put it in his coat pocket.
“Taker?” Asked Sara. He walked over to her. Touched her arm then kissed her on the forehead.
“Try to get some sleep Sara.”
“Taker baby, the baby.”
“Sara get some sleep.” He left with the gun. She fell back to sleep cause of the sedative.

“Christian Reso at the door.” Said Dave Fontaine.
“He works for me let him in.” Said Vince. Christian walked in.
“Any news yet?”
“No.” The phone rang.
“Mr McMahon?” Asked Sean. Vince answered it. Then hung up.
“Said it was a woman asked to meet her at Dallas Memorial Park.”
“Ok I’ll send two men.” Said Sean.
“Go with me Christian?” Asked Vince.
“Yeah.” They left.

Meanwhile Undertaker was on the phone, Heyman called.
“I have the baby.”
“What do you want?”
“10 Million dollars.”
“When?”
“When can you get it?”
“I don’t know.”
“Get it soon Brock doesn’t like waiting.” Said Heyman hanging up.

“You’re good.” Said Brock.
“I know.” Said Heyman.

Chapter 48
How to get a baby back..... Undertaker style (part deux)

Vince, Christian and some cops go to the pick up site.

Meanwhile Sara still sedated got up and went to the baby’s room.
“My baby.”

Undertaker phones home.
“Vince got a call he and Christian went to get the baby.” Said Miss Linda. Undertaker didn’t want to tell her that Heyman and Lesnar had the baby. He wanted to handle it himself.
“Alright I’ll be home soon.” Sara came into the livingroom.
“Sara, Cheryl help her.” Sean and Cheryl helped Sara to sit down.
“Is that Sara?” Asked Undertaker.
“Yes.”
“What is she doing up?”
“We’ll take care of Sara you just get home soon as you can.”
“Ok.” Vince phoned and said it was a phony call. He and Christian with the cops were on the way home.
“The baby.” Said Sara.
“Are you ok?” Asked Cheryl. Mrs Forrester came in.
“Mrs Forrester this is my granddaughter Cheryl and Sara the baby’s nurse.”
“Hi.” Said Cheryl.
“What a sad day for you.” Noted Mrs Forrester.
“I feel funny.” Said Sara.
“The doctor’s gave you a sedative.” Said Miss Linda.
“A sedative? Yes I remember.” Said Sara.

Undertaker phoned the bank and told them he had a plan and got some emergency money.

Shannon, Kane and Steve decided to go to the hospital to snoop around. They got the patients files to look through.

Undertaker took the money back to the office and Heyman called.
“You got the money?”
“Yes.”
“We’ll be there soon.”

“I remember a woman watching the baby’s every day, she kept saying they were cute.” Said Shannon.
“Really?” Asked Kane.
“Let’s find some information.” Said Austin.

Vince and Christian got back to the ranch.

Shannon, Vince and Steve went to the woman’s house. Austin and Kane waited by Kane’s car. Shannon went to the door.
“Sharon Mcallister?” Asked Shannon.
“Yes.” They heard a baby cry. “Excuse me my baby is crying.” Said Sharon going into the baby room. Shannon looked at Kane and Steve.
“She has a baby.”
“Are you sure?” Asked Kane.
“She said it’s hers.” Said Shannon. Kane and Steve walked up to the house all three of them came inside. Sharon came out with baby Mark.
“My baby I had him a few days ago.”
“Sharon I’m Shannon may I talk to you?” Asked Shannon.
“Sure.” Said Sharon. Shannon and Sharon talked at a table by the livingroom leading to the kitchen.

Heyman shows up and looked at the money.
“It’s all there?” Asked Heyman.
“Yes where is the baby?” Asked Undertaker.
“He’ll be along just wanted to see I wasn’t in for any surprises.” Said Heyman.

While Shannon finished talking with Sharon Kane used her phone to phone Undertaker.
“I have the baby.” Said Kane.
“You do?” Asked Undertaker.
“Long story I’ll explain when I get back home just get there.”
“Ok.” Undertaker hung up and aimed the gun at Heyman. Heyman in despair gave the money to Undertaker.
“Get out of here.”
“What do you mean?”
“You don’t have the baby.” Undertaker fired a warning shot at the wall.
“Ok I’m gone.” Heyman left pissing his pants.

“I don’t know what happened, I wanted to believe it’s mine and then they said my baby was dead and I just walked out with this one.” Said Sharon.
“It’s ok.” Said Shannon.
“I want to give the baby back.” Said Sharon.
“Of course.” Said Shannon. All four of them went back to the ranch.

Undertaker stood by Sara in the livingroom. Sharon gave Sara back the baby.
“I’m so sorry but when my baby was dead I wanted one and I walked out with yours please forgive me I’m so sorry.” Said Sharon.
“It’s ok.” Said Sara taking the baby. “Mrs Forrester.” Joanne Forrester took the baby from Sara. The whole family watched as Sara stared icily at the baby. Undertaker’s hands on Sara’s shoulders, staring at Sharon Mccallister cause he felt bad at what she went through. Shannon knew Sara wouldn’t or couldn’t love the baby.

A week later Sara and Undertaker were at the airport. Sara looked and saw Steve Austin pick JR up. She gave Austin a dirty look. Undertaker saw the look.
“They’re here.” Said Undertaker.
“Ok.” Said Sara. They went to pick up Eva and Katrina.
“Sara!” Screeched Eva.
“Hello Mama.” Said Sara giving her mother a kiss on the cheek.
“Oh I can’t wait to get a husband like Undertaker so I can have a baby to.” Said Katrina. Sara knowing Katrina was up to something else gave her sister a cold look.
“Let’s get back.” Said Undertaker. They all went back.

Now what was Katrina up to?

*I disclaimer Katrina for the next little while, she doesn’t like the Undertaker sexually, her character is a slut. No offence Katrina.

*Dedicated to my Aunt Joanne Forrester, Sean and Dave from England.

*The kidnapping incident mentioned with Kane, the episode wasn’t shown here so I couldn’t do the episode the last time I saw this show was in highschool and I only remember a couple of scenes of that one episode.

*Oddly enough the episode where Sara’s character tries to buy a black market baby that I wrote here just from memory a bit back, didn’t show on tv land the first time around, but today they are playing that episode go figure.

TBC....

Chapter 20
Bret Hart: Black Market Baby Broker

*Now that tv land finally played the episode with Talia Balsam in it I can redo this black market baby chapter.

Sara met with Bret Hart baby broker the next day.
“You have a baby for me?” Asked Sara.
“I have a mother for you, the baby comes later.”
“Do I get to meet her?”
“Yeah I made an appointment for you to go over there the day after tomorrow. Here’s the address.”
“What’s her name?” Asked Sara.
“Carrie Briggs.” Said Bret Hart.
“Alright thank you.” Said Sara then she left.

That night Sara went to see Undertaker in their little house. He was in the main room having a drink. She took off her robe.
“What the hell is that smell woman?”
“Perfume you like?”
“You smell like a skunk.”
“You know Shannon is going to have a baby before me.”
“I told you I don’t like to have these conversations.” He got on his long black jacket and left into the yard. She followed him outside.
“I want a baby, you have work, I want something to call my own.” He got into his car.
“Alright I’ll buy you a puppy.” He drove away.
“Taker!” Christian drove up.
“Mrs Callaway you ok?” Sara looked at Christian.
“I’m fine Christian.” He came up to her.
“You sure?”
“Damn sure.” Sara kissed Christian, soon after they went back to her little house and made love.

The next morning Sara was sun bathing when Christian came along.
“How are you Sara?”
“Mrs Callaway to you.”
“What?”
“You heard me.”
“What about last night?”
“I don’t know what you’re talking about.” Sara walked over to the table.
“How are you?” Asked Miss Linda coming out.
“Fine.”
“You know you should adopt a baby then tell Undertaker.”
“You know he and Vince won’t like that.”
“I’ll handle Vince.”
“Well I might just do that.”

A couple of days later she went into downtown Dallas and knocked on number 4 door, Carrie Briggs.
“Carrie Briggs?”
“I know who you are.” She left the door open and Sara came inside.
Sara followed Carrie into the livingroom where Carrie sat at this kitchen table in the corner by the small kitchen.
“You want a rootbeer?” Asked Carrie.
“No thank you.”
“Good cause this is the last one and I don’t feel like sharing.” Carrie sat down.
“How are you?”
“How do you think? You got a smoke?”
“I don’t smoke. I don’t think you should be smoking either.” Said Sara.
“Look I been carrying this baby pretty good.” Said Carrie.
“I’m only trying to help.”
“Yeah I heard from that lawyer Hart.”
“How are you feeling?”
“Look if I wasn’t so dumb I be at home right now with my own kind.”
“Do you need anything? Some groceries? The least I can do is buy you a six pack of rootbeer. Maybe an apartment.”
“You can get me an apartment the kind of apartment you would live in.”
“Ok with any luck you can move in this weekend.” Sara left to go and make the arrangements.

Sara had Carrie moved into her fancy apartment. Meanwhile Shannon and Kane were talking.
“You spend too much time working.”
“I like my job.” Said Shannon.
“Well I don’t like it.”
“I gotta get to work Kane.”

Later on Shannon went on lunch and she saw Sara in the baby department.
“Hi Sara.”
“Ah hi Shannon.” Carrie came up to them.
“What colour is the baby’s room going to be?”
“Green is a nice colour.” Said Sara.
“Ok.” Carrie went back to the cribs and listened in.
“I’m part of the big sister’s program you heard of it?”
“Yeah.”
“She has no family I thought I help out.” Said Sara. Carrie looked down, she didn’t know why Sara felt the need to lie about it.

Shannon went back to work. Sara and Carrie left the store.
“Who was that?” Asked Carrie.
“My sister in law.”
“Why did you lie about me?”
“My husband doesn’t know.”
“What is he going to say when you walk in with my baby?”
“He won’t know till it’s too late.” Carrie was amazed at Sara.

Christian saw Cheryl by the pool in a bikini.
“Hey Christian come and sit with me.”
“No thanks.” Said Christian. Undertaker came out.
“Christian you got work to do?”
“Yes sir.” Christian got into his truck and drove away. Undertaker sat down.
“Honey I think when the help is around you should put on some clothes.”
“Trying to get a tan, what do you want me to do wear a turtle neck?”
“You seen Sara?”
“No, you two have a fight?”
“We don’t fight.”
“She went out every day this week.”
“Really?”
“Yeah and this morning Bret Hart wanted to know from Sara how much a deposit she wants down on an apartment.”
“You don’t say?” Undertaker went inside to get Tazz to do a search on Bret Hart and to follow Sara around.

The next day Undertaker found out the information and Shannon just got out of the pool when the phone rang. She answered it.
“Mrs Callaway Bret Hart wants to know which hospital you want the baby born in, I told him it’s up to you you’re buying it.” It was Carrie Briggs.
“I’m sorry I think you got the wrong wife.” Said Shannon. Carrie hung up worried.

Shannon went into Sara’s little house.
“A girl just called would it be the same girl that I saw at the store?” Asked Shannon.
“What?”
“She wanted to know which hospital the baby should be born in.” Sara shut the door.
“Shannon you listen to me, you can’t tell Mark this, I want a baby and this is the only way I’m going to get it.”
“I won’t tell Sara, he won’t find out from me.” Shannon left, intending to keep her word.

Sara went back to Carrie’s apartment with baby clothes. She went up the stairs and looked into the kitchen and then the bedroom.
“Carrie?” She heard the door slam shut downstairs. She saw Undertaker looking at the baby clothes. She came down the stairs. “What did you do to her?”
“Nothing I sent her to California.” Sara walked out.

She drove fast back home. Vince, Linda, Shannon and Cheryl were outside.
“You bitch!” Yelled Sara.
“Whose a bitch?” Asked Cheryl.
“Sara!” Yelled Miss Linda.
“You swore you wouldn’t tell!” Said a pissed off Sara.
“I didn’t.” Said Shannon.
“He found out and he sent her away.”
“Who found out what? Who sent who away?” Asked Cheryl.
“Sara I didn’t tell.” Said Shannon.
“Taker is right you are a tramp!” Sara went into her little house.
“What was that about?” Asked Vince. Undertaker drove up and saw Shannon in tears. He went into his little house.

He went into the bedroom and saw Sara packing a bag. He shut the door.
“What are you doing?” She ignored him. “I want an answer.”
“You had to do it didn’t you?” Asked Sara still packing.
“You know I want a baby but I want it to be our own.” Said Undertaker. Sara put a brush in her bag.
“That would be hard since you haven’t touched me in months.”
“I don’t want some stupid kid’s baby.” Said Undertaker.
“I wanted a baby.” Said Sara.
“When you deserve one.” Said Undertaker. Sara stopped packing and slapped Undertaker across the face. He grabbed her and threw her to the bed.
“Let me up!” Said Sara.
“You want a baby?” Asked Undertaker.
“I can’t stand you touching me right now!” He got on top of her and started to kiss her. She tried to kick him but using his long big legs he pushed her legs to the bed. So she couldn’t move them. She tried to hit him with her fists. He grabbed one hand, held her wrist and kissed her again.
“You know what you want.” He stated.
“I don’t want you to touch me.” He nuzzled her ear, then went down to her breast and kissed in between them. “I don’t want you to touch me.” He went back to her mouth and kissed her. This time she kissed back.

Kane covered Shannon’s eyes and they went into the yard. Sara came outside to watch what Kane and Shannon were doing. She and Undertaker just finished their love making.
“No peaking.” Said Kane.
“I’m not.” Said Shannon. He took his hand off her eyes. In the driveway was a black corvette. Shannon squealed.
“For me?”
“Yeah if you want to work more hours I don’t have to drive you.”
“Lets go for a drive.”
“Ok you drive I’ll close my eyes.” Undertaker came out as Kane and Shannon drove away.
“Looks like Shannon has a new toy to play with.” Said Undertaker.
“Yeah.” Said Sara. Undertaker kissed Sara on the cheek.
“I’m going into town to work you want anything?”
“No.”
“I’ll be home late.” He drove away. She sighed, she knew exactly what Undertaker was going to be doing.

Chapter 49
Return of Katrina

Little Mark was crying and Shannon came into check on him. Kane showed up shortly after. Then miss Linda came in.
“I think you two should have a baby of your own.” Said Miss Linda.
“We’re trying.” Said Kane.
“Well you need to be doing not just talking about it.” Said Miss Linda.
“Miss Linda!” Said a startled Shannon.

Christian and Cheryl were talking by the fence.
“I wish Katrina wasn’t going to be here.” Said Cheryl.
“Why should she bother you?” Asked Christian.
“She always causes trouble.” Undertaker, Sara, Eva and Katrina pulled up.
“There is your best friend now.” Said Christian joking with Cheryl.
“Very funny.” Said Cheryl.

Vince, Miss Linda, Eva, Katrina and Undertaker doted on the baby. Sara just stood in the background.
“Oh I want one.” Said Katrina.
“You’ll have one.” Said Undertaker.
“First you’ll have to find a husband.” Said Sara.
“I have my eye on someone.” Said Katrina looking at Undertaker.
“Oh Sara don’t you want to hold the baby?” Asked Eva.
“Not right now I’m tired you hold him.” Sara went inside.

“You stopped the car to show me McMahon Land?” Asked JR.
“I got some good news JR.” Said Austin.
“What?”
“You own a piece of that.” Said Austin.
“What do you mean?”
“I found an old deal that you had with Vince, you own a piece of that all thanks to Kane.”
“Well at least one of them is nice.” Said JR.
“Come on I’ll buy you lunch.” Said Steve.

The next day Kane, Undertaker and Vince were talking at the office.
“I think you should know my brother gave a percentage of the company to JR.” Said Undertaker.
“You did what?” Asked Vince.
“He deserves it you both made a deal a long time ago.” Said Kane.
“I don’t know about you.” Said Vince.

JR and Steve got back to Steve’s apartment.
“You want something to eat?” Asked Steve.
“No I want to lie down.” Said JR.
“The bedroom is over there.” Said Steve. JR was making his way over there when he passed out.
“JR!” Yelled Steve going to him.

Before drinks they were talking about Kane and Shannon going to have a baby.
“So when are you two love birds going to try?” Asked Undertaker.
“Whenever Shannon is ready.” Said Kane.
“I’m not talking about this in front of the deadman.” Said Shannon. The phone rang and Cheryl answered it.
“Shannon there?”
“Yeah, Shannon it’s Steve.” Shannon took the phone.
“Steve?”
“JR passed out come and help me convince him to go to the hospital.”
“Yeah ok.” She hung up.
“Your daddy again?” Asked Kane.
“Yeah I gotta go.”
“You want me to go with you?”
“You better not.” Shannon left.

Shannon and Steve convinced JR to go to the hospital.

Sara and Katrina were talking in Katrina’s room.
“I bet you in the sanitarium was crappy.” Said Katrina.
“Of course you wouldn’t know about that.” Said Sara.
“I don’t drink Sara.”
“Katrina what are you up to?”
“Nothing at all.” Said Katrina. But Sara knew better.

At the doctor’s Austin, Shannon and JR found out that JR had a hereditary disease, it was a big long name but it was a disease that wouldn’t allow Steve Austin or Shannon to have children without it being passed onto them. JR had to quit drinking, if he didn’t he would die sooner then later. Steve said he would take care of him.





Chapter 50
Short comings

Miss Linda and Eva were with the baby.
“He’s so adorable.”
“I never Sara could bounce back.” Said Miss Linda.
“My girls are strong of course they would both.” Said Eva.

Shannon and Steve took JR home. He went to bed. Shannon was sad she knew she couldn’t have any kids.

At home Shannon was with the baby and Kane found her in the nursery.
“You ok?”
“Yeah I’m ok.”
“You sure?”
“Yeah.” He didn’t know how to tell him that she couldn’t have any babies.

The next morning Undertaker was watching Shannon swim.
“What you looking at?” Asked Kane coming out.
“Is that a new suit Shannon has on?”
“I think so why?”
“Thought Sara might like it.” Undertaker watched Shannon some more. Shannon quickly put on a towel.

Undertaker and Kane went in for breakfast. Cheryl was at the diningroom table reading a book.
“What you reading?” Asked Kane.
“A romance.” Said Cheryl.
“Hmmm looking for some?” Asked Kane.
“Very funny.” Said Cheryl laughing. Miss Linda came along.
“Undertaker, Shannon said the baby’s doctor appointment is at 2 this afternoon.” Miss Linda left the house. Undertaker looked at Kane.
“Why is your wife taking my baby to the doctor?”
“She said Sara was busy.” Said Kane. Undertaker left the house.

Undertaker found Sara outside.
“Why aren’t you taking the baby to the doctor?”
“I’m not feeling good.”
“I don’t like Shannon doing it.”
“Why do you care the baby isn’t yours?”

Shannon took the baby to the doctors then phoned Steve.
“The baby is fine.”
“I want a second opinion Shannon.”
“I’ll take him to a doctor in Fort Worth.” Said Shannon.
“Ok.” Said Steve.

While Shannon was taking baby Mark to the doctor in Fort Worth. Steve saw Eva, Katrina and Sara at the gardens.
“Sara would you three like to join me for lunch?”
“Ah this is my mother Eva and my sister Katrina. No thanks.” Said Sara.
“Who is this?” Asked Katrina.
“This is Steve Austin.” Sara led her mother and sister away.

Undertaker met Kurt Angle at a hamburger stand.
“You ever eat normally?” Asked Taker.
“You said some place where nobody will know you will go.”
“Well you got that right.”
“So you want my help to get rid of Austin?” Asked Kurt.
“No kidding.” Said Angle.
“Good I got an idea.”
“What?”
“A fixed election bankrolled by the Undertaker.”
“I like your thinking boy tell me more.” Said Undertaker.
“Sure.”
“Only I’m buying you lunch at some place good, come on.” The two men went to talk business.

After taking the baby to the doctor and then dropping the baby at the house Shannon met her brother.
“He’s healthy.”
“I think Sara should know.”
“Steve no point in telling her unless something was wrong.”
“She should know.”
“She doesn’t care about the baby.” Shannon walked away.

Steve went home to talk to JR.
“I’m going to get McMahon and the Undertaker.” Said Austin.
“How?” Asked JR.
“By exploiting the fact that Sara’s baby is my baby.” Said Austin.

They had drinks before dinner.
“You talk to Angle?” Asked Vince.
“Yeah we came up with a plan.” Said Undertaker.
“The sooner I get Austin away from the office of wrestling management the better off I’ll be.” Said Vince.
“Steve Austin? We saw him at lunch today.” Said Katrina. Shannon and Kane came into the room.
“Is it dinner?” Asked Kane.
“Right away.” Said Miss Linda.

After dinner they went to the theatre. Undertaker, Katrina and Sara got home early.
“I’ll take you upstairs Sara.” Said Katrina. Sara went inside.
“I’ll manage things.” Said Undertaker. He followed Sara inside.

Once upstairs all hell broke loose.
“What the hell was that?” Asked Undertaker.
“I’m sure I don’t know what you mean.” Said Sara.
“Miss Linda I’m going to faint, Miss Linda I’m having a dizzy spell.”
“I feel fine now must have been a passing thing.”
“Sara act right.”
“Mark fuck you.” Undertaker left and went outside.

“What are you doing?” Asked Katrina.
“Going for a drive.” Said Undertaker.
“Can I come?”
“Don’t know.”
“It’s not past my bed time yet Undertaker.”
“Alright.” They drove away. Sara watched from the bedroom window. She knew what Katrina was up to.

The rest of the family got home soon after.
“I’m going to check on baby Mark.” Said Shannon.
“That’s Sara’s job.” Said Kane.
“She doesn’t want him.”
“Shannon he’s not your baby.”
“Kane he’s the only baby I have.” Shannon went inside. Kane didn’t know what to do about her.

* I disclaimer Katrina as usual, she still doesn’t think Undertaker is attractive. Yuck!

TBC...

Chapter 51
New Secretary

*I still disclaimer Katrina, she still doesn’t like the deadman hehe. Don’t blame her.

Undertaker was watching Katrina swim. Sara came out and watched him watching Katrina. Undertaker then decided to go to work.

Undertaker went to the office and only found Lillian Garcia there. He forgot Dawn Marie went off and got married.
“Good morning Lillian, ah Dawn Marie still planning her wedding?”
“Yup.”
“Do ladies like silver?”
“Oh yes.”
“Ok order some on our account.”
“Will do Taker. Mick Foley is in your office.”
“Ok.” Undertaker went in.

“Foley.”
“Deadman.”
“What do you want?”
“I want in on this big deal.”
“You know I can’t do that till I find out more about it.”
“We all know you have something up your sleeve why won’t you let the cartel in?”
“You will soon now Mankind I got something to do, so shut the door on your way out.” Foley nicknamed Mankind knew he wasn’t going to get anywhere with the Undertaker this day.

Kane came in after Foley left.
“What’s the big idea?”
“What are you talking about little brother?”
“You took Steve Austin’s stock away and you know it was rightfully JR’s and his.”
“I’ll do what I have to do little brother to survive.”
“One of these days Undertaker you’re going to get a kick in the ass and I hope I’m there to see it.” Kane walked out.

Undertaker met with Kurt Angle in a park.
“I need more money.”
“How much more?” Asked an annoyed Undertaker.
“Couple of thousand.”
“You know I keep bankrolling Austin I’m going to go broke.”
“Takes money to get rid of him.”
“You better be right.”
“Taker I know I’m right.”

It was dinner time that night.
“Oh mama I don’t want to go back to Santa Fe.” Said Katrina.
“Well I have a new boyfriend so we gotta go back.” Said Eva.
“And you have school don’t forget school.” Said Cheryl.
“I think I’m rushing into this school thing too fast, I want to take some time off and work.” Said Katrina.
“I don’t know about that.” Said Eva.
“Well Kane how is this idea Katrina can work for me as my secretary until Dawn Marie comes back.” Said Undertaker.
“You’re all heart Taker.” Said Kane.
“Don’t I know it.”
“Oh can I mama?” Asked Katrina.
“I don’t know Sara what do you think?” Asked Eva.
“Katrina is going to do what she wants.” Said Sara taking a bite out of her meat.
“And we can give her the condo.” Said Vince.
“Oh boy.”
“You can go shopping and do it up like you want.” Said Undertaker.
“Yay Taker and uncle Vince!” Said a happy Katrina. Cheryl and Sara rolled eyes at eachother. For once they were on the same page.

Eva and Katrina were talking in their apartment.
“Now Katrina don’t do anything foolish.”
“What do you mean?”
“We know Sara and Undertaker are having a rough time right now our goal is to keep Undertaker happy so he doesn’t dump Sara.”
“Don’t worry mama I know how to keep him happy.” Said Katrina with a sly grin.

Undertaker was having a meeting with the cartel and as Katrina brought in coffee and goodies, she hit on them at Undertaker’s request, especially Mick Foley to keep him happy.

Kane and Miss Linda were talking.
“My brother took JR’s stock away that he and Vince made a deal on years ago.”
“That’s not right.” Said Miss Linda.
“I know but he walked all over me.”
“I’ll handle it, tell Steve not to worry.” Said Miss Linda.
“I will.”

Undertaker was having a meeting with a rival organization leader, Jerry the King Lawler.
“Remember that suggestion I came up with about a month ago?” Asked Undertaker.
“Sure I remember the one that you need a hush loan for.” Said the King.
“Yeah.”
“Before I give you my answer why don’t you go in with the cartel?”
“This one is mine.”
“Ok Undertaker I’ll give you the loan if you sign over the ranch, you can’t make the payment when those wrestling leases come in I own it.”
“Done.” Said Undertaker.

Shannon met with Steve.
“No way.” Said Steve.
“Please Steve I need you here for me.”
“I’m always here for you, you’re my sister but you know how I feel about abortion.”
“Steve I can’t have a baby knowing it’s going to die in 6 months.”
“It’s wrong Shannon.”
“I thought you loved me.”
“I do Shannon.”
“I can’t go to anyone else about this.” Steve didn’t know how to help her.

Katrina was looking at the ranch. Undertaker stood behind her rubbing her arm.
“I love this place and someday it will be mine.”
“I think you would make a great owner.” Said Undertaker. Sara came out in her new bathing suit.
“I didn’t know anyone was out here.” Undertaker took his hand off Katrina. Sara went to go sun bathe. Katrina just watched her older sister.

Kane got home. He and Shannon talked in their room.
“Something wrong?”
“I suppose not.” Said Shannon.
“Something right?”
“I’m pregnant.”
“Oh my god!” Kane hugged Shannon. Shannon still couldn’t tell him the baby was going to die.

In the morning Shannon just finished getting dressed when Kane came in.
“Come on I want to tell them but not alone.”
“Kane I gotta talk to you.”
“After.”

They went outside while the family was eating breakfast.
“Shannon is pregnant.” Said a happy Kane. Undertaker nearly spit out his coffee. Cheryl laughed.
“Congratulations.” Said Miss Linda.
“Ya now Little Mark will have a baby to play with.” Said Vince.
“I gotta go.” Said Undertaker getting up and Katrina following him to the car.
“Me to.” Said Kane. Shannon walked him to his car. “What did you want to talk about?” Asked Kane.
“Nothing Kane.” Shannon and Kane went their separate ways.

Kane found Undertaker in his office.
“The leases have been returned thanks to Miss Linda.”
“Do what you want Kane you’ll do it anyways.”
“Some may say the same about you.” Said Kane and then he left.

Undertaker took Katrina to her newly finished Condo owned by the McMahon’s.
“You like?” Asked Undertaker.
“I love it.” Katrina looked around and then went into the bedroom. She looked in the wall mirror. Undertaker came up behind her and nuzzled her neck. Then he began to untie her blouse. Katrina turned around.
“I don’t want a one night stand Undertaker.”
“I know.”
“Wouldn’t it be just that? Give or take a night or two?”
“I can’t make any promises.” Said Undertaker.
“All I want from you is that you’ll keep coming back.”
“You know I will honey.”
“I need to think about it.” Undertaker did her blouse up again.
“Take all the time you need Katrina.”

Undertaker went to see Jerry the King Lawler.
“Got the money?” Asked King.
“Yeah right here. Got the papers?” Asked Undertaker.
“Right here.” Undertaker signed them. “It’s good to be the king.” Said King.

Undertaker then went to Angle.
“Get Austin away and into politics.”
“Soon Undertaker these things take time.”
“Hurry up I’m going to go bankrupt.” Undertaker walked away.
“Just exactly what I’m hoping for Undertaker.” Said Angle.

Kane saw Angle coming out of Undertaker’s office the next day.
“What are you up to?” Asked Kane.
“Nothing at all.” Said Angle walking out.

Shannon and JR went out to dinner that night to catch up on things.

Undertaker was meeting with the King when a call came in on King’s phone.
“Hello?”
“Is deadman there?”
“Katrina.” King handed Undertaker the phone.
“Why are you calling me on his phone?”
“Well you wouldn’t turn on your cell.”
“What do you want?”
“Meet me at the condo tonight.”
“Ok.” Undertaker hung up.

“What are you up to?” Asked Lillian Garcia.
“Nothing Lillian why?” Asked Katrina.
“Yeah ok.” Said Lillian rolling her eyes at Katrina.

“Ok I’m here what do you want?”
“You.”
“I can’t right now.”
“Taker.”
“You want me then you’ll have to prove it.”
“I will.”

While the family was doting on baby Mark and Sara stood by watching Undertaker went to the King.
“What do you want to keep your mouth shut?” Asked Undertaker.
“Katrina.”
“You can have her.” Undertaker went back to the condo.

“I knew you would be back.”
“You want me?”
“You know I do.”
“Then I want you to keep King happy.”
“How?”
“You know how.”
“I will.” Undertaker kissed Katrina. Katrina pushed away and started to get undressed. Undertaker liked what he saw.

Chapter 52
Disaster

Kane needed to pick a new ranch hand that had to replace one that moved away. He saw in the line up a wide eyed little boy.
“What’s your name?”
“Brent, this here my dad.”
“Hi I’m Mike.” Said Mike.
“You two a team?”
“Never go anywhere without my boy since his mama passed on.” Said Mike.
“I never go anywhere without my dad.” Said Brent.
“Ok you’re both hired.” Said Kane.
“Thanks.” Said Mike.
“Ya thanks.” Said a happy Brent.
“Christian will show you the bunk house.” Said Kane.
“Follow me.” Said Christian giving Mike and Brent horses.

Kane went back to the house and saw everyone outside eating breakfast.
“You pick a new one?” Asked Vince.
“Yeah Mike and his son Brent.” Said Kane.
“Ok.” Said Vince. Undertaker and Sara got up. Taker walked Sara to her car.
“Going shopping?”
“Yeah.” Said Sara.
“Ok see you tonight.” He tried to kiss her and she turned away.
“Bye.” She left.

Shannon and Kane were in their room.
“You like the little boy?”
“Yeah Brent he’s nice.” Said Kane.
“You want one.”
“We’ll have one.”
“What if this one is a girl?”
“Then I’ll love her just the same.” Kane kissed Shannon.

Katrina and Undertaker were in his office.
“I need to find out what Sara has been up to.”
“Why do you care?”
“She’s my wife.”
“A lot of thought you think about her.” Katrina kissed Undertaker and he kissed back.

“So why did you want to talk to me?” Said Doctor Shawn Michaels.
“Cause you’re a psychiatrist.” Said Sara.
“But what do you want from me?”
“I want to love my son again.” Said Sara. So they began to talk.

Undertaker phoned Tazz.
“You remember what Sara looks like?”
“Who could forget? Wow!”
“Have her followed I want to know where she goes.”
“Sure thing.”

Shannon and Steve were having lunch.
“You tell Kane?” Asked Steve.
“No.”
“You going to have it?”
“I can’t abort knowing that he wants a baby.”
“But you’re not going to tell him.”
“I can’t.”

When Shannon got home she saw Kane and Brent talking by the fence. She went inside.

“So you like it here?” Asked Kane.
“Yeah I like it here.”
“When did your mother die?”
“Two years ago, since then it’s been me and dad.” Christian came along.
“Brent your daddy been hurt he fell off a horse.” Said Christian.
“Dad!” They went to get Mike and take him to the hospital Kane promised he would take care of Brent for him.

After Sara’s appointment with Dr. Michaels she ran into Undertaker and Katrina downtown.
“Hello Sara.” Said Katrina.
“Katrina.”
“We’re just going to lunch care to go with us?” Asked Undertaker.
“No thank you.” Said Sara.
“Oh come on Sara it will be fun.” Said Katrina.
“No I don’t like to bother my husband on working hours. Good day.” She walked away. Katrina and Undertaker just shrugged.

Undertaker saw Vince in his office.
“A while back I asked a favour.” Said Vince.
“Which one?” Asked Undertaker.
“For you to set up that account for my first wife Mae Young.”
“Oh right the one in the mental hospital.”
“Did you do it?”
“I forgot but I’ll get right on it.” Vince left and Katrina came in.
“So are you going to do it?”
“Do what?”
“Set up that trust fund for Vince’s first wife?”
“Hell no.” Said Undertaker. Katrina smiled all the more for her.

Vince found Miss Linda outside.
“We have the new guy down.” Said Vince.
“Oh no.” Said Miss Linda.
“Yeah.”
“Anyone to take over?”
“Kane said Brent wants to do it.”
“Do you think he can?”
“He wants to.”
“Ok.”

Sara was upstairs in the nursery.
“Baby I wish I can love you, I’ll find out why I can’t and I know I’ll come back to you.” Undertaker came in.
“Having a baby moment?”
“Did you have fun with Katrina?”
“It was a business lunch.”
“Yeah ok.”
“You make a good mom.” Baby started to cry.
“Really?” Asked Sara.
“Aren’t you going to pick him up?” Asked Undertaker.
“Well you’re the expert you pick him up.” Sara left. Undertaker looked at the baby.
“Shhhh.”

Kane took Brent riding.

That night Kane and Shannon took Brent to a movie. Then they came home.
“He seemed to like the movie.” Said Shannon.
“Yeah.” Said Kane.
“You like him.”
“Yes I do but I ‘ll love our baby.” Said Kane kissing Shannon.

Shannon woke up and no Kane in the room. She found Vince and Miss Linda outside.
“Where is Kane?”
“He and Brent went riding.” Said Miss Linda.
“That sounds like a good idea.” Said Shannon going to find her horse.]

“Hey there is Shannon.” Said Brent.
“Yup guess she wants to ride.” Said Kane. The horse saw a rattler. The horse got scared and threw Shannon off. “Shannon!” Brent and Kane went over to her. She was passed out.
“Is she ok?”
“I don’t know, go back to the house and get them to call the doctor.” Said Kane.
“Ok.” Brent ran all the way back.

Shannon woke up in the hospital.
“Kane?”
“I’m right here.”
“The baby?”
“We lost it.” She fell back to sleep. Kane was sad.

Undertaker had a meeting with Tazz in his office.
“She’s seeing a psychiatrist. Shawn Michaels the heartbreak kid.”
“Sexually?”
“No professional.”
“Ok.”

“Did she lose the baby?” Asked Brent.
“Yes.”
“What are you going to do?”
“Guess try again.” Said Kane.

Undertaker sat by the pool by Sara and she got up as soon as he sat down. He forced her back down.
“Tell me about doctor Michaels.”
“You know I decided to see a psychiatrist you had me followed?”
“You know I did.”
“Well before I can go on with my life I have to figure out how it got screwed up in the first place.”
“They call him the heartbreak kid.”
“What’s the matter Mark you afraid he’ll give you a run?”
“It’s Undertaker and you know that.”
“I don’t care what it is.”
“The only reason why you’ll get to see him Sara is so you can be a better mother to your baby.” Undertaker let her go.
“Will you ever be a better father?”
“Not to that bastard I won’t.” Sara walked back inside.

Kane brought Shannon flowers.
“Thank you.”
“I talked to the doctor why didn’t you tell me about the disease.”
“I didn’t know how to tell you. You wanted a kid so bad.”
“There are other ways.”
“I know.” Shannon hugged Kane.

Austin and JR came in.
“I’ll leave you three alone.” Said Kane.
“Did she tell you?” Asked Austin.
“Yeah and I feel sorry for you Austin.” Said Kane.
“Why?”
“She’s scared to have a baby and you’re scared to be a father.” Kane left.

They had drinks before dinner when Kane got home.
“How is Shannon?” Asked Miss Linda.
“She’s fine I’m bringing her home tomorrow.” Said Kane.
“Brother.” Said Undertaker.
“Yeah?”
“Tell Shannon I feel bad.”
“I will Taker.”

“Dad and I are going to Montana.”
“Really?” Asked Kane to Brent.
“Yeah my uncle is there he’s going to get well there and then work for his business.”
“You think you’ll like it?”
“I don’t know.”

When Kane went to pick Shannon up Steve was there visiting.
“I’m taking your advice.” Said Austin.
“What would that be?” Asked Kane.
“Not to be afraid anymore.” Austin held out his hand and Kane took it.

Shannon and Kane got home the same time Sara got home.
“Shannon.” Sara hugged Shannon.
“Sara.”
“How you feel?”
“Empty.”
“It will pass.” They walked to the house.
“Shannon.” Undertaker gave her a kiss on the cheek. Cheryl hugged Shannon.
“Shannon I feel so bad.” Said Cheryl.
“Thank you baby.” Cheryl went inside. Undertaker went in as well. Brent came along.
“Kane!” Kane went over to him.
“You going?”
“Yeah dad is able to move so we’re going to Montana.”
“I’ll miss you.” They hugged.
“I’ll send a postcard.” Said Brent. Shannon watched the Kane and Brent moment, blaming herself for not being able to have children.

TBC....

Chapter 53
For the love of Cheryl

*I disclaimer Katrina again she still doesn’t like the Undertaker.

It was evening and Undertaker and Katrina were talking in his office.
“We going out to dinner?”
“No.” He said.
“Why?”
“Vince’s birthday dinner tonight.”
“Will I see you later on?”
“You might.”
“I was looking forward to seeing something interesting.”
“Pick up the paper you might tomorrow.” Undertaker left.

They were at the Wrestlers club giving Vince his birthday party.
“What is it?” Asked Vince.
“It’s a sweater granddaddy I made it myself.” Said Cheryl. Kurt Angle came along.
“Well if it isn’t the Underfucker.” Undertaker stood up.
“What’s that supposed to mean boy?”
“You mess with people’s minds.”
“I think you ought get out of here Angle.” Said Vince.
“Anywhere is better then catching my death around the Underfucker.” Undertaker hauled off and slapped him.
“Get lost.” Said Undertaker.
“Just because I work for Conway doesn’t mean we have to be civil to eachother.” Said Angle rubbing his cheek and walking away. Cheryl ran after him.
“Hi.”
“Won’t Undertaker get mad if you talk to me?” Asked Angle.
“I don’t care.”
“So what do you want?”
“Nobody has ever stood up to him like that before.” Undertaker came along and grabbed Cheryl by the arm.
“Cheryl. Stay away from him.”
“But Undertaker.”

The next morning Undertaker was looking at the paper by the pool.
“Breakfast Undertaker.” Said Miss Linda.
“Alright.” He went to the table. “Business section for you Vince.”
“Thanks.” Said Vince taking it.
“Did you have fun talking to Kurt Angle last night?” Asked Undertaker.
“Oh get off it Taker.” Said Cheryl.
“Funny pages for you.”
“Ok.” She took it from him.
“Shannon.”
“Yeah?”
“Fashion for you my dear.” Said Undertaker.
“You seem in a good mood Undertaker.” Said Miss Linda.
“Too good.” Said Shannon. Sara came out.
“Society or sports honey?”
“Sports I guess.” Said Sara taking the section from him. Undertaker handed the front page to Kane.
“Oh look Undertaker all that hooplah for nothing, what you wanted us to see was the big fight with you and Angle on the front page and oh look page 6.”
“Two pages I’m impressed.”
“Kurt Angle is a horse’s ass.” Said Undertaker.
“You’re just mad cause he stood up to you.” Said Cheryl.
“Think what you want Cheryl.”

The next day Kurt Angle was at Austin’s campaign. 500 dollars was plunked on his desk. He looked up and saw Cheryl.
“What are you doing here?”
“I want to make a contribution for Steve’s campaign.”
“That’s nice of you.”
“Yeah you want to know what else would be nice?”
“Sure.”
“If yo ask me out to dinner.”
“Would you like to go out to dinner with me tonight?”
“I accept. See you then.” Cheryl left. Angle put the money in his pocket he knew Undertaker was the only one to bankroll Austin.


“Taker did this big thing this morning being nice and handing us the paper and meanwhile all he wanted us to see was this fight in the paper with Kurt Angle.” Said Sara.
“You seem resentful.” Said Shawn Michaels.
“He’s the king of mind games.”
“Does he have a name?”
“Ya but he doesn’t like anyone using it.”
“Ok Taker it is.”
“How about Underfucker?” Asked Sara smiling.

“I heard about that fight with Undertaker.” Said Austin.
“You mean Underfucker? He had it coming.” Said Angle.
“Well kid I’m glad you’re working for me.”
“Same here Austin.”

Angle later phoned Undertaker.
“I got him to trust me.”
“Good keep me posted.” Said Undertaker.

“So is he going to run?” Asked Kane.
“Don’t know. I just hope another scandal doesn’t come out like the abortion thing.” Said Shannon.
“Neither do I.”
“That means so much to me.”

Undertaker and Conway were talking in Undertaker’s office.
“Heard about the fight with Angle.”
“Ya.”
“If you want me to fire him I will.”
“Nah you can keep him.” Said Undertaker.

Austin ran into Sara downtown.
“Sara.”
“Mr Austin.”
“How is the baby.”
“He’s fine.” She walked away.

Cheryl was on the phone with Ana.
“Come on Ana please.”
“I’m not good with this sort of thing Cheryl.” Said Ana.
“I would do it for you.”
“What do you want me to do?”
“Just call back and ask my granddaddy if you and I can study together.”
“Ok.” Vince was coming down the stairs.
“Don’t hang up he’s coming right now.” Vince was on the way to the kitchen. “I can’t Ana granddaddy won’t let me. No there is no point in asking him.”
“Ask me what now?” Asked Vince coming to the phone.
“Ana wants to ask you something.” Vince took the phone.
“Hello sweetie.”
“Mr McMahon sir, I just asked Cheryl if she can help me for our history exam? Her notes are better then mine.”
“I don’t know she got a speeding ticket she has to learn things.”
“I don’t like to insist but I’ll fail without her.”
“Alright just this once.”
“Thank you.” Vince handed the phone to Cheryl.
“Wear your seatbelt.”
“I will.” Vince went into the kitchen and Cheryl hung up on Ana and phoned Angle.
“I’ll meet you tonight.”
“Ok.” He was happy.

Austin was cutting up meat when the door knocked. He went to answer it with a knife in his hand. Shannon stepped back.
“Ok Freddy.”
“Jason.”
“Huh?”
“Freddy had the glove.”
“You know I don’t watch horror brother.” Shannon came in. Austin kissed her on the cheek.
“I love you to sister.”
“So are you going to run?”
“I think so.”
“Be careful Steve I don’t want to see you hurt.”
“I will Shannon I’m going to see if I’m supported first.”

That night Cheryl and Angle met in a bar and talked for hours.

The next morning Cheryl came outside.
“Morning granddaddy.”
“You’re chipper for a girl who didn’t get home until 3 this morning.” Said Vince.
“We were studying.” Said Cheryl.
“No more late nights.” Said Miss Linda.
“Ok, I gotta go.” Cheryl was leaving when she banged into Kane.
“Where you off to shortcake.”
“Got school see you later.” Said Cheryl. Kane sat down.
“He’s going to run.” Said Shannon.
“That’s good.” Said Kane.
“I’ll support him.” Said Miss Linda.
“Not me.” Said Vince.

Cheryl went to Austin’s campaign when she saw Angle get in his car to leave. She followed him.

She followed him to a park where he got out and had a meeting with the Undertaker himself. Cheryl was so pissed off she left.

What was Cheryl going to do with the information that the fight was a hoax?

TBC....

Chapter 54
oob la dee oob la da life goes on

“I can’t stand him.” Said Sara.
“Then leave him.” Said Shawn Michaels.
“That’s your solution leave him?” Asked Sara.
“You can’t stand him then leave him.” Said Shawn Michaels.
“I can’t.”
“You mean you won’t.”

Kane knew his brother was up to something he made some phone calls. Then had some out of the office meetings then he came back to the office. He saw Katrina at her desk.
“Is my brother here?”
“No he’s at a meeting out.”
“Katrina come into my office.” Katrina took her notepad and followed Kane to his office. “Sit down.” She sat down.
“I’m very busy.” Kane snorted.
“Yeah I know.”
“What do you want Kane?”
“Is my brother making deals, illegal deals?”
“I don’t know.”
“Come on Katrina he must have dictated notes.”
“You know very well he doesn’t tell me everything Kane.”
“I think you know my brother more then the rest of us.”
“That’s not fair I don’t deserve that.” She tried to walk away but Kane caught up with his long legs and forced her back into her seat.
“I’m not done with you yet.”
“What do you want?”
“Is the cartel in on it?”
“Why don’t you ask one of them?”
“I might just do that you can go.” Katrina left, grateful to be out of there.

Cheryl and Ana were on campus grounds talking.
“Are you going to see Kurt tonight.”
“No.”
“Why not he’s so cute.”
“You can have him Ana.” Cheryl got in her car and walked away.
“What did I do?” Asked Ana to herself.

“Pilar baby talk to me.”
“I don’t want you to hang around Cheryl Kurt.”
“I’m doing this for us. If I pretend to be involved with her, marry her, I’ll get her millions in a cool divorce settlement.”
“But I need you.” Kurt kissed Pilar.
“I need you to.” The door knocked and Kurt went to answer it. It was Cheryl he took it in the hall.
“Cheryl what are you doing here?”
“You lied to me Kurt.”
“I can explain.”
“I saw you with the Undertaker today you lied.”
“No I was trying to get him to stay out of our life.”
“Thought he didn’t know?”
“He knows now.” Kurt lied about that to.
“Fuck you Kurt I admired you for standing up against him.” Cheryl walked away. Kurt went back into his apartment.
“What’s going on?” Asked Pilar.
“Could be trouble.” Said Kurt picking up the phone. Kurt phoned the Undertaker and no answer, he decided to try the beeper service.

Katrina was feeding Undertaker in her condo.
“Good.” Said Undertaker.
“You like it?” Asked Katrina.
“Yeah.”
“I ordered it from the same place as last time.”
“Get it on the table will ya?” He playfully slapped her butt. As she was going to go into the kitchen Undertaker’s long black coat beeped.
“What the hell is that?” He asked.
“Your beeper.”
“Why did I get that thing?” He picked it up and looked at the number then he phoned it. “Taker here.”
“Undertaker I ran into Cheryl she saw us in the park.”
“Oh?”
“I don’t know what she plans to do with the information maybe nothing I thought you ought to know.” Said Kurt Angle.
“I’ll handle Cheryl.” Said Undertaker.

Kane and Shannon were in bed talking.
“Something wrong?” Asked Shannon.
“Yeah.”
“What is it?”
“I think my brother is up to something.”
“When isn’t he up to something?”
“Ya but I don’t know what it is.” Said a worried Kane.

In the morning outside at breakfast Kane said to his brother:
“I want to talk to you at the office later.”
“I’ll be there.” Undertaker went in the house to get ready. He heard Cheryl leave her room.
“Be careful driving to school Cheryl.”
“I will grandma.” Undertaker picked up the phone.
“Rob, fire Kurt Angle, he’s trash.” Said Undertaker pretending it was Rob Conway the family lawyer. Cheryl listened in at this conversation. “Yeah you heard me.” Said Undertaker hanging up satisfied that Cheryl would go back to Kurt.

Undertaker got to the office.
“My brother here?”
“No.” Said Katrina with a sigh of relief. She followed Undertaker into his office. She started crying.
“What?” He asked. He couldn’t handle a woman crying.
“Kane made me upset.”
“What he do?”
“He thinks your up to something.”
“What did you tell him?”
“I told him to ask the cartel.”
“Did you tell him anything?”
“Nothing.”
“Well he won’t get anything out of them.” Undertaker bent near Katrina. He gave her a tissue. “Dry your eyes and I’ll take you home.” She looked at him and he gave her a quick kiss on the lips.

Cheryl found Kurt and started to kiss him.
“I love you, you went there to tell him off.”
“I told you I did.”
“I’m sorry I didn’t believe you baby.”
“So what do you want to do?”
“Let’s go back to your place.” Kurt and Cheryl went back to his place.

After love making they fed eachother fruit.
“This is heaven.” Said Cheryl.
“Just wait till we’re married.” Said Kurt.
“I like that idea.” Said Cheryl. She was smiling ear to ear.




Chapter 55
Dangerous Findings

Miss Linda walked into the study and picked up the phone to phone Paul Bearer.
“Paul I’m sorry to bother you at home but I need to see you right away I found a lump. Ok I’ll be in your office in an hour.” She hung up and Vince came in.
“Are you ok?”
“Yeah I’m going into town.”
“I’ll drive you.”
“No I’m going with Shannon.” Said Miss Linda leaving the room.

Katrina came into wake up Undertaker in her condo.
“The wrestlers fear you, gold is up, you have Vince’s soul where you want it.”
“Sounds nice.” Undertaker picked up his watch.
“Good morning.”
“I told you never to let me sleep here.” He got up and went into the bathroom to get ready. “Where are my clothes?”
“I had a new one brought in it’s on the back of the door.”
“Don’t ever let me sleep here again.”
“I like waking up with you and you looked so peaceful.” He went into the bedroom. He kissed Katrina.
“Let’s not do this again.”
“I made coffee.”
“Go get ready.” After she left the room he picked up the cup and then put it down after he tasted it.
“That woman can’t make a good cup of coffee.”

Kane and Christian saw Shannon and Miss Linda leave.
“They’re leaving early.” Said Christian.
“Yeah guess Miss Linda had to get into town.” Said Kane.

“I have cancer.”
“No you don’t Miss Linda.” Said Paul.
“I felt a lump.”
“It’s malignant.”
“How do you know?”
“Cause it was last time.”
“I feel like a hypochondriac.”
“That’s what I’m here for.”
“I’m sorry Paul.”
“Well I’ll run the same tests and some advanced ones to so you know what I know.”
“We won’t find anything?”
“Highly doubtful.” She was relieved he was going to do the tests.

Sara was eating breakfast in this quant diner when she spied this man walk in. A man that caught her eye.

Part H

“It’s about time you got here.” Said Lillian.
“Why anything important?” Asked Katrina.
“Yeah tonnes of phone calls for Undertaker. Vince walked in.
“Deadman here?” Asked Vince.
“No Mr McMahon.” Said Katrina and Lillian together. Undertaker walked in.
“Hi.”
“Deadman I want to talk to you.”
“Ok.” Said Undertaker.
“I’ll be in your office.” Said Vince.
“Lillian did you make the coffee?”
“Yes I did.”
“Thanks, Katrina bring some in.”
“Right away.” Katrina brought the two men coffee and the two men talked after she left.

Shannon and Miss Linda was eating lunch at the gardens.
“Anything wrong?”
“Yes.”
“What is it Miss Linda?”
“I found a lump in my breast.”
“A lump?”
“Another one.”
“Another one?”
“Yes.”
“Is it, is it?” Shannon didn’t know the right words.
“Cancerous?”
“Yes?”
“Paul says no.”
“Miss Linda you have to tell Vince just in case.”
“No I’ll wait I can’t tell him right now.”
“Why?”
“Vince looks good as he gets older if I had cancer and I had to have my breast taken off he wouldn’t love me anymore.”
“Miss Linda that’s not true.”
“Shannon I have to wait for now.”
“Ok.” Shannon didn’t agree with Miss Linda putting it off but she respected her wishes.

Miss Linda and Vince were in the study that night.
“Miss Linda I have a wife.”
“What?”
“My first wife Mae.”
“What?”
“She went kind of kooky and she’s in a mental hospital in North Dakota.”
“What?”
“Is that all you can say?”
“I can’t believe it Vince.”
“I set up a trust fund for her.”
“She went kooky and you divorced her?”
“Yes.” She sure wasn’t going to tell him that she could have cancer now.
“Go screw yourself Vince!” She walked out, straight through the livingroom, into the hall, out the door. She was going to get Raoul to take her into town.
“What’s going on now?” Asked Kane. Vince came in looked at them, walked outside, walked back in and into the study. He slammed the door.
“That’s not good.” Said Undertaker.
“No kidding.” Said Shannon.

What was Miss Linda going to do with Vince? Does she have Cancer? Tune in tomorrow.

TBC....

Chapter 56
Love Will Find a Way

“Wonder what that was about?” Asked Cheryl.
“I’m going to find out.” Said Kane going into the study.

He went in and saw Vince having a smoke and a drink, he knew things were bad.
“You want to talk about it?”
“Not especially.”
“Ok we’ll be here.” Said Kane.
“Ok.” Said Vince downing his sorrows in bourbon.

Kane and Shannon were in their room that night.
“Kane I think it’s my fault.”
“What do you mean?”
“I think it’s my fault they are fighting.”
“I don’t get you honey.”
“Miss Linda told me she might have cancer.”
“Oh no does Vince know?”
“She didn’t want to tell him I told her she had to.”
“So you think that’s what the fight was about?”
“Yes, and it’s my fault.” Said Shannon.

The next morning Undertaker was looking through his boots.
“This needs fixing, this needs thrown out, these are yucky.”
“Can you imagine if they got a divorce?” Asked Sara.
“What are you talking about?” Asked Undertaker.
“If Vince and Miss Linda got a divorce. Everyone knows they treat you and Kane like family you would get inheritance just like Cheryl.”
“Get to the point Sara.”
“You could lose McMahon land.”
“Sara the only reason why you are here is cause it makes them happy that I’m married to you.”
“I didn’t think you would notice with your fat nose in the way.” Said Sara. She was about to leave when Undertaker grabbed her arm.
“I need new boots today after you see doctor heartbreak kid there, I want you to go and buy me a couple of dozen of them.”
“How can I? I think your feet grew with your nose.” She left.

Sara went to the same diner where she saw the big man. He sat down across from her.
“Seen you here a couple of times.”
“I know.” Said Sara.
“You looking for me?”
“Yeah.” Said Sara.
“What’s your name?”
“Sara.”
“Batista, Dave Batista but you can call me Batista.”
“Alright Batista buy you something to drink?”
“Milk it does a body good.”

Meanwhile Angle was helping out at Steve’s phony campaign.

Kane found Miss Linda outside.
“You ok?”
“Not really.” Said Miss Linda.
“Shannon thinks it’s her fault.”
“Why would she think that?”
“Cause of the fact you might have cancer and she told you what to do.”
“It’s not her fault, it’s Vince’s.”
“You wanna talk about it?”
“No, I try to stay out of yours and Shannon’s life just stay out of mine.” Miss Linda went inside.

Miss Linda was in her room when the phone rang.
“Hello?”
“Miss Linda I need you to come in.” Said Dr Paul Bearer.
“Is something wrong?”
“You have cancer.”
“I’ll be in.”

Miss Linda found Shannon in the livingroom.
“Can you drive me to town?”
“Sure Doctor Bearer?”
“No the hospital.”
“Miss Linda.”
“I have cancer.”
“Ok.” Miss Linda wacked Shannon on the head. “What was that for?”
“For you thinking the fight is your fault.” Shannon didn’t push any further instead she drove Miss Linda into town and to the hospital.

Miss Linda and Dr Paul were talking in the hospital room.
“I tried to get you a good room.”
“It’s fine Paul.”
“We’ll do the biop and get it and then while you are still out we’ll take some more tests to see if there is anymore.”
“Ok, just do it.”
“Are you waiting for Vince?”
“No I want it over with.”
“You don’t want me to call him?”
“No.”
“Ok we’ll get started soon.”
“Thank you Paul.”

“I think it’s a good idea you give up.” Said Angle.
“Then I can’t go after Undertaker anymore.”
“You can do more damage Steve as a governor.” Said Angle.

Shannon was in Miss Linda’s hospital room.
“You need to tell Vince.”
“Shannon respect my wishes I don’t want him to know.”
“Ok Miss Linda.”
“Wait in the waiting room though.”
“I will.” Shannon left the room and went to a pay phone to use it.

“Lillian is Kane there?”
“Yes he is Shannon hold on.” Shannon had to tell Kane maybe he could get Vince down to the hospital.

“It’s not a big cyst so I’m sure we’ll catch it before it spreads.” Said Dr Paul Bearer.’
“Yeah you’re right.” Said Miss Linda being optimistic.
“You sure you don’t want Vince?”
“I’m sure Paul.”
“Ok.”

Undertaker, Vince and Kane made it to the hospital before Miss Linda went in.
“What happened?” Asked Vince.
“The fight your fault Shannon?” Undertaker joked.
“Lay off brother.”
“Miss Linda has cancer.”
“Why didn’t she tell me?” Asked Vince.
“I don’t know.” Said Shannon. Vince went over to Miss Linda when they were pushing her out on the bed.
“Miss Linda?” She was drugged up.
“Vince?”
“Yes.”
“Why are you here?”
“Cause you’re my wife.”
“I didn’t want you here.” She fell asleep and they brought her into the operating room. Vince was determined to stick around.

While Vince went outside for some air Undertaker said:
“I didn’t mean what I said Shannon.”
“I been around long enough to know you rarely know anything.” Said Shannon. Kane laughed.
“Laugh it up baldy.” Said Undertaker.
“She has you there brother.”
“We gotta be there for Miss Linda.” Said Shannon. The brothers agreed.

When Miss Linda came out Vince kissed his sleeping wife and went back to the waiting room.

“You’re a good rider.” Said Batista.
“Thanks I love to ride.” Said Sara.
“Well you’re good at it.” Batista kissed Sara.
“My husband doesn’t think so.” Said Sara.
“Your husband is an idiot.”

“I’m tired of talking about it, Taker tell your brother why me and Miss Linda were fighting.”
“I don’t know Vince.”
“You know why.” Said Vince going to take a walk.
“Well?” Asked Kane.
“Vince was married to another woman.”
“When?” Asked Kane.
“Before he and Linda were married." Said Undertaker.
"Are you serious?" Asked Kane.
"Yeah."

Shannon found Cheryl outside at home sitting at the table.
"How are you doing?" Asked Shannon."
"Fine." Said Cheryl.
"You want to go to the hosptial with me?"
"No thanks."
"Cheryl you need to support Miss Linda."
"I don't want to not today." Cheryl walked into the house.

"She has cancer." Said Dr Paul.
"Why didn't she tell me?" Asked Vince.
"I don't know she must have her reasons." Said Dr Paul. Vince knew he was going to be there for the mastectomy.

Sorry I couldn’t write anymore I got up too late and I still gotta go out today before work tonight.

TBC....
Chapter 57
Vince and Linda the continuing story

The next morning Shannon and Kane were in the bedroom talking about Vince and Miss Linda.
“How do you think she is?” Asked Shannon.
“I don’t know, what I don’t understand is why she and Vince are fighting.”
“Cancer for a woman is a tough time.”
“He’s there.”
“I know I wonder if it’s something else Kane.” Kane got into his pants and they heard Vince pull up.
“I’m going to go talk to him.” Said Kane.
“Ok.”

Kane went downstairs.
“How’s Miss Linda?” Asked Kane.
“She’s not awake yet, I’m going to shower and shave then go back.”
“Wait we’ll go with you.”
“I rather go alone.” Vince went upstairs to get ready.

Miss Linda woke up, she knew what was done, she was crying.

Undertaker and Sara were in their bedroom.
“Can you imagine what Miss Linda is going through?” Asked Sara.
“No I can’t.” Said Undertaker.
“Vince won’t love her anymore.”
“That’s bullshit Sara.”
“It’s true, Vince, you and your brother all you care about is having a wife as an ornament.”
“Vince it’s different you haven’t been here long enough.” They heard a car start up. Undertaker looked out the window.
“What’s that?” Asked Sara.
“Vince is going back to the hospital.” Said Undertaker.

Before anyone got to the diningroom for breakfast Kane found Cheryl sitting down there reading.
“You ok?”
“Yeah I’m ok.”
“You going to the hospital with us?”
“I have 3 tests today,. College keeps me busy.” Said Cheryl..
“This is more important.” Undertaker, Sara and Shannon came in.
“Lay off Kane.” Said Cheryl. She grabbed her books and left.
“What was that about?” Asked Undertaker.
“She doesn’t want to go to the hospital.” Said Kane.
“Sara and I will talk to her later.” Said Shannon. Sara looked at Shannon like she was out of her mind.
“See you two do a good job.” Said Undertaker taking a sip of coffee then leaving.

Vince got into Miss Linda’s hospital room.
“Linda?” He kissed her.
“What are you doing here?”
“I’m your husband.”
“Get out.”
“Linda.”
“Get out!” Vince had no choice he left.

Shannon found Sara in the livingroom.
“Sara did Cheryl get back yet?”
“Haven’t seen her.”
“Good when she gets back I thought the two of us could talk to her together.”
“Can’t you do it Shannon?”
“Yes but I thought since we’re like family we should both do it.”
“Shannon Cheryl doesn’t listen to me.”
“Sara.”
“No I mean it you talk to her. She hates me.” Sara left the room.

“You ok brother?” Asked Kane. They were at the hospital.
“Yeah I feel bad.”
“That’s a first.”
“Oh come on Kane you know they are like family.”
“Yes I know brother.”

Cheryl came back and sat outside at the table. That’s where Shannon found her.
“You ok?”
“Why does everyone keep asking me that Shannon?”
“I thought you and I can go to the hospital together.”
“No I don’t want to.”
“We need to for Miss Linda.”
“No thanks.”
“She’s your grandmother.”
“She has cancer what if I get it?”
“You know you can’t catch it.”
“I’m her granddaughter.” Cheryl went into the house.

Everyone but Cheryl was at the hospital when doctor Paul Bearer came out.
“She doesn’t have anymore, we got rid of all the cancer.”
“Are you sure?” Asked Vince.
“I’m sure go home for now I’ll call you when she wakes up.”
“Ok.” They got in the elevator, all but Sara.
“Go ahead I forgot something.” They went downstairs, she dialled Batista.
“Hi, no cancer, can we meet? Sure I know the place.” She hung up and went to meet the others downstairs.

Later on Vince was right beside Miss Linda when she woke up.
“I love you Linda.” Miss Linda turned away from him.

Shannon went to her brother’s and talked to Steve and JR together.
“It must be hard for her.” Said Steve.
“It is but she’s not talking to Vince and nobody knows why.” Said Shannon.
“You should have told me sooner.” Said JR.
“I’m sorry daddy it just happened so fast.” Said Shannon.
“I’m going to see her.” Said JR,
“JR I don’t know if that’s a good idea.” Said Austin.
“Yes it is.” Shannon and Steve knew there was no talking JR out of it.

Undertaker was listening in the hospital hall as Vince and Miss Linda were talking.
“Why are you mad at me Miss Linda?” Asked Vince.
“You got rid of your first wife cause she had a mental breakdown. I have no breast what are you going to do with me?”
“I love you.”
“Did you love her?”
“That was different.” Undertaker came in and put the flowers on the table. He gave Miss Linda a kiss on the forehead.
“Sara picked them out.”
“No way Undertaker you know daisies are my favourite you did.”
“Shhh nobody is supposed to know I’m nice.”
“Thank you.” Said Miss Linda wiping away a tear.
“Come on Taker I’ll buy you lunch.” Vince stood up, ready to kiss his wife but she turned away again. After Undertaker and Vince left, Miss Linda heard from the doorway.
“You are just the prettiest little thing I ever did see.”
Chapter 58
Moving Forward

Miss Linda looked up.
“JR?” He had daisies.
“I know they are your favourite Miss Linda.”
“Undertaker knows to.”
“I suspect so.” Said JR. JR put them with the others and gave Miss Linda a kiss.
“I’m glad you’re here.”
“Didn’t know if I should.”
“Yes you should.” Miss Linda smiled. She and JR talked.

Vince heard JR and Miss Linda talking and after JR left he came in.
“Good talking to JR?”
“Why didn’t you come in?”
“I didn’t want to bother you.”
“You mean you didn’t want to see JR.”
“You know he hates me.”
“Do you blame him?”
“Linda what do you want from me?” Asked an exasperated Vince.
“Nothing Vince, nothing at all.” Miss Linda looked away and Vince left again.

When Vince walked in with Miss Linda everyone was happy. Miss Linda went into the livingroom and everyone followed her.
“Cheryl I missed you at the hospital.”
“I’m sorry grandma I been busy.”
“I thought you would be, after I rest later on you and I should talk.”
“Ok grandma.” Miss Linda went upstairs.

Shannon, Sara and Miss Linda were upstairs in Miss Linda’s room.
“We’re glad you’re home Miss Linda.” Said Sara.
“You changed my room.” Said Miss Linda smiling.
“It was Sara she thought it would be a good idea.” Said Shannon.
“I love it thanks.” Said Miss Linda.
“I bet you know what Vince is like now.” Said Sara.
“Sara now is not the time.” Said Shannon.
“She’s right the men in this family, all they care about is looks.” Said Miss Linda.
“Not Kane.” Said Shannon.
“You’ll find out soon enough.” Said Sara.

Sara was in the study phoning Batista.
“Yeah I’ll meet you tomorrow, riding? That sounds great.”

“I think he’s scum.” Said Kane.
“So do I what’s the point?” Asked Undertaker.
“You up to something?”
“Kane leave your brother alone about Kurt Angle.” Said Vince.

That night at supper Miss Linda held up her wine glass.
“I want to toast my family for being my family.”

The next day Miss Linda was trying to get dressed but she knew she couldn’t wear her clothes anymore. Vince came in.
“Miss Linda what’s wrong?”
“Get out just get out!” Miss Linda slammed the door in his face. When the phone rang she answered it. It was JR.
“JR? Yeah I’ll meet you there.” She was happy.

Sara and Batista were riding slow.
“Did I ever tell you I love you?” Asked Batista.
“You do?”
“Yes too bad ole Taker doesn’t know how to please you.”
“I know.” Said Sara as they kissed.

JR gave Miss Linda more daisies. They were in the park.
“I remember when we graduated you wore that pink frilly dress.”
“And you wore that funny tie.”
“Yeah just for you.”
“Yeah.” Said Miss Linda.
“What happened to us?”
“You know what. I had to save the ranch and the only way I could do that was to marry Vince.”
“But you don’t love him.”
“I grew to.”
“Do you still?” Miss Linda had to think about that.
“Yes.”

“How is Miss Linda doing?” Asked Christian.
“Don’t know.” Said Kane.
“Hope she does good.” Said Christian.
“Me to.” Said Kane.

Miss Linda called up the stairs.
“Cheryl?”
“Yes grandma?”
“Can you come downstairs?”
“Ok.” Cheryl met Miss Linda in the livingroom.
“You haven’t talked to me since I been home.”
“I’m scared grandma.”
“Cheryl nothing wrong with that.”
“What if I get it?”
“Nobody knows who it will happen to all you can do is take care of your body.”
“You took care of yours.”
“Cheryl I don’t want you to be afraid of me cause I got something nobody can control.”
“I know grandma.”
“Do you love me?”
“Yes grandma.” Cheryl hugged Miss Linda.

Miss Linda found Vince and Kane outside.
“I want to talk to my husband alone.” Said Miss Linda.
“Ok.” Said Kane going in.
“What’s up?” Asked Vince.
“I love you Vince, I don’t want you to dump me.”
“Miss L......” He didn’t get a chance to finish.
“Let me finish. I love you, right now I need time.”
“Take all the time you need Miss Linda.” They hugged.

“A typhoon! What do yo mean a typhoon!” Asked Undertaker on the phone. Katrina came in. After he got off the phone she said.
“What’s wrong?”
“Get Angle on the horn tell him to meet me at the usual place.” Undertaker very pissed left the office.

Angle and Taker met in the park.
“What’s up?” Asked Angle.
“I’m losing money on the leases in Asia cause of that typhoon.”
“Well don’t buy wrestling leases over seas.”
“That’s none of your business.”
“What do you want from me Undertaker?”
“For you to get Austin out of the office of Wrestling management and into politics.”
“I’m trying.”
“Try harder.” Undertaker drove away.

Would those leases come in time and would Undertaker get Austin out of the WOLM?

TBC....

Chapter 59
The Trouble with Undertaker

“Katrina I want to talk to you in my office.” Said Kane.
“Alright.” Katrina was wearing a blue blouse with a white skirt.
“What is my brother up to.”
“I don’t know.”
“I still think you’re lying.”
“I’m sorry Kane but I don’t deserve that.” She tried to get up to walk away.
“Katrina.” She turned back.
“What?”
“If you are behind what he is behind don’t think you won’t get yours in the end.”
“Can I go now?”
“Yes.” She left.

Shannon and Steve were eating outside.
“I thought you graduated from fast food?” Asked Shannon.
“I have to maintain an image.”
“So are you going to run?”
“I think so.”
“How do you know you’ll have support?”
“You have no faith in me sis.”
“Yes I do, I just worry.”

“He was mean to me.”
“Don’t worry about my brother Katrina.” Said Undertaker. He was sitting on his desk and her a chair.
“She wouldn’t have done that to Sara.”
“He might if she knew anything.”
“Kane hates me.”
“Nah he’s jealous.” She was happy with that explanation.”
“Go get ready and I’ll take you home.”
“Ok.” She kissed him. He sort of kissed back.

Kane found Mick Foley and they talked over drinks.
“I thought it be good to buy some wrestling leases in Asia.” Said Kane.
“You don’t know?”
“What Mick?”
“Your brother did.”
“He did?”
“Didn’t he tell you?”
“I guess he’s keeping it as a surprise.”

The next day Kane did some snooping in the hall of Wrestling Records. He found his worst fears have came true.
“Oh Undertaker.”

“I think I look good.” Said Steve Austin watching himself at a press conference.
“I think so to you going to run?” Asked Kurt Angle.
“Yeah I think I will boy.” Said Austin patting Kurt Angle on the back.

That night Kane found Undertaker outside in the yard.
“What the hell is this Taker?”
“Why did you make Katrina cry Kane?” Undertaker avoided an angry Kane’s question.
“I don’t care about that you mortgaged the ranch.”
“I had to.” Kane grabbed his brother around the neck. Miss Linda and Vince came outside.
“Kane stop choking your brother!” Yelled Miss Linda.
“You want to tell them?” Asked Kane.
“Let go brother.” Said Undertaker. Kane let him go and Undertaker fell on his butt.
“He mortgage the ranch to buy some wrestling leases over seas, they didn’t come in yet.” Said Kane.
“Oh Undertaker.” Said Miss Linda.
“They’ll come in.”
“What if they don’t dumbass?” Asked Vince.
“They will.” Undertaker went inside. Miss Linda sat down in despair. Kane put his hand on her shoulder.

“Well you screwed up.” Said Sara in their room.
“What were you listening?”
“No I wasn’t husband of mine, there was enough yelling for me to hear.”
“Well you don’t have to worry Sara you’ll secure your place as a street walker if they don’t come in.”
“Say what you want to me loving faithful husband you can’t hurt me anymore.”

Kane and Shannon were talking in the yard.
“Coming to bed?” Asked Shannon.
“You go I’m too wired right now.” Undertaker came out and got into his car and drove away.
“Yeah.”
“It’s ironic.”
“What?” Asked Shannon.
“The family isn’t going to be destroyed by your brother it’s going to be destroyed by mine.”

Undertaker went to Katrina they were talking in the livingroom.
“I can’t believe what Kane did he’s an asshole.” Said Katrina.
“Last year you wanted to marry him.”
“I was stupid then.”
“You know, I want you to sleep with King.”
“What?”
“If you keep him happy he’ll forget about that loan.”
“Taker.”
“Just a thought to show off your assets.”

Kane and Vince talked that night.

Undertaker went into the office the next morning and Kurt Angle called him.
“I had to tell you personally.” Said Kurt Angle.
“What?” Asked Undertaker not interested.
“Austin is going to run for office.”
“Well it might be too late now boy.” Said Undertaker hanging up. Shortly after Katrina patched in a call from the media.
“What? The leases came through, woooooooooooo!” Katrina and Lillian came in. The phone rang. Katrina went to answer it.
“South east Asia deadman.” Undertaker picked up the phone.
“Hello? Really? Hold on.” He went to the other phone. “Confirmation they came through!” He hung up both phones and Katrina and Lillian hugged him. The phones kept ringing.
“Go answer them phones!” Lillian went outside to her desk. Katrina kept hugging him. His phone rang.
“I don’t have time for that.”
“Ok.” Said Katrina going to her desk.

“This is Cheryl Ann McMahon. A photographer? Ok.” She hung up the phone. Kane walked into the livingroom and saw what Miss Linda was doing.
“Party right?”
“We have a reason to celebrate.” Said Miss Linda.
“This only means the leases came through don’t know if it will save the ranch in time.” Said Kane.
“I know I’m going to save the ranch and McMahon land.” Said Miss Linda. Kane hugged Shannon.
“Where is Taker?”
“I think we stole his thunder.” Said Shannon.
“Yawhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhoooooooooooooooooo!” Yelled Undertaker coming in with 4 bottles of champaign.
“We already heard.” Said Cheryl coming into the room.
“Where is Sara?”
“Probably upstairs getting ready for the photographers. Oh I gotta do mine!” Cheryl went upstairs.

They needed an extension quick. Vince talked to the King.
“We been friends a long time.” Said Vince.
“I know but I can’t let Undertaker win just like that.” Said King.
“This isn’t about him it’s about me.” Said Miss Linda.
“No disrespect to you Miss Linda.” Said King.
“I’m allowing the ranch to be a temporary ring on section 7 and you’ll have your money before the deadline.” Said Miss Linda.
“Well if you are sure you want to.” Said King.
“Get the papers and I’ll come in.”
“I’ll get them.”
“Fine.” Miss Linda left and Vince followed her.

Part I

Austin finds Sara leaving Michael’s office.
“Sara?”
“What are you doing here?”
“I need to know how the baby is?”
“The baby is fine leave me alone.” Sara got in her car and drove away.

“Katrina.”
“Yes Kane?”
“I’m sorry.”
“That’s ok.” He went into his office.

That night Austin announced he was leaving the office of wrestling management and going into politics again.

“Hello brother.” Said Undertaker in the yard.
“What are you doing Taker?” Asked Kane.
“Do you care Kane?” Asked Undertaker drinking.
“What are you doing brother?”
“It’s my yard!” Yelped Undertaker. Kane nearly punched his older brother.
“You ever do what you did again I’ll kill you brother.”
“You’ll all be thanking me when we can use those leases.” Kane went inside.

Sara woke Undertaker who had a hangover.
“Leave me alone Sara.”
“I don’t care about you, you seen my sunglasses?”
“Leave me alone Sara.”
“HEADACHE?” She yelled. Undertaker clutched his head.
“Hell yeah woman.” She left him in his misery.

Sara went to baby Mark.
“Don’t know if you’ll have a future baby.” She noted. Miss Linda overheard her.

“I don’t think she should do it.” Said Kane.
“I don’t think she has a choice.” Said Vince. They were talking about Miss Linda.
“I don’t think my brother should win.”
“He won’t win she won’t forgive him that soon.” Said Vince.

“I can’t believe they are towing the line with you.” Said Katrina in Undertaker’s office.
“I know you and Sara you like to be provided for. With them holding everything I don’t know if I can.”
“Don’t worry I’ll be with you always.”
“Really?” Asked Undertaker. Undertaker left the office. Katrina picked up the phone.
“Mick Foley? I’m free for dinner tonight. See you then.”

Later Kane, Undertaker, King, Vince, Miss Linda were in Undertaker’s office.
“Miss Linda have Taker’s chair.” Said Kane. Miss Linda sat down.
“Everything in order?” She asked.
“Conway looked earlier.” Said Vince. She signed them. As she was leaving she looked back at Undertaker.
“Deadman I’ll never forgive you for this.” She and Vince left.

A week later the baby was crying in the middle of the night. Sara got up.
Joanne Forrester and Shannon were in the nursery.
“You should be in bed I’m up.” Said Joanne.
“It’s ok baby Mark will be up soon enough go back to bed.” Said Shannon. Sara overheard them talking.
“Why doesn’t his mother come?”
“I don’t know Mrs Forrester.” Sara went back to her room. She got into bed.
“Baby crying?” Asked Undertaker.
“Yes.”
“Why aren’t you there.”
“It’s being handled. Mrs Forrester is there.” She turned off the light.
“Shannon to I suppose?” Asked Undertaker. Sara chose to ignore that question. He turned on the light. “I asked a question.”
“Yes she was there.”
“I don’t like my sister in law feeding the baby all the time it’s your job.”
“I hate the baby!”

The arguing woke Kane up. He found Shannon coming back to the room.
“What are they fighting about?” Asked Shannon.
“You.”
“Me?”
“Undertaker doesn’t want you near the baby.”
“Sara doesn’t want the baby.”
“I agree with him he’s not your responsibility.”
“You and your brother could go to hell.” Said Shannon getting into bed.

How was Undertaker and Kane going to get Shannon away from the baby?

TBC...

Chapter 60
Requiem for Sara

Vince and Miss Linda looked at the temporary wrestling ring on the ranch.

Undertaker walked into the office.
“Vince, King and Kane are in your office.”
“Alright.” Said Undertaker. He walked into the office.
“Taker sign this.” Said Vince.
“What?” Asked Undertaker. Kane looked at his brother with a big smirch.
“You and me are partners brother.” Undertaker rolled his eyes back and signed the papers.

Kane found Undertaker at the wrestler’s club drunk.
“You’re still my brother.” Said Kane.
“I have no brother.” Said Undertaker ordering more. Kane left.

“Aren’t you going to congratulate me Sara?” Asked Austin at his support meeting.
“Just because the DOW supports you doesn’t mean I do.” Said Sara.
“Sara I need to talk to you.”
“I think you need to handle your people Steve.”
“At my place tomorrow?”
“Alright.” She finally relented.

Undertaker saw Sara talking to the baby.
“Someday I’ll be able to love you baby.” Said Sara. Undertaker came in.
“That’s a pretty site a mother and her baby.”
“Your baby to.”
“That remains to be seen.” Said Undertaker. Sara walked out.

Undertaker met Angle in the park the next day.
“No more money.” Said Undertaker.
“Need a couple more million.” Said Kurt.
“No I bankrolled that idiot long enough.” Said Undertaker. He drove away.

“Are you asking me to give up my morals?” Asked HBK.
“No I’m asking would you.” Said Sara.
“What do you mean?”
“I gave up my morals and look where it got me.”
“Hurt.” Agreed HBK.

“Well I think what Vince is doing is sickening.” Said Katrina.
“I know.” Said Undertaker.
“Vince is in Kane’s office, Kane’s not here.” Said Katrina.

Undertaker went to Kane’s office and found Vince.
“I want you to do something.” Said Undertaker.
“What would that be?”
“Call off Kane this is my company.”
“You brought it up and gave it something but it’s my company don’t ever forget that.”
“I haven’t.”
“Well we have nothing more to talk about you and Kane are partners.”
“Well then.” Vince left. Undertaker wasn’t going to make it easy on his brother.

Cheryl slid down the bannister when she saw Shannon come in with bags.
“You buy out the store?” Asked Cheryl.
“Sale on baby stuff.” Said Shannon.
“Anymore?”
“Yeah some in the car.” Cheryl went out to get them. Kane came in.
“Bought some nice stuff?”
“Baby stuff for baby Mark.”
“That’s not your job.” Said Kane. Cheryl came in.
“You did buy out the store.” Said Cheryl coming in with stuffed animals.
“Shannon.” Said Kane.
“Cheryl help me bring them upstairs.” Said Shannon.
“You bet.” Cheryl and Shannon took the stuff upstairs.

Sara went to see Steve.
“What do you want?”
“How is the baby?”
“Fine.”
“Going to college yet.”
“That’s not funny.”
“I’m sorry just wanted to know how he is health wise?”
“He’s fine what is this about?”
“Is he sick?”
“No.”
“Is he walking?”
“Not yet is that all?” Sara tried to leave.
“Sara you are a parasite.”
“What?”
“You are a parasite. You leached off the McMahon’s and now you use me to get back at Undertaker cause he wouldn’t sleep with you anymore and now you use me.”
“Fuck you!” Sara slapped Steve. She left. In her head she was wondering if he was right.

Chapter 61
Love’s Loss

Undertaker went to King.
“I want you to tear up that contract.”
“I can’t Taker.”
“What do you mean?”
“I can’t go against Miss Linda.” Undertaker left.

That night in their room Undertaker was getting ready for bed.
“Taker?”
“What?”
“Have I changed?”
“What do you mean?”
“Have I changed any?”
“Well you still look good Sara.”
“No I mean in other ways.”
“What are you getting at woman?”
“Have I changed I need to know.” He got into his housecoat to take a shower.
“Sara you are the exact same person that I married.” Undertaker went to the bathroom and Sara almost cried. She was right.

“I got a postcard.” Said Kane.
“From Brent?” Asked Shannon.
“Yeah.”
“You miss him.”
“Sure but soon we’ll have our own one way or another.”
“I don’t know Kane.” Baby Mark was crying when Shannon went to go see him Kane stopped her.
“It’s not your responsibility.”
“Kane I gotta go.”

Shannon found Sara staring at the baby in his crib.
“Why aren’t you picking him up?” Asked an angry Shannon.
“Mrs Forrester!” Yelled Sara. Joanne Forrester came in.
“I’m here.”
“Give her the baby Shannon.” Shannon had to give Mrs Forrester the baby.

Sara left and went to doctor Michaels.
“Ok HBK what in the hell are you doing?”
“What?”
“My baby cried today and I couldn’t even pick him up.” Said Sara.
“It takes time.”
“I don’t have time.” She left.

Cheryl and Mrs Forrester were in the nursery.
“I wish the mother would show some interest.” Said the nurse.
“So do I.” Said Cheryl.

Cheryl found Sara getting off the phone with Batista in the livingroom.
“You know Sara when baby grows up I’m going to teach him how to survive in this family and make the whole world pay.”
“I don’t care to discuss this with you Cheryl.”
“Why cause I’m a kid?”
“You know that’s not what I mean.”
“You and Taker ignore that baby just like my parents ignored me.”
“You found Olivia again.”
“You mean baby is going to have to be my age before he finds his parents love him?”
“No.”
“You aren’t good parents!”
“Don’t say that we’re the same as yours we live here.”
“But you ignore him!” Cheryl had enough with Sara’s excuses she left.

When they dug the foundation on the land they found a body.
“Guess they can’t start yet until we get investigators.” Said Vince.
“Probably for the better.” Said Kane.

The Asian leases came in Undertaker got the money for them to use in the States and the wrestlers behind them. He was happy. He paid King and then he paid Miss Linda back. They stopped the digging but the investigation of the body still had to continue.

While the family was celebrating that the land wasn’t going to be turn into a ring to pay off a loan the baby cried. Shannon went to the nursery.

She saw Sara up there.
“It’s alright Shannon I got him.” Said Sara kissing the baby. Shannon should have been happy but she passed Kane in the hall. She was in tears. Kane looked at Sara.
“I’m glad.”
“Thank you.” Said Sara. Kane went to his room and put his arms around Shannon.
“I lost my baby!” She was in tears. How could he tell her it wasn’t her baby?

Not that long after Miss Linda was listening to a CD in Shane’s room while the family ate breakfast downstairs.
“Why does she have to keep listening to it?” Asked Undertaker.
“Why cause it’s my daddy’s favourite?” Asked Cheryl.
“It’s annoying.” Said Undertaker.
“You’re all heart deadman.” Said Cheryl.
“Knock it off or I’ll kick both of your asses. This is the one day of the year that Miss Linda can’t handle. Shane’s birthday.” Said Vince.
“We should honour him.” Said Cheryl. Undertaker rolled his eyes.
“Leave Cheryl alone.” Said Sara.
“Great all that psychoanalytical stuff and you want to judge me.” Said Undertaker to his wife.
“Maybe you need it.” Said Cheryl. Vince went inside and found Miss Linda looking at pictures that Shane drew as a boy.
“Miss Linda?”
“I want my baby Vince, I want Shane.” Miss Linda was crying.

Would Miss Linda get Shane again?

TBC...

Chapter 62
The Return

Undertaker was packing.
“It’s a shame that you and Katrina will be working all weekend and not see the sites.” Said Sara.
“Yeah but you know me and the business.” Sara had to hold back a snicker.
“Yes, are you scouting?”
“Yeah.” Undertaker kissed Sara’s cheek. “Bye.”
“Bye my darlin’.” Said Sara.

“I know Ana I’ll have to meet you at the bus for the field trip, I gotta meet my mama first.” Said Cheryl as she heard a door upstairs slam shut she thought she better get off the phone. “I gotta go.” She hung up and she saw Miss Linda coming down the stairs.
“You ready for the trip?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Yeah.”
“Are you ok Cheryl? You look sad.”
“It’s just that song.”
“I’m sorry Cheryl I didn’t mean to make you sad.”
“It’s alright grandma I miss daddy to.”
“I know you talk to your mama has she seen him?”
“Grandma how did you know about that?” Asked a worried Cheryl.
“I know and it’s alright.”
“I’m on the way to see her right now.”
“Ok I’ll get my purse.”
“No grandma I have to get to the bus for the class trip afterwards.”
“It’s ok I’ll take a cab back.”
“Grandma ah.”
“It’s ok Cheryl.”

Miss Linda and Cheryl drove to a park and when Olivia saw Miss Linda her eyes went big.
“I’m sorry mama grandma wanted to come.” Said Cheryl.
“Don’t blame Cheryl Olivia I insisted.” Said Miss Linda.
“It’s alright. How are you Miss Linda?” Asked Olivia. They sat down on a bench.
“I miss Shane.”
“Mama writes to him and he writes back.” Said Cheryl.
“It’s never regular.” Said Olivia.
“Do you know when you’ll hear from him again?” Asked Miss Linda.
“It’s hard to say like I said it’s never regular.” Said Olivia.
“When you do tell him I need to see him. Tell him anywhere he says. I miss him and I need my son.” Said Miss Linda.
“Ok I’ll tell him ma’am.” Said Olivia.
“Miss Linda.”
“Miss Linda.” Cheryl was smiling that grandma and Olivia were getting along well.

Sara picked up the phone.
“Hello?”
“Sara? Stevie Richards.”
“Who?”
“Stevie Richards.”
“Oh right Katrina’s guy.”
“Yes I’m back in town and this is the only number I have for Katrina.”
“Well she’s working for my husband they are on a trip in Houston this weekend on business.” Said Sara almost snickering.
“You have a hotel?” Asked Stevie.
“As a matter of fact I do.” Sara gave him the address of the hotel in Houston that Katrina and Undertaker would be at.

Olivia got home and saw Shane in her apartment they kissed.
“Hi.” Said Olivia.
“I missed you.” Said Shane.
“Well I was only gone a few hours.”
“How was work?”
“Never mind work, I saw your mama.”
“I gotta get out of town.” Said Shane when he saw warning lights.
“No I think you need to see her.”
“No I can’t.” He went into Olivia’s bedroom and started packing.
“Where are you going?”
“Olivia I gotta leave.”
“You can’t do this to your mama, to us, I thought we were doing good.”
“We are, and we’ll do better the next time I’m in town.”
“Shane!” Shane left, suitcase in hand.

“Now remember Undertaker no working.” Said Katrina.
“I know.” Said Taker smiling when they got to the hotel. Stevie Richards saw Katrina with the Undertaker.

Lillian buzzed Kane.
“Your order of coffee and doughnuts are here.”
“I didn’t order any.”
“That’s what I said.”
“Take care of it Lillian I’m busy.” A few seconds later a man with coffee and doughnuts walked into Kane’s office.
“You can’t go in there.” Said Lillian.
“Well I thought you want to see me and have your snack.” Said Shane. He took off his hat and looked at Kane.
“It’s alright Lillian.” Lillian left and Kane and Shane hugged.
“You’re still tall.” Said Shane.
“You’re still short.” Said Kane. “What are you doing here?”
“I wanted to see you before I go back to California.” Said Shane.
“Oh no you can’t yet.” Said Kane going to the phone and dialling.
“Who are you phoning?” Asked Shane.
“The ranch.” Shane hung up.
“No you can’t.”
“Miss Linda won’t like it if you take off without seeing her.” Said Kane.
“I’ll talk to her.” Agreed Shane.

“Went shopping?” Asked Vince as Miss Linda came in.
“Yes, I’m so happy I want to have something special for dinner.” Said Miss Linda on her way to the kitchen. She picked up the phone when it rang.
“Miss Linda are you alone?” Asked Kane.
“Yeah Kane what is it?”
“I have someone that wants to talk to you.”
“Hello Mama.” Said Shane.
“Shane.” Miss Linda was nearly in tears.

Chapter 63
Surprise!

While Miss Linda made arrangements to see Shane Undertaker saw a couple of people he knew in the hotel.
“It’s Mr Eugene and his wife.” Said Undertaker.
“I thought he was retarted?” Asked Katrina.
“Shhh now.”
“Why would his wife marry him?”
“Sable likes anything with a penis.” Said Undertaker.
“You promised no working.” Said Katrina.
“I’ll just make a quick deal.” They went into the diningroom.
“Mr Eugene.” Said Undertaker.
“Ah Mr Undertaker. You met my gorgeous wife Sable.”
“Oh yeah.” Said Undertaker kissing Sable’s hand. Katrina rolled her eyes at him.
“Sit down.” Said Sable.
“Yeah what is up Mr Undertaker.”
“Well Mr Eugene I have business to talk about.” Undertaker started talking.
“Well you can make deals with Sable she takes over.” Said Mr Eugene.
“Sure I do honey.” Said Sable. Undertaker flirted with Sable. Katrina sat impatient while Undertaker talked business.

Shane went to Olivia’s again.
“You’re back?”
“I’m seeing my mama tomorrow.”
“I love you Shane.”
“I want you with me.”
“Ok.” Said Olivia.

Undertaker was talking to Sable cause it was Mr Eugene’s bed time. Katrina got fed up and started to get drunk in the hotel bar. Stevie Richards showed up.
“Hi Katrina.”
“Well Stevie Richards.”
“I know you like to go after rich guys but your own sister’s husband.”
“She doesn’t want him.”
“What about me?”
“You hit the first million yet?”
“Long ago.”
“Tell me when you hit the ten.” Said Katrina.
“So you won’t go back to me?” Asked Stevie.
“Not on your life.” Said Katrina.
“I’m staying at the Cartwright.” Said Stevie.
“What’s the matter this hotel wouldn’t let you in?” Joked Katrina.
“My name isn’t Undertaker.” Said Stevie.

Sara knew what Undertaker and Katrina were up to. She stayed in her room looking at her wedding picture.

The next day Miss Linda, Kane, Shane and Olivia were at Kane’s office.
“I’ll leave you three alone.” Said Kane leaving the room.
“Shane I missed you.” Miss Linda hugged her son.
“I know mama I missed you to.” Said Shane.
“I found him again.” Said Olivia.
“Yes you did Olivia. Shane I need my son.”
“You have me mama.”
“I don’t know what happened last time but I need you even if you don’t want to live at the ranch.”
“Well I wanted to ask Olivia to marry me.”
“Yes!” Yelled Olivia jumping up.
“Where will you live?” Asked Miss Linda.
“California.” Said Shane.
“Then I’m giving you the wedding.” Said Miss Linda. She opened the door. “Kane!” He came in.
“Hey.”
“Shane and Olivia are going to get married.”
“When?” Asked Kane.
“Today.” Said Shane.
“First we need a licence I’ll talk to a judge I know.” Said Kane. Olivia and Shane were happy. After all this time they were going to be together.

In the morning Katrina found Undertaker and Sable still talking in the hotel restaurant. He didn’t spend any time with her. She got directions to the Cartwright hotel. She showed up.
“Thought you be here.” Said Stevie.
“Shut up and kiss me.” Said Katrina shutting the door. They did.

“Ok I gotta judge now go and get the certificate.” Said Kane.
“Thanks Kane.” Said Shane taking Olivia.
“What is this?” Asked Miss Linda looking at pictures of houses on Kane’s desk.
“A housing project in California I’m working on.” Said Kane.
“Are they done?”
“Yes?”
“Are they good?”
“Yes.”
“Show me some.” Kane had an idea what Miss Linda was up to.

While Olivia and Shane were getting things done Kane and Miss Linda came back to the ranch.
“I’ll be ready in 10 Minutes.” Said Miss Linda going past Vince and into the house.
“What’s going on.” Said Vince.
“She made me promise not to tell you.”
“Kane.” Vince warned.
“Shane and Olivia are getting married. Are you going to be there?”
“No.” Said Vince.
“Well I’ll leave the address by the hall phone if you change your mind.” Said Kane.

“Well Mr Eugene never did forgive you for getting that statue he wanted at the auction.” Said Sable.
“Well I’ll tell you what I’ll phone home and have it delivered do we have a deal?” Asked Undertaker.
“We sure do honey.” Said Sable.

Sara picked up the phone.
“Well hello deadman.”
“Sara you been drinking?” Asked Undertaker.
“No I thought you would want to hear the good news.”
“What?”
“Shane and Olivia are getting married.”
“Oh shit.” Sara hung up very happy she ruined Undertaker’s weekend with Katrina.

“I’m sorry Sable I gotta go.”
“You ok honey?”
“Yes.” Undertaker did the snooping and found Katrina asking directions to Cartwright hotel. He took a hotel worker to drive him to the hotel.

“I saved my wedding dress all these years.” Said Olivia.
“Is it the same one that you had when you and Shane married the first time?” Asked Miss Linda.
“Yes.” Said Olivia.
“Ok I have a present for you.” Said Miss Linda.
“You don’t have to give us anything.” Said Shane.
“I know I’m giving you a house in California and Kane is going with you to pick it out.” Said Miss Linda.
“Mama.” Said Shane.
“No buts listen to your mother.” Said Kane. Shane and Olivia were happy. Olivia answered her door when it knocked.
“Is this a private wedding?” Asked Vince.
“Come in daddy.” Said Shane ushering Vince inside.

Undertaker had a hotel matron open the door. He saw Katrina and Stevie naked just finished making love.
“Get dressed we gotta go back home.” Said Undertaker.
“Katrina stay with me.” Said Stevie.
“I can’t.” Said Katrina getting her clothes and going into the bathroom.
“And you are a Stevie Richards right?” Asked Undertaker.
“That’s right a wrestler.” Said Stevie. Undertaker picked up the phone.
“Eric Bischoff, Undertaker here.”
“Taker why did you come?” Asked Katrina.
“Huh?”
“Did you miss me?” Asked Katrina.
“You took my car, I have to get back to stop a wedding.”
“What?” Katrina poked her head out.
“Bischoff, it’s Undertaker, yes you have a Stevie Richards with you? If you want business with McMahon I suggest you get rid of him. Else they flee like lemmings. Good.” Undertaker hung up.
“Stay with me.” Said Stevie.
“I can’t I love him and you have no job.” Said Katrina.
“I suggest you move to Florida I heard wrestlers were needed.” Said Undertaker and then he and Katrina left.

The wedding happened when Undertaker showed up alone.
“They just got married.” Said Kane.
“Oh well let me be the first to kiss the bride.” Said Undertaker.
“Be my guess.” Said Shane.
“Olivia.”
“Undertaker.” Undertaker kissed Olivia on the cheek.

“What is this place again?” Asked Olivia in California.
“Knots Landing.” Said Shane.
“Ya the owners just moved out.” Said Kane.

Sara was alone at the breakfast table outside when Undertaker sat down.
“How are you my darlin?”
“Sara why didn’t you tell me sooner?”
“Probably cause I didn’t care my darling.”
“That’s all I need is Shane in my hair with his little slut wife.”
“You know Miss Linda bought them a nice little house in California.”
“You mean they aren’t going to live here?”
“Nope.”
“Well pick a present to send it to them in California.” Said a happy Undertaker.

The baby cried a couple of nights later Sara went to see to him. Kane woke up and no Shannon beside him in bed. He went to the nursery.
“Did he wake you up?” Asked Sara.
“Yes but it’s nice to see.” Said Kane.
“Thank you Kane.” Said Sara.

Kane found Shannon working in the study.
“It’s 2 in the morning.”
“I wasn’t tired so I’m working.”
“You been doing this since you found out you can’t have kids.”
“Kane.”
“Shannon.”
“I don’t want to talk about it.” Kane went back to bed.

Would Shannon find a way to cope without having a baby?

TBC....

Chapter 64
Damnit Shannon! I love you!

*Title from rocky horror picture show you all remember that song damnit Janet?

In the morning Kane and Undertaker were the only ones outside for breakfast at first.
“I heard Shannon leave very early this morning.” Said Undertaker.
“That’s none of your business brother.”
“Maybe she has a boyfriend.” Suggested Undertaker. Kane immediately stood up and grabbed Undertaker by his throat.
“It’s none of your business brother.” They heard Vince and Linda on the way out.
“No I have that meeting in town.” Said Miss Linda. Kane let go of his brother. Vince and Miss Linda came out.
“Good morning, Taker you look a little peaked.” Said Miss Linda putting her hands on his cheeks.
“I’m fine Miss Linda.”
“Maybe you shouldn’t go in today.” Said Miss Linda.
“No I’m fine.” Kane chuckled at his brother.
“Ya he’ll suck it up.” Said Vince. Undertaker left.

Katrina and Undertaker were talking in his office.
“It’s not right that you have to cater to Kane now.” Said Katrina.
“No kidding.” Said Undertaker sarcastically.
“I’m only trying to help.” Undertaker held Katrina’s hand.
“I know it.”
“Maybe we can think of a plan to distract Kane.”
“I already have one.”
“What?”
“My brother is going to get a divorce quicker then any man in the State of Texas.”

Christian knocked on Jessica’s mansion door.
“Well hello.” Said Jessica.
“Hi.” Said Christian.
“Didn’t expect to see you here.”
“You leaving?”
“Storing my late husband’s things and then I’m going to get a condo or something.”
“Jessica I don’t blame you for hating me but I want to try again.”
“Do you Christian?”
“Yes but slow so I don’t screw up.” Jessica put her arms around Christian’s neck.
“I’m happy Christian.”
“I’m happy to.” Said Christian.

Trish Stratus found Shannon at the store.
“Wanna go for lunch?”
“I’m busy right now.” Said Shannon.
“You are working too hard Kane’s going to kill me if you don’t quit it.”
“I love my job Trish.”
“Do you love Kane?”
“Yes of course I do.”
“Then go to lunch I’m not taking no for an answer.” So Trish took Shannon to lunch.

Undertaker and Vince were in the yard talking.
“I can’t understand Miss Linda.” Said Vince.
“5 foot something, blonde hair, wears the pants in the family what is there to understand?” Asked Undertaker.
“I stop doing stuff to spend more time with her and she’s always at a meeting.”
“That’s what you can’t understand.” Noted Undertaker.

In the afternoon Shannon saw some flowers in her office, behind the flowers was a face. It was Kane.
“Kane?”
“I wanted to apologize.”
“Oh they’re beautiful.” She put the flowers on her desk and kissed Kane.
“Ok let’s go home.”
“No I can’t I’ll be late I have these orders to fill.”
“Shannon you can’t work all the time.”
“Kane!” Kane stormed out.

Kane got home and had a drink. Vince found him in the livingroom.
“I want you to take over, be the boss over Undertaker.” Said Vince.
“Well with Shannon working all the time I might as well.” Said Kane taking Vince’s offer.

The next morning Vince and Miss Linda were talking outside.
“I thought we do something today.” Said Vince.
“No I have a meeting in town just waiting for Shannon to take me.” Said Miss Linda. Vince was getting exasperated.

That night Kane and Christian were at the bar.
“Hey Jessica is over there.” Said Kane pointing to a table.
“Yeah.” Christian smiled as the walked over.
“Hey boys.”
“Hey Jessica.” Said Kane.
“Should we tell him?” Asked Christian.
“Up to you.” Said Jessica.
“Jess and I are seeing eachother again.” Said Christian.
“I’m happy for you.” Said Kane.
“Where is Shannon?” Asked Jessica.
“Where else? Working.” Said A bitter Kane. Kane decided to just have fun.



Chapter 65
Near Break up

Undertaker got home late at the same time Shannon did. Shannon almost ran him over. He put his hand up. She got out of the car.
“You working this late is going to put Kane into a higher tax bracket.”
“What do you want Taker?” Asked Shannon as they started to walk towards the patio doors.
“Well maybe my brother will think that you are fooling around on him. Or maybe he’s fooling around on you.”
“Maybe you haven’t heard Undertaker but when Kane and I got married he stopped doing that. That leaves the door wide open for you, but from what I hear it still leaves the door wide open.”
“Anytime you wanna find out Shannon just let me know.”
“Don’t hold your breath.”
“Well Sara and I were interested enough to produce an air, you can’t have kids.” Shannon stopped abruptly.
“Sara and Steve.”
“Well your brother actually boasted about that? The laws in Texas make the strong assumption that the husband is the father and that’s good enough for me.”
“Undertaker you’re an asshole.”
“Shannon the sooner I get you and your brother out of my hair the better off I’ll be.” Shannon walked inside. She knew she tested a nerve with the deadman. She walked up to her room, saw no Kane and screamed.

Undertaker went to the livingroom and had a drink.
“Wonder if Shannon’s playing with herself?”

Kane got home soon after. He went up to his room.
“You’re home.” Said Kane.
“You weren’t.” Said Shannon near tears.
“What’s wrong?” Kane put his hands on Shannon’s shoulders.
“I got in a fight with Undertaker.”
“What now.”
“Ah nothing he’s just being an asshole.”
“Over Sara and your brother?”
“Yeah.”
“You have to get over that Shannon.”
“I know. But I’m afraid that I really did it this time.”
“What do you mean?”
“I mentioned the affair and I think that hit Undertaker where it counted the most.”
“Down below?”
“Yeah.”
“I’ll protect you from my brother.”

Undertaker drunk went to his room. He found Sara sleeping. He kneeled by the bed.
“You know Sara you having that affair almost did me in, almost but not quite.. I will make Shannon pay for what she said to me.”

The next morning Christian brought sherif Hunter Hearst Helmsley to Vince.
“Vince Helmsley here wanted to talk to you about that body.” Said Christian.
“Sure.” Said Vince.
“Now Mr McMahon do you know of any bodies working in that time frame?” Asked Helmsley.
“What time frame?”
“30 years ago give or take.”
“On my land?”
“Yeah.”
“You think he was working for me?”
“Possible.”
“Well Christian show him the records of employment from 30 years ago.”
“Will do Vince.”
“Sorry to bother you Mr McMahon.” Said Helmsley.
“No bother.” Said Vince.

Sara and Shawn Michaels were talking.
“I think that Asia deal almost did him in.” Said Sara.
“What do you mean?” Asked Michaels.
“I mean he’s not the same person as he was before Taker is a beaten man.”
“How do you feel about that?”
“How do I feel? I feel good.” Said Sara smiling.

Vince went to Undertaker.
“You’re brother is the boss.”
“What?”
“You heard me.” Undertaker was pissed.

Undertaker took Katrina to a nice place to eat.
“I love it here.” Said Katrina.
“I knew you would. Look there is Shannon’s boss.”
“Really?’ Asked Katrina. Undertaker called him over to talk to him.

Undertaker walked into the nursery and saw Sara with the baby.
“That’s a good sight.” Said Undertaker.
“I heard that Kane was the new boss.” Said Sara.
“Not for long.” Said Undertaker. He left and over heard Shannon and Kane arguing about Shannon working late.

Christian and Jessica just finished making love.
“We’re still meeting in hotel rooms.” Said Jessica.
“Jess.”
“Yes?”
“I was wondering I was going to build a house on the ranch like Vince wanted me to.”
“And?”
“Would you come to live with me?”
“Christian you know I will.” They kissed.

Undertaker and Katrina were in his office.
“How the break up coming?” Asked Katrina.
“Wait and see.” Undertaker talked to Shannon’s boss on the phone.

Trish Stratus walked into Shannon’s office.
“Guess where I just came from?” Asked Trish pissed.
“Where?” Asked Shannon.
“The boss of the store guess where I’m getting transferred to?”
“I don’t know Trish.”
“Houston. Now guess who is taking over this location.”
“Oh no.” Said Shannon.
“You took my job away from me Shannon.”
“I didn’t know anything about it.”
“What did you do sleep with him?” Trish stormed out.

“Where is Shannon?” Asked Miss Linda.
“I expect she and Kane are going to have a fight tonight.” Said Undertaker smirking.
“What in the hell did you do?” Asked Sara.
“Nothing why?”
“If you split them up I’ll ream you up and down.” Said Sara.
“Promises, promises.” Said Undertaker rolling his eyes at her.

Kane found Shannon just coming home outside.
“You’re home.”
“Yeah.”
“Want to go to meet Christian and Jessica with me?”
“Sure but I need to talk to you.”
“Ok.”
“Kane I’m the new manager of the store.”
“You’re not going to take it are you?”
“I didn’t give him an answer yet.”
“It’s too much travel Shannon.”
“Kane this is a great opportunity and I want your support.”
“You don’t have it.” Kane left to meet Christian and Jessica in town. Undertaker was watching this fight on the balcony. Sara came out. She knew that he was responsible for Shannon’s promotion.

A couple of nights later Katrina was in Undertaker’s office talking to Undertaker on the phone.
“Is Angle there?” Asked Undertaker.
“No.”
“Well leave a message for him to be in my office in the morning.” Said Undertaker.
“Ok.”
“Meet me at the usual spot for dinner.” Said Undertaker.
“Ok.” Said Katrina hanging up.

She went into the main office.
“Was that him?” Asked Kurt Angle.
“He said he’ll meet you here in the morning.”
“You know I had to talk to him.”
“Angle stay out of my way.” Said Katrina. Kurt Angle left.

That night Cheryl and Angle went out to dinner.
“Undertaker.” Said Angle.
“Yeah.” Said Cheryl spying Undertaker and Katrina eating dinner.
“Let’s get out of here.” Said Angle.
“I’m not so sure.” Said Cheryl.
“What do you mean?”
“I think he should know.”
“I don’t want to face the deadman in a public place.” Said Angle.
“You’re probably right.” Cheryl and Angle left.

Afterwards Undertaker and Katrina were at the condo.
“I think you should get close to King.”
“I don’t like him he’s icky.” Said Katrina.
“Katrina do as I say.” Undertaker kissed Katrina.

Angle and Cheryl just finished making love.
“I want to marry you.” Said Angle.
“You do?” Asked Cheryl.
“Yeah and I want to tell Undertaker to.”
“I’m all for that.” Said Cheryl grinning from ear to ear.

How would Undertaker take that Cheryl and Angle want to get married?
What was Katrina up to in regards to Kurt Angle?

TBC...

Chapter 66
Katrina and Kurt at War

Kane, Shannon, Christian and Jessica went out drinking to a fancy place to celebrate Christian and Jessica getting engaged. Kane and Shannon got home drunk.
“I wonder if Christian and Jessica had fun like we did.” Said Shannon grabbing another drink. Kane took it away from her.
“Shhh everyone’s sleeping. I think you had enough.” Shannon put her arms around Kane’s neck and gave him a kiss.
“Let’s go upstairs.” She said.
“Sure.” They went into the hall.
“I’ll be right up I want to get some milk first.” Said Shannon.
“Ok.” Kane went upstairs and Shannon to the kitchen to get some warm milk.

The next morning at the Alamo Hotel Jessica and Christian were having breakfast.
“You know something?” Asked Christian.
“What?” Asked Jessica.
“A cowboy bar or the fanciest place in town a hangover is all the same.”
“Another cup of Joe and I’ll be fine.” Said Jessica giving Christian a kiss. It was then Jessica’s lawyer showed up to bring up papers regarding her late husband’s estate. Christian feeling out of place went home.

At the ranch everyone was eating breakfast when Cheryl came outside.
“I got a letter from my mama.” Said Cheryl.
“Oh let’s see.” Said Miss Linda. Cheryl handed her the letter.
“Kane I’m sorry I fell asleep on you.” Said Shannon. Undertaker choked on his coffee.
“Well brother guess your wife thinks your boring in bed.”
“That’s not true he’s exciting.” Said Shannon.
“That’s enough of that, save it for private.” Said Miss Linda going back to the letter.
“Yes Ma’am.” Said Undertaker and Shannon together.